Post on 16-May-2018
q_id q_desc op1
AC1 F1
AC2 Tally ODBC
AC3 TRUEAC4 A created company's detail can be modified through keys F3
AC5 InvoiceAC6 In tally,all masters have ________main options TwoAC7 In tally,to create a new column in balance sheet press _______ Ctrl+C
AC8 TRUE
AC9 TRUEAC10 In tally,a group company is marked with an ______________ *
AC11
AC12 Tally allows to delete a ledger from --------- alteration mode. Single
AC13 --------------------- is/are useful for management in the decision making.
AC14 In tally,the group company must contain at least _____________ members TwoAC15 To cancel a vourcher entry in Tally, short-cut key is ----------- Alt+D
AC16 The accounting masters and inventory masters related to Create Information
AC17 F4AC18 In Tally, we press ------------, to print report . Alt+P
AC19 Tally Audit
AC20 BinAC21 The Ledger Accounts are unique in Financial Accounting Packages True
AC22AC23 In Tally, we can customize the Vouchers as per our requirements TRUEAC24 The number of steps in Accounts Compilation are 2AC25 Each action/transaction of a firm is described by a ----------------. data elementAC26 Tally is based on mercantile accounting system FALSE
AC27 Ctrl + N is used to -----------
AC28 LedgersAC29 Revenue Account also known as -------------- Account PersonalAC30 Method of Voucher Numbering is/are ManualAC31 Accounts Receivable are displayed in Balance Sheet
The ------ key can be used to select an existing company from list of companies.Import and Export of data between Tally and other programs is possible only through ---------- Program.The re-order point is the inventory quantity that trigger a stock replishment activity.
A/An ------------- is the official notice that the firm sends to its customers to advise then to the amount of money that is owed.
In tally,the use of group behaves like a sub-ledger, option is that we can summarize many ledger accounts into one line statementsIn tally, we can alter ledger details using either single or multiple modes but not alble to delete a ledger from multiple modes.
The systems that work together to order,receive, and pay for replenishment of stock are ---------------
Puchasing and Accounts payable
Cash Flow Statements
We press ------------- function key to display the age-wise analysis of Bills Receivable or Bills Payable report
In Tally, Types of Accounts and Types of Vouchers passed during the period, can be seen in ------------- report.In the Tally Software, the ------------ directory stores all data entered by the user.
Customers can be permitted to enter their own data into the firm’s computer using the firm’s wide area network is an example of
Enterprise Data Interchange
Display stock valuation method
------------- in Tally classify the accounts under different heads so that summarised information is possible.
AC32 To assemble a product from different items -------------- entry is used Journal
AC33 FilledAC34 Tally provides at least --------- predefined voucher formats 11
AC35 FALSE
AC36
AC37 F4
AC38 Default Cost Category in Tally is/are -------------- Main Location
AC39 TrueAC40 A ----------- is a primary document for recording all financial transactions. LedgersAC41 The field can have a value between ________________ in FA Package. 0 to 9
AC42 SupplierAC43 It is necessary to manipulate data to transform it into ---------------- ReportAC44 In tally, to change the date of the voucher press ______ F2AC45 Tally can maintain budgets on ---------------- Net TransactionsAC46 The value of the inventory is included as an asset on the balance sheet True
AC47 F6 function key
AC48 Sales
AC49 What is the default financial year in Tally6.3 _________________AC50 Tally encrypts and stores TALLY DATA at the data directory TrueAC51 The Profit & Loss statement can be displayed in ---------------- format(s). Horizontal
AC52 Default ledger accounts in tally are ______AC53 Default 'godown' name in tally is ____________ Primary
AC54 'Tally vault' is a _________________AC55 To create a sales voucher in tally , you have to press _______ F5
AC56 a nameAC57 In tally,"credit note" voucher type records entry for ________________ Sales return
AC58 In tally you get currency symbol option from _______ menu
AC59 Trial BalanceAC60 For 'stock journal' entry we press ______________ in tally F7
A --------- purchase orders data flow is directed to the purchasing system for use in closing out the outstanding purchase orders in the receiving system diagram.
The value of the inventory is included in a ledger accounts as an asset on the balance sheet" The buyers can follow up with the suppliers to determine the reasons " is an example of -----------------
management by objective
From voucher entry mode , if we press __________ then we get payment voucher in tally
A Group Company is simply a name and an identify given to the merged accounts member companies of the group.
The _______ file maintains data that describes the supplier past transaction with the firm in terms of material quality in AIS
In ratio analysis report of Tally FA packagewe we press ________________ function key to the display of bills receivable , bills payables reportThe accounts payable system is responsible for paying the suppliers for the -----------------
1-4-1995 to 31-3-1996
Balance sheet & profit & loss profit & loss and trial balance
Security mechanism
A Group Company is ------------------------- given to the merged accounts of member companies of the group.
Company creation
------------------ gives the balance for each day for the voucher type has been selected.
AC61AC62 In tally, types of users are _______________ 2
AC63 F9
AC64 Projected approximation of income or expenses is called ______________ . Balance sheetAC65 "Administrator" type user is also called 'Auditor' of a company in Tally TRUE
AC66 F3
AC67 A constituent(member) company can be a member of more than one group. TRUEAC68 Default stock category in tally is ______ Main location
AC69 Tally.impAC70 In Tally,inventory valuation method option is available from _______ Stock summary
AC71 Tally audit feature is available in a company __________________
AC72 TRUEAC73 Default number of groups in tally are ________ 128
AC74 During voucher entry ------------- are used. Ledger AccountsAC75 User designated as --------------- can view audit list. Administrator
AC76 Tally supports Importing of data from ----------------
AC77
AC78
Tally provides the capability to the administrator/auditor to track changes in the areas is/are
Changes in transactions or vouchers
By pressing -------- key, a list of inventory reports can be displayed straightaway from the balace sheet report
You will get company information , if you press __________ from gateway of tally
To create a log of the import activity in a file _____________ is located in the same directory as an executable program in tally
By pressing F11 function key
In tally, a group company can also be a constituent(member) of another group company
One company to another company created withon Tally Package
In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?
Inventory subsidiary.
Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:
Does not require as stringent a set of internal controls.
op2 op3 op4 ans
ALT+F1 CTRL+F1 None of the above A
Tally IMP Tally INI None of the above A
false AALT+F3 CTRL+F3 None of the above B
Bill A or B None of the above CThree Four Five BAlt+C Alt+Ctrl+C None of the above B
FALSE A
FALSE A$ & ^ A
D
Multiple A or B Mone of the above A
Ratio Analysis All of the above D
Three Four One AAlt+X Ctrl+T Ctrl+D B
Alter Information All of the above D
F5 F6 F7 CCtrl+P Shift+P None of the above A
Statistics Day Book Journal Book B
Data Sub None of the above BFalse A
All of the above CFALSE A3 4 5 Cdata record Field All of the above BTRUE B
Open Calculator Change Period None of the above B
Groups Journals None of the above BNominal Real None of the above BAutomatic None All of the above BProfit & Loss Journal Book All of the above A
Puchasing and Receiving
Accounts payable and Receiving
Puchasing, Receiving and Accounts payable
Fund Flow Statements
Display Information
Enterprise Data - Information
Electronic Data Interchange.
Stock Journal Reversing Journal B
Receipt Issue None of the above A16 18 21 B
TRUE B
All of the above B
F5 F6 Alt+f5 B
Primary All of the above C
False AReports Vouchers None of the above C1 to 100 10 to 60 None A
Suspense Order All of the above AOutput Information None of the above CF4 Ctrl+f2 Ctrl+f4 AClosing Balance A and B None of the above CFalse A
F7 function key None of the above A
Purchases A or B None of the above B
None of the above BFalse AVertical A or B None of the above C
Cash and bank CMain location A or b None of the above B
Ledger a/c Cost category None of the above AF7 F8 F9 D
an identity A and B None of the above CPurchase return a or b None of the above A
Stock items units Regional setting None of the above A
Daybook Balance Sheet None of the above BAlt + F7 F10 F11 B
Physical Stock Transfer
management by exception
electronic data analysis
Primary Cost Category
Alt + f6 function key
1-4-1996 to 31-3-1997
1-4-1997 to 31-3-1998
Profit & loss and trial balance
Cash and profit & loss
Both A and B None of the above C3 4 1 B
F10 F11 F12 A
Profit & loss a/c Budget None CFALSE A
Ctrl+F3 Alt+F3 None of the above C
FALSE APrimary Symbol None of them B
Tally.ini A or b None AStock journal Stock analysis None of the above A
None B
FALSE A228 28 16 C
Groups Sub-Groups B or C AOwner Data Entry TallyVault A
Both A and B None of the above C
Cash receipts. A
C
Changes in Ledger Masters
During the creation of a company
In 'comp info -> security control' option
Other programs - a spreadsheet or a database file.Cash disbursements.
Payroll transactions.
Will produce a more accurate set of financial statements.
Will be more efficient at producing financial statements.
Eliminates the need to reconcile control accounts and subsidiary ledgers.
Q_id Q_desc Op1
BC1 The memory address register is used to store
BC2 Inefficient usage of excess computer equipment can be controlled byBC3 Which of the following is not the component of a CPU NIC Card
BC4 Record Count
BC5 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
BC6 What do the abbreviations VAB stand for
BC7 Validity check
BC8 Coloured spots
BC9 Header label normally include all the following except the File NameBC10 A daisy wheel is a type of...? Printer
BC11 System Logs
BC12 An impact printer creates characters by using...?
BC13 The best security control in a microcomputer environment is toBC14 What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter? A penBC15 What do you need for an ink jet printer? A cartridge
BC16BC17 What do you need for an ink jet printer? A cartridgeBC18 A laser printer does NOT use? A print head
BC19 The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...? VolumeBC20 You can ________ protect a floppy disk. ReadBC21 Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...? Magnetic tape
BC22 Magnetic tape is a...? BC23 Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...? 1.44MB
BC24 Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb? A CD-ROM
BC25 Which storage device cannot be erased? A CD-ROMBC26 You can ________ protect a floppy disk ReadBC27 Where should floppy disks be stored? By a sunny window
BC28 The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off? ROM chipsBC29 What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions? RAM chips
data to be transferred to memoryContingency Planning
A trailer label is used on a magnetic tape file, it is the last record and summarises the file. The following is an information not found in the trailer label
Writing on a hard boardVoice activated broadcasting
What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tapeWhat are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?
Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers
Electrically charged inkRestrict physical access
The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of
Separation of duties
Serial access medium
BC30 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations? ALU
BC31 CPUs
BC32 0 bitsBC33 What type of computer chips are said to be volatile? RAM chips
BC34 Magnetic tape is a...?
BC35 Software can be divided into two areas:
BC36 Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights Supercomputer
BC37 Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?BC38 Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...? First generation
BC39 Which generation of computer was developed from microchips? Second generation
BC40 Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor? Second generationBC41 Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits? Second generation
BC42 Second generation
BC43 Name three steps involved in developing an information system
BC44 How do you define analysis of an information system?
BC45 What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?
BC46 What is the function of systems software? To collect data
BC47 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?
BC48 What is Direct Implementation?
BC49 What is parallel running?
What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?
Serial access mediumNetwork software and security software
Notebook computers
Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?
Specification, Design, and Testing
Analysis translates program code of a high level language to machine code
Only hardware and software
Deleted from the disk
Users operate the manual system and computer system at the same time
The new system is introduced alongside the existing system
BC50 What documents are produced during the development of a system?
BC51 What are User Guides are used for?
BC52 Systems software can be categorised into:
BC53 Which storage device cannot be erased?
BC54 Application software are programs that are written
BC55 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals? Data busBC56 Convert the decimal number 2989 to Hexadecimal FDDIBC57 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations? Data bus
BC58 What are utilities?BC59 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in binary form
BC60 The original ASCII codes were 7 bits BC61 A Nibble corresponds to 4 bits
BC62 A gigabyte represents
BC63 A 32-bit processor has 32 registers
BC64 A parity bit is
BC65 he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off? ROMBC66 Clock speed is measured in bits per second
BC67 Cache memory enhances memory capacity
BC68 CISC machines BC69 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations? ALU
BC70 Every data from the primary memory will be erased ifBC71 An RS-232 interface is a parallel interface BC72 For print quality you would expect best results from line printer
Instructions and technical documentation
For technical support
Operating systems and system servicesMagnetic tape storageTo maintain a backup copy of all the information
Peripherals that are connected to a computer.
More than 1000 mega bytes
used to indicate uppercase letters
have fewer instructions than RISC machines
Power is switched off
BC73 ROM
BC74 A UPS
BC75 smart card
BC76 Laptop computers use CRT displays
BC77 Multiprogramming refers to
BC78 Multitasking refers to
BC79 ALU
BC80 A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through brochures
BC81 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for multitasking
BC82 Timesharing is the same as multitasking
BC83 Virtual memory is
BC84 Multiprocessing is
BC85 save the file
BC86 What is the function of a disk drive?
BC87 A 4GL is Uses Cobol BC88 A nanosecond is 106 sec
BC89 a keypad
BC90 The memory address register is used to store
is faster to access than RAM
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
is a form of ATM card
having several programs in RAM at the same time having several softwares running at the same time
What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?
related to virtual reality
same as multitasking
To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should
to calculate numbers
What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?
data to be transferred to memory
BC91 The memory data register is used to store
BC92 The instruction register stores
BC93 a cursor
BC94 Formula
BC95 AssemblerBC96 Detecting errors in real memory is a function of Memory protection
BC97 To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user should
BC98 Network
BC99
BC100 Multiprocessing
BC101 ROM
BC102 All are examples of computer software except Firmware
BC103 Firmware
BC104 Sequential
BC105 Operating System
BC106 For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into
BC107 The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is
BC108
BC109 Sound card.
BC110 Text
BC111 Laser
data to be transferred to or from memory
an instruction that has been decoded
Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor? A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?
use the directory search tools
A series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a
To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user should
save copies of the file with the same name on the system
Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is calledThe place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the
Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a recordThe part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the
Tracks and SectorsCharacter, field, database
Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer system
Valid character check
Which one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music?
An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?
BC112 Multimedia software can be most productively used for
BC113 To be effective a virus checker should be replaced regularly
BC114 Database
BC115 Passwords enable users toBC116 12. How many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent? 512
BC117 Back up of the data files will help to preventBC118 Which one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol? TCP/IP
BC119 The advantage of a PC network is thatBC120 The term A:\ refers to a file name
BC121 UPS stands for universal port serial
BC122 The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that
BC123 data.
BC124 A flow chart is the
BC125 A voucher entry in Tally is done for
BC126 Passwords are applied to files in order to
BC127 Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:
BC128 input.
BC129 What is a computer-aided design system?
BC130 A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.
BC131 File extensions are used in order to name the file
viewing an encyclopaedia CD-ROM.
Which one of the following software applications would be the MOST appropriate for performing numerical and statistical calculations?
get into the system quickly
loss of confidentiality
access to the internet is quicker
orphan files can be left on the system
You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called
Graphical representation of logicPurchase, sales, receipt, payments etc.
assist in maintenancesenior executive support for IT.
The basic systems model is used to describe virtually all information systems and it consists of the following elements:
The use of computers to design state-of-the-art, high-quality products.specialist or functional
BC132 Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT: preventive controls.BC133 Hashing for disk files is called external hashing
BC134 A: (a) , (b), (d)BC135 Black box testing and white box testing are part of: corrective controls
BC136 Component
BC137 (a), (c), (d)
BC138
BC139
BC140 (a), (c), (d)
BC141 Benchmarks form part of: detective controls
BC142 (a), (c), (d)
BC143 Which is not part of help desk documentation: problem loggingBC144 Testing of individual modules is known as: unit testing
BC145 (b), (c), (d)
BC146 Which is part of installation testing: benchmark testing
BC147 Multiplexer.
BC148 (a) to (d)
BC149
BC150 Designing relationships among components is part of:
BC151 Several Computers connected together is called: Client-server BC152 Which network topology uses a Hub? StarBC153 Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet? Star
Components of expert systems include: a) inference engine; b) user interface; c) knowledge base; d) fuzzy logic
What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility
Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?
Press the reset button.
Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?
Create the files again.
Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture
Continuity controls include: a) record counts; b) date checks; c) label checks; d) run-to-run totals
Design phase of CASE tools includes: a) data architecture; b) decision architecture; c) interface architecture; d) presentation architecture
The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audio
Which of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?
Replacement personal computers for user departments.architectural design
BC154 Application software are programs
BC155 Direct
BC156
BC157
BC158
BC159 Data path part
BC160 Distributed systems
BC161 Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they
BC162 Mixer
BC163 A modem is a device that
BC164 Planetary network
BC165 Office Automation
BC166 A dumb workstation
BC167 Terminal hardware controls include
BC168 RS-232 is a Type of cable
To maintain a backup copy of are written all the information
Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired one
Which of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?
Systems analysis and applications programming.
Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are required
A sequential file on a disk
It is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly because
Tapes can only be read by the machine on which they are written
Which component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performanceWhich of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity
Can send data to a computer and receive data from a computer
A computer is to be linked to 8 terminals using a single communication link. To permit simultaneous terminal operations, communication path will require which of the following
Allows computer signals to be send over a telephone line
A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called an
If a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be
Time of day control locks
BC169 What is a compiler?
BC170 What are the stages in the compilation process? BC171 Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme CRC
BC172 What is the definition of an interpreter?
BC173 Modem
BC174
BC175 Serial Communication is used over long distance because it
BC176 In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?
BC177 The primary function of a front-end processor is to
BC178 What is the first stage in program development?
BC179 Fiber Optics
BC180 What is System Analysis? BC181 A device to device hardware communication link is called A cache
BC182 What will a good software provider consider?BC183 The topology of a network can be each of the following except StarBC184 What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85? 10101010
A compiler does a conversion line by line as the program is run
Feasibility study, system design, and testing
An interpreter does the conversion line by line as the program is run
A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as aThird generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as
High-level languagesIt is faster than parallel communication
Financial sector and engineering
Communicate with the console operatorSpecification and design
Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network
The design of the screen the user will see and use to enter or display data
The different types of network to be used
BC185 Which is the most common data transmission error checking method ParityBC186 What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111? 15
BC187 PortBC188 What is the decimal value of the octal number 215? 327
BC189 Data warehouse
BC190 Cache memory enhances memory capacityBC191 What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF? 30BC192 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in binary formBC193 What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476? 4C5BC194 A byte corresponds to 4 bits
BC195 What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean? BC196 A Kb corresponds to 1024 bitsBC197 What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101? 10000BC198 Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer in binary formBC199 Where would you find the letters QWERTY? Mouse
BC200 A parity bit is
BC201 How did the computer mouse get its name? BC202 Clock speed is measured in bits per secondBC203 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game? Touch screenBC204 CPU performance may be measured in BPSBC205 A digitising tablet can be used for? Printing letters
BC206 OCRBC207 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input? Touch screen
BC208 A UPS
BC209 What does a light pen contain? Refillable inkBC210 The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around 100K
BC211 hardwareBC212 Where would you find the letters QUERTY? MouseBC213 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game? Touch screenBC214 A digitising tablet can be used for? Printing lettersBC215 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input? Touch screen
BC216 What input device could tell you the price of a product MouseBC217 Where would you find a magnetic strip? Credit card
BC218 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single line
Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?
Basic Coding Description
used to indicate uppercase letters
Because it squeaks when moved
In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
What general term describes the physical equipment of a computer system, such as its video screen, keyboard, and storage devices?
Writing on a hard board
BC219 Coloured spotsBC220 A daisy wheel is a type of...? Printer
BC221 What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test? Mouse
BC222 Laptop computers use CRT displays
BC223 QWERTY is used with reference to screen layout
BC224 What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate? Mouse
BC225 A GUI is hardwareBC226 Where would you find a magnetic strip? Credit card
BC227 Multiprogramming refers to
BC228 Multitasking refers to
BC229 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for multitasking
BC230 UNIVAC Computer belongs to the
BC231 Timesharing is the same as multitaskingBC232 Name the first Indian Super Computer? Vishwajeet
BC233 Disk fragmentation is caused by wear
BC234
BC235 A compiler is a fast interpreterBC236 Which printer among the following is fastest Drum Printer BC237 “Zipping” a file means encrypting it
BC238 What does acronym VIRUS stands for
BC239 An impact printer creates characters by using...?
BC240 A client-server system is based onBC241 A nanosecond is 10-6 sec
BC242 Limit checks
What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen Called
having several programs in RAM at the same time
having several programs in RAM at the same time
First - generation computers.
The technology which is used to check answer sheets of multiple-choice questions in civil services or similar examinations is: -
Bar code Reader Technology
Very important reader user sequenceElectrically charged inkmainframe technology
A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of
BC243 applicationBC244 A _____ is a running instance of an application project
BC245 Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing multiprocessing
BC246 mainframes
BC247 control unit
BC248 ______ printer use laser light band printer
BC249 data management
BC250 integrated software
BC251 _______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files my computerBC252 _____ is a collection of related fields field
BC253 _____ language consists of strings of binary numbers assembly language
BC254 terminator symbol
BC255 _______ is an example for micro computer PC-at
BC256 _________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks multiprocessing
BC257 "dumb terminals"
BC258 A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system wan
BC259 host
BC260 host
BC261 PC
BC262 server processingBC263 DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories four
BC264 ______is the most advantageous database system
BC265 multiprocessing
BC266 repairing
BC267 Modem stands for __________ . Code/De-code
_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data
______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
______ symbol is used to represent processes like assigning a value to a variable or adding a number
The ______ do not have processing power of their own and has only a screen, keyboard and the necessary hardware to communicate with the host. For this reason, the terminals are referred as_______________
_____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processingThe______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architectureBoth the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____systemWhen all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as
file management system
A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______
BC268 fixesBC269 _________allows an application to multitask within itself multiprocessing
BC270 LAN stands for __________ .BC271 New process of execution is referred to as______ task
BC272 ISDN stands for _______.BC273 _____________ is the Worlds largest computer network . EthernetBC274 _______is/are a popular front end tool visual basicBC275 When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ . MAN
BC276 TCP/IP stands for _________ .BC277 Data is broken into small unit called __________ . Cells
BC278 SMTP stands for __________ .
BC279 Transfer Protocol
BC280 ATM stands for __________ .
BC281 File server
BC282 The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____ platform
BC283 ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology. MAN and WANBC284 __________ is designed telephone system ISDN
BC285 Expansion of ISDN is ________
BC286 Expansion of WBT is ______________BC287 _________ connects LANs. BridgesBC288 Collection of instruction is called a _____ procedureBC289 Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data alpha numeric
BC290 Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______BC291 _________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs mini computersBC292 _______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer input
BC293 multiprocessing
BC294 interpreter
BC295 input
Multiple changes to the same record or a field are prevented by the DBMS through______
Linear area networks
Integrated system dynamic networks.
Transfer control protocol/Internet protocol
System modulation transfer protocol
The __________ protocol is a network protocol to be built for the World Wide Web .
Aggregate transfer mode
The computer which can receive data from other computers on the network and print it is _______
Internal Services Digital NetworkWeb based Training
space occupied, price, no. of users allowed
_______ is the capability of the o/s to run numerous applications simultaneously_______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information_______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer
BC296 impact printers
BC297 Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______
BC298 operating system
BC299 batchBC300 _______ converts a high level language into machine language processor
BC301 compiler
_______ printers use light to produce the dots needed to form pages of characters
operating system, bootstrap, kernel, shell
_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer
_______ translates assembly language program into machine language instructions
Op2 Op3 Op4 Ans
C
Capacity Planning Exception reporting CVSAT RAM AGP Card B
B
Printed output None of above B
Voice answer back None of above C
Boundary protection File protection ring Limited access files C
Pixels Pixies None of above B
Reel Number Batch Total DStorage device Pointing device None of above A
Physical Security Console Log Data Dictionary B
An ink pen None of above C
APaper Eraser None of above CA drum A ribbon A cassette A
AA drum A ribbon None of above AA laser beam An INK RIBBON None of above C
Size Storage capacity None of above CWrite Read and Write None of above BPAN drive Floppy disk None of above A
None of above A20 GB 700MB None of above B
A floppy disk None of above C
A floppy disk None of above AWrite Read and Write Not BBy magnet objects In a drawer None of above C
RAM chips CDROM chips None of above BROM chips DRAM chips None of above B
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
System feasibility report
Identification Number
Control totals for one or more fields
End-of-file and end-of-reel code
Storing information on the hard disk
Visual audio board
Identification number
An inked ribbon and print head
Use only unremovable media
Require user passwords
Make duplicate copies of files
Centralised function for PC acquisition
Centralised function for PC Disposition
Distributed policies or procedures
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
Magnetic tape storage Magnetic tape storage
Registers Logic bus None of above A
Registers Control unit None of above B
1 bit 8 bits None of above BROM chips CACHE None of above A
A
None of the above B
Personal computer None of above B
Supercomputers None of above BSecond generation Hoover generation None of above A
First generation Fourth generation None of above C
Third generation Fifth generation None of above CThird generation Fifth generation None of above B
Third generation Fifth generation None of above A
None of above A
None of above C
None of above B
To maintain security None of the above D
Saved to the disk A
None of above B
None of above A
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
A selective access medium
Systems software and application software
Business software and games softwareMainframe computer Jon Von Neumann computers
Programming, Design, and Testing
Analysis, System Design, and Implementation
Analysis is the loading of programs that perform routines to control peripheral devices
This involves looking at a system and finding out how information is being handled
Inputs, outputs, file design hardware, and software
Maintenance, reliability, and upgradeability
To execute any programsCopied from the disk
Transferred from the disk
Users operate the computer system from a given date
Users operate the manual system
The new system is introduced and users start operating it
Users continue operating the old system
None of above C
None of above C
None of the above A
CD-ROM floppy disk Hard disk B
None of the above B
Auto bus Address bus Control Bus ABAD TED MAD BAuto bus Address bus Control Bus D
DASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form A
8 bits A8 bits 16 bits 32 bits A
1000 kilobytes 230 bytes 1024 bytes A
32 I/O devices 32 Mb of RAM D
B
RAM DRAM CROM Abaud bytes Hertz D
B
DRegisters Variables Logic Bus A
All of the above Da serial interface printer interface a modem interface Bdot matrix printer ink-jet printer laser printer. D
Log files and temporary files
User Guide and technical documentation
To enable any printer to be connected to the network
User guides cover how to run the system, enter data, save, print, etc.
Network systems and communication services
Database systems and backup services
To do a particular task.
To help someone who is applying for employment
Operating system routines that execute in supervisor mode.
Data structures that are part of the kernel of an operating system.
Shells, compilers and other useful system programs.
represented 256 characters
represented 127 characters
a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registers
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access time
use more RAM than RISC machines
have medium clock speeds
use variable size instructions
Computer is improperly shut down
Data is not saved before computer is shut down
is non-volatile B
none of the previous C
C
LCD displays SSGA displays B
multitasking A
D
Registers Variables Logic Bus B
magazines CD-ROM e-mail D
none of the above C
multiprogramming multiuser C
a form of ROM a form of VRAM D
multiuser D
set up a password B
B
uses Java uses C++ D103 sec 1012 sec 109 sec D
a mouse a frog a message pad B
C
stores more information than RAM
is used for cache memory
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cut
has more storage capacity than an ATM card
is an access card for a security system
contains a microprocessor none of the previous
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
the ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
an operating system
to run more than one program at the same time
none of the previous none of the previous
same as multiprogramming
involves using more than one processor at the same time
make a backup copy
use a virus protection program
to read from or write information to a floppy disk
to print sheets of paper
to display information or pictures on a screen none of the previous.
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory.
A
D
a scroll bar a light pen a magic marker A
Algorithm Program Data B
Compiler Artificial Intelligence Parity Checker BParity Checking Range checking Validation B
use find and replace A
Program System Modem B
D
Time sharing Multiprogramming Multiplexing D
RAM Floppy Disk Magnetic Disk B
Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware C
Word Processor Telephone modem Shareware A
Hashed Indexed Random C
ALU CPU Primary Storage B
Blocks and Sectors Files and Tracks A
File, record, field Element, field, file C
Systems logs Parity check C
CD-ROM MIDI interface Serial interface A
Pictures Sound Video D
Dot matrix Ink-jet Drum B
data to be transferred to the stack
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
an instruction that has been fetched from memory
an instruction that has been executed
the address of the next instruction to be executed
search each file in turn
use the backup facility
use different filenames on the system
keep a record of computer failures
backup to a secure medium
Schema and subschema
Database, character, record
Maintenance diagnostic program
A
never updated updated regularly updated once a year C
Graphics package Spreadsheet D
C1024 4096 8192 C
duplication of data virus infection loss of data DHTML IPX/SPX NetBEUI A
files can be shared Ba subdirectory the root directory the hard drive D
uniform page source C
A
documents. information. text. A
None of the above A
None of the bove A
speed up access allow encryption C
None of the above B
output. processing. All of the above D
None of the above A
enterprise local B
identify the file D
creating the plans for a building design.
presenting an order for stock to a warehouse.
recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer queries.
Document processor
make efficient use of time
retain confidentiality of files
simplify file structures
printer can do 1000s of pages a day
the operating system is easy to use
up-line provider service
uninterruptable power supply
the program executable may not allow it to be uninstalled
the system requires a network administrator to uninstall it
the system always requires a re-boot and defrag afterwards
Rules writte in procedural language
Logical Steps in any language
To fill the log register
It is mandatory in tallyprevent unauthorised access
IT management lacks leadership.
IT understands the business
Using computers to do architecture.
Software that generates innovated designs and artistic patterns.
Application Service Provider ensure the filename is not lost
identify the file type
detective controls. corrective controls. Dstatic hashing dynamic hashing extensible hashing A
B: (a) to (d) C: (a), (b), (c) D: (b), (c), (d) Cpreventive controls detective controls general controls C
Interface Settings Control B
(b), (c), (d) (a) to (d) (a), (b), (c) C
C
C
(a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) C
corrective controls C
(a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) (b), (c), (d) C
call lights Cdata testing thread testing loop testing A
(a), (b), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a) to (d) D
parallel operations B
Concentrator. D
(b), (c), (d) (a), (b), (c) (a), (c), (d) A
B
interface design procedural design data design A
Client Computer network Hub CBus Mesh Ring ABus Ring All of the above D
All of the above are parts of IS controls.
Turn the computer off at the power point.
Select the ‘Shut Down’ option from a menu.
Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.
Ask the person next to you.
Use the Find or Search feature.
Put your hand up and ask the teacher
organisational controls
preventive controls
program change requests
resolution procedures
specifications matching
system walkthroughs
Peripheral processors.
Job control language.
Identification of critical applications.
Physical security of warehouse facilities.
Cross-training of operating personnel.
B
Sequential Binary Indexed B
C
C
C
Control Unit Input output channel A
Wide area network Protocol B
D
Modem Multiplexor C
A
Ring Network Loop Network Star Network D
Executor systems Electronic mailing Instant post-office C
A mainframe PC B
Parity checks All of them C
Terminal Standard D
To do a particular job such as editing, storing information
To help someone who is applying for employment
To Store data in an organised manner
Data communications hardware and software.
Operating systems and compilers.
Computer operations.
A sequential file on a tape
A direct access file on a disk
A direct access file on a tape
Parity errors will result
Information formats commonly vary between architectures
Data record can never be blocked together
Address calculation part
Local Area network
Use the computer to which they are connected to perform all processing operations
Generally require a keyboard for data entry and a CRT for display
Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data processing such as input validation
Time sharing computer
Aids in back-up procedures
Packs data in a disk file
Speeds up online printing
An intelligent workstation
A personal computer
Encryption algorithms
Communication protocol
Device interconnect standard
None of the above B
None of the above DBaudot ASCII EBCDIC A
None of the above A
Demodulator C
None of the above C
It is less error prone Uses only one path D
None of the above C
C
System Analysis Testing None of the above B
Coaxial Cable Common carrier Telephone Lines C
None of the above CAn interface A buffer An online protocol B
None of the above BPacket Ring Bus B1100101 1010101 None of the above C
A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one step
A compiler is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
Implementation and documentation
Lexical analysis, CONVERSION, and code generation
An interpreter is a representation of the system being designed
An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
Frequency division multiplexor
Time Division Multiplexor
Middle-level languages
Low-level languages
It is less prone to attenuation
Graphic design and education
Accounting systems, commercial sector
Manage the paging function in a virtual environment
Relieve the main CPU of repetitive communication tasks
Reduce competition between the input/output devices
System Analysis defines the format and type of data the program will use
System Analysis involves creating a formal model of the problem to be solved
Testing to check for errors before the system is introduced
Hardware, Software and size of program.
Retransmission Cyclic Redundancy Hash Count A4 64 None of the above A
Modem Multiplexor Acoustic coupler C141 97 None of the above B
Data Mining tools All of them B
B255 256 None of the above BASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form A1B7 5C4 None of the above A8 bits 16 bits 32 bits B
Bit Code Design None of the above D1000 bytes 210 bits 210 bytes A1112 1110 None of the above AASCII code form decimal form alphanumeric form AKeyboard Numeric Keypad None of the above A
B
It has ears None of the above Dbaud bytes Hertz DLight pen Joystick None of the above CMIPS MHz VLSI BTracing diagrams Reading bar codes None of the above B
MICR barcode scanning voice recognition BHard disk CD-ROM drive None of the above A
none of the previous C
Pencil lead None of the above C1.44 Mb 5 Mb 1 Gb B
software output input AKeyboard Numeric Keypad Printer BLight pen Joystick Scanner CTracing Diagrams Reading Bar Codes Digital Signatures BHard disk Keyboard CD ROM Drive A
Bar code reader Optical mark reader Keyboard BMouse Speakers Printer A
Printed output B
Data management systems
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access time
Binary Coded Decimal
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
Its moves like a mouse
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cutLight sensitive elements
Storing information on the hard disk
Back-up on a Cartridge
Pixels Pixies Pickers BStorage device Pointing device CD-ROM A
Bar code reader None of the above C
LCD displays SSGA displays none of the previous B
mouse button layout keyboard layout C
Bar code reader Optical mark reader None of the above B
language interpreter software interface an operating system CSpeakers Smart card None of the above A
multitasking none of the previous A
none of the previous B
an operating system none of the above C
A
multiprogramming Multi-user none of the previous ADeep Blue Param Arjun C
caused by overuse none of the previous C
B
none of the previous CDot - Matrix Printer Desk - jet Printer Thermal Printer Adecrypting it compressing it transmitting it C
None of above B
Thermal Paper An ink pen D
LAN technology WAN technology B10-3 sec 10-12 sec 10-9 sec D
Control figures External file labels Cross footing tests C
Optical mark reader
word processing software
writing programs in multiple languages
The ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languagesTo run more than one program at the same time
Second - generation computers.
Third - generation computers.
Fifth - generation computers.
is due to bad disk blocks
Optical Mark Reader Technology
Magnetic Ink Character Recognition Technology
Image Scanning Technology
slower than an interpreter
converts a program to machine code
Vital information resource under siege
Virtual information reader & user system
An inked ribbon and print headUnix operating system
system operating system communication Dmodel pilot project process D
multithreading multiplexing multitasking D
super computers micro computers none of the above A
none of the above B
drum printer non impact printer none of the above C
word processing none of the above B
idea processor none of the above B
recycle bin Microsoft exchange none of the above Bfile record none of the above C
machine language high level language none of the above B
processed symbol connector symbol input/output symbol B
hp vectra system fazitsu vp200 series IBM-PC B
multithreading multiplexing none of the above D
dumb servers dummy terminals dummy servers A
windows NT LAN D
server back end front end D
server back end front end C
LAN centralized A
host processing dumb processing data processing Bone two many A
D
multithreading multiplexing none of the above B
redo logging disk mirroring D
Module/De-module None of the above B
arithmetic and logic unit
central processing unit
electronic spreadsheet
communication software
distributed computing system
distributed computing
hierarchical database system
network database system
relational database system
disk defragmentation
Modulation/Demodulation
locks constraints traps Bmultithreading multiplexing none of the above B
None of the above Bprocess thread client-server C
None of the above. CInternet ARPANET None of the above. Bpower builder SQL * plus all of the above DWAN GAN None of the above. B
None of the above. CBits Packets None of the above. C
None of the above. C
Hyper text None of the above. C
Area transfer mode None of the above. B
Printer server Receiver None of the above. B
configuration package system A
LAN and WAN LAN and MAN LAN WAN and MAN BATM Internet Intranet A
None of the above. C
ARouters Protocol Repeaters Bbatch command program Dalpha beta numerous alpha number and alpha A
Cmicroprocessors PCs mainframes Doutput feed write A
multithreading multiplexing multitasking D
compiler converter process D
processor ram output D
Local area networks
Local array of networks.
Integrated Symbolic Digital networks.
Integrated Services Digital network.
Transfer communication protocol/Internet protocol
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
Software Mail transmission protocol
Simple Mail transfer protocol
Transmission protocol Asynchronous transfer mode
Internal Services Design Network
Integrated Services Digital Network
Web based Technology
Web based Transport
Web based Transaction
cost, performance their ratio
size, performance, cost
input, output, performance ratios
drum printers thermal printers C
D
windows 95 interpreter B
protocols software's procedures Ccompiler assembler coder B
interpreter assembler processor C
non-impact desktop printers
control program, interpreter, assembler, compiler
monitor, program, keyboard, bus
CPU, memory, input, output
application software
q_id q_desc op1 op2 op3 op4
BC1 ISDN stands for _______.
BC10 Receiver
BC11 platform package system
BC12BC13 __________ is designed telephone system ISDN ATM Internet Intranet
BC14 Expansion of ISDN is ________
BC15 Expansion of WBT is ______________
BC16 _________ connects LANs. Bridges Routers ProtocolBC17 Collection of instruction is called a _____ procedure batch command program
BC18
BC19
BC2 Ethernet Internet ARPANET
BC20 PCs
BC21 input output feed write
BC22
BC23 interpreter compiler converter process
BC24 input processor ram output
Integrated system dynamic networks.
Integrated Symbolic Digital networks.
Integrated Services Digital network.
None of the above.
The computer which can receive data from other computers on the network and print it is _______
File server
Printer server
None of the above.
The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____
configuration
ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology.
MAN and WAN
LAN and WAN
LAN and MAN
LAN WAN and MAN
Internal Services Digital Network
Internal Services Design Network
Integrated Services Digital Network
None of the above.
Web based Training
Web based Technology
Web based Transport
Web based TransactionRepeaters
Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data
alpha numeric
alpha beta
numerous alpha
number and alpha
Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______
space occupied, price, no. of users allowed
cost, performance their ratio
size, performance, cost
input, output, performance ratios
_____________ is the Worlds largest computer network .
None of the above.
_________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs
mini computers
microprocessors
mainframes
_______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer_______ is the capability of the o/s to run numerous applications simultaneously
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
multitasking
_______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information_______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer
BC25
BC26
BC27 interpreter
BC28 batch protocols software's
BC29 processor compiler assembler coder
BC3 _______is/are a popular front end tool SQL * plus
BC30 compiler interpreter assembler processor
BC31 system
BC32 A _____ is a running instance of an application project model pilot project process
BC33
BC34
BC35
BC36 ______ printer use laser light
BC37
BC38
BC39 _______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files
BC4 MAN WAN GAN
BC40 _____ is a collection of related fields field file record
_______ printers use light to produce the dots needed to form pages of characters
impact printers
drum printers
non-impact desktop printers
thermal printers
Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______
operating system, bootstrap, kernel, shell
control program, interpreter, assembler, compiler
monitor, program, keyboard, bus
CPU, memory, input, output
_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased
operating system
application software
windows 95
_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer
procedures
_______ converts a high level language into machine language
visual basic
power builder
all of the above
_______ translates assembly language program into machine language instructions_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
application
operating system
communication
Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
multitasking
______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities
mainframes
super computers
micro computers
none of the above
_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data
control unit
arithmetic and logic unit
central processing unit
none of the above
band printer
drum printer
non impact printer
none of the above
______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text
data management
word processing
electronic spreadsheet
none of the above
______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
integrated software
communication software
idea processor
none of the above
my computer
recycle bin
Microsoft exchange
none of the above
When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ .
None of the above.none of the above
BC41 _____ language consists of strings of binary numbers
BC42
BC43 _______ is an example for micro computer PC-at IBM-PC
BC44
BC45
BC46 wan LAN
BC47 host server back end front end
BC48 host server back end front end
BC49 PC LAN
BC5 TCP/IP stands for _________ .
BC50BC51 DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories four one two many
BC52 ______is the most advantageous database system
BC53
BC54 repairing
assembly language
machine language
high level language
none of the above
______ symbol is used to represent processes like assigning a value to a variable or adding a number
terminator symbol
processed symbol
connector symbol
input/output symbol
hp vectra system
fazitsu vp200 series
_________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
The ______ do not have processing power of their own and has only a screen, keyboard and the necessary hardware to communicate with the host. For this reason, the terminals are referred as_______________
"dumb terminals"
dumb servers
dummy terminals
dummy servers
A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system
distributed computing system
windows NT
_____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processingThe______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architecture
Both the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____system
distributed computing
centralized
Transfer control protocol/Internet protocol
Transfer communication protocol/Internet protocol
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
None of the above.
When all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as
server processing
host processing
dumb processing
data processing
file management system
hierarchical database system
network database system
relational database system
A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______
redo logging
disk defragmentation
disk mirroring
BC55 Modem stands for __________ .
BC56 fixes locks constraints traps
BC57 _________allows an application to multitask within itself
BC58 LAN stands for __________ .
BC59 New process of execution is referred to as______ task process thread
BC6 Data is broken into small unit called __________ . Cells Bits Packets
BC7 SMTP stands for __________ .
BC8 Hyper text
BC9 ATM stands for __________ .
Code/De-code
Modulation/Demodulation
Module/De-module
None of the above
Multiple changes to the same record or a field are prevented by the DBMS through______
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
Linear area networks
Local area networks
Local array of networks.
None of the aboveclient-serverNone of the above.
System modulation transfer protocol
Software Mail transmission protocol
Simple Mail transfer protocol
None of the above.
The __________ protocol is a network protocol to be built for the World Wide Web .
Transfer Protocol
Transmission protocol
None of the above.
Aggregate transfer mode
Asynchronous transfer mode
Area transfer mode
None of the above.
ans
C
B
A
BA
C
A
BD
A
C
B
D
A
D
D
D
C
D
B
C
B
D
C
D
D
D
A
B
C
B
B
B
B
C
B
B
B
D
A
D
D
C
A
C
BA
D
B
D
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
B
q_id q_desc
OS 01
OS 127 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...? OS 131 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?OS 132 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?
OS 139 Which computers use single chip processors? OS 193 CPU performance may be measured in
OS 199
OS 215 Disk fragmentation
OS 216 A compiler is
OS 217 An interpreter is
OS 219 “Zipping” a file means
OS 233 An assembly language program is translated to machine code by
OS 234 Which of the following is not part of the processor
OS 236OS 238 __________ control defaults to displaying the files in the current directory:
OS 271
OS 274
OS 275
OS 276OS 277 All ____________ have the option of blocking ports.
Which of the following computer software is designed to direct and assist the execution of application programs
In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used
If the Cancel Error Property of the CommonDialog Box is set to true then which of the following statement is true:
A ____________ occurs any time a program writes more information into the temporary space it has allocated in the memory.Assessing a system requires certain common tools. Which of the following is NOT a tool used to assess a system?The ____________________ Web site has a utility that will tell you what software and operating system a Web server is running.When software vendors discover flaws in their software, they usually will write corrections to their code, known as:
OS 278 Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of a firewall?
OS 280
OS 281 At a minimum, which of the following should be implemented under the protection phase?
OS 282 Attacks on your system may be prevented or trapped through the use of:
OS 283
OS 284 Which of the following is NOT a step to take in securing a workstation?
OS 286
OS 287 What should be done with old backup tapes and CDs?OS 289 Which of the following is NOT an example of malware?
OS 291 One step you can take to reduce the risk of being infected by a virus is to:
OS 292 Which of the following is NOT a sign that a virus has infected your system?
OS 293 Which of the following is the safest way to protect yourself from e-mail viruses?
Before shutting a service on an individual machine, which of the following would you always check?
Setting restrictions as to the number of unique passwords to use before a user can recycle them is called a password:
To prevent a hacker from unauthorized access, what should you do with the administrator account?
OS 294
OS 295 ____________ gathers user information with the user’s knowledge.
OS 296 Which of the following is the most common function of spyware?
OS 299 Which of the following is NOT a virus-scanning technique?
OS 300 Which of the following would NOT be a way to protect your system from spyware?
OS 309
OS 329 Which of the following would you use to open an existing file?OS 355 The ability to have multiple applications open at the same time is known as:
OS 356 Which of the following can be changed using the Options command?
OS 357
OS 396 Which of the following actions would move a floating toolbar to dock it in a different place?
A ____________ attack causes too much information to be placed into temporary memory space.
For which of the following positions would it be advisable to conduct an extensive background check?
Which of the following leaves an application open but shrinks the window to a button on the Windows taskbar?
OS 397 To display a missing or needed toolbar, click the:
OS 399 Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding password protection?
OS 495 The Linux operating systems is an example of:
OS 496 The Windows operating systems is:
OS 497 Application service providers offer:
OS 498
OS 502 _________ are systems used to interact with customers and run a business in real time.
OS 504 The most common cause(s) of disaster is (are):
OS 505
OS239 To destroy an object and free the memory space occupied by it, the keyword used is:
A(n) _________ offers on-demand software on an as-needed basis to its clients over the web.
A _______ backup site is backup facility consisting of an empty warehouse with all necessary connections for power and communication, but nothing else.
op1 op2 op3 op4 ans
C
None of above AData bus Auto bus Address bus None of above AData bus Address bus Control bus None of above C
None of above ABPS MIPS MHz VLSI B
OCR MICR B
B
B
B
encrypting it decrypting it transmitting it C
a compiler an interpreter a linker A
the ALU the CU C
AFile List Box Dir List Box Drive List Box Combo Box A
RAM overflow D
Netcop NetBrute Netcraft NetBIOS D
C
code correct. patches. updates. upgrades. Bfirewalls switches hubs scanners A
Application Software
Utility Programs
Operating system
Database management system
Deleted from the disk
Copied from the disk
Saved to the disk
Personal computers
Parallel computers
Super computers
barcode scanning
voice recognition
is caused by wear
caused by overuse
is due to bad disk blocks
none of the previous
a fast interpreter
slower than an interpreter
converts a program to assembly code
none of the previous
faster than a compiler
translates and executes programs statement by statement
converts a program to machine code
none of the previous
compressing it
an assembler the power cord
None of the above
A runtime error can result if the user clicks the cancel button
A compile time error occurs
The program executes without any error
You need to carry out conditional compilation
memory overflow
systems overload
buffer overflow
www.nettools.com
www.WhoIs.com
www.netcraft.com
www.netstat.com
B
B
Firewall Router C
A
cycle. renewal. age. history. D
D
C
CTrojan horse Virus IP spoofing Spyware C
C
D
D
It can consist of hardware, software, or both.
It hides your network.
One of its techniques is packet filtering.
It is a barrier between your network and the rest of the Internet.
That any open applications be exited
Dependencies on other services
That you are not on the Internet
That you also shut down associated services
Antivirus software
Intrusion-detection software
an intrusion-detection system.
antivirus software.
a network prevention system.
a proxy filtering system.
Make sure all update and security patches are applied.
Install and keep current antivirus and anti-spyware programs.
Limit user’s ability to configure the workstation.
Block all incoming traffic on a network.
Delete it from the system and use the guest account.
Delete it and change the built-in guest account to a power user account.
Disable it and create a nondescript user account with administrator rights.
Create another administrator account to confuse the hacker.
Tapes can be used over and over, and CDs should be kept forever.
Tapes and CDs can be thrown away in the trash.
Tapes should be melted and CDs broken.
Give them to a recycle shop.
place a router between your ISP and your system.
add spyware to your system.
download files from reliable Web sites.
hone your programming skills.
System acts abnormal
Files are missing
Printing problems
Problems with your wireless mouse
Update antivirus software.
Do not propagate hoax viruses.
Turn off the auto-launch in your e-mail client.
Never open an e-mail attachment unless you know what it is and who sent it.
virus Trojan horse spyware D
A virus A Trojan horse Spyware C
Obtain cookies D
File scanning D
D
Cook D
Amultitasking. tiling. cascading. minimizing. A
A
shrinking multitasking minimizing cascading C
C
buffer overflowA buffer overflow
Obtain system IP addresses
Check for open ports
Obtain usernames and passwords
E-mail and attachment scanning
Download scanning
Backup file scanning
Use your browser’s security settings
Do not open attachments in unknown e-mails
Avoid “skins” and “toolbars” download
Use encryption software
Administrative assistant to the president
Junior accountant
Network administrator
The Standard toolbar
The Formatting toolbar
The Open command on the Edit menu
The Save command on the File menu
the default file location of new files
whether the worksheet prints in landscape or portrait orientation
the number of windows you have open
the margins on the printed DOCUMENT
Click on any border and drag.
Click on any corner and drag.
Click on the title bar and drag.
You cannot move a floating toolbar.
B
A
C
D
utility software. B
D
A
floods. D
hot cold empty dormant B
Delete Kill Nothing New C
right mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.
right mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.
left mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.
left mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.
All documents are automatically saved with a default password.
The password is case-sensitive.
Once a document is protected by a password, it cannot be opened without that password.
Passwords can be up to only seven characters long.
public domain software.
nonprotective open source software.
protective open source software.
proprietary software
public domain software.
nonprotective open source software.
protective open source software.
proprietary software.
on-demand computing.
on-demand software.
utility computing.
best-cost provider
software provider
Web service provider
application service provider
Operational systems
Informational systems
Structured query systems
Office automation
power outages.
hardware failures.
All of the above.
q_id q_desc op1
CA1CA2 _______ is used for CAAT as database Oracle
CA3 True
CA4 True
CA5 True
CA6 yes
CA7 true
CA8 true
CA9 Concurrent use auditors as the member of the system true
CA10 Regular cross system verification may minimize frauds true
CA11 true
CA12 true
CA13 The first step for developing CAAT is_________
CA14
CA15 True
CA16 True
CA17
CA18 Auditing with computer necessarily supports the
CA19 CAAT involves an Auditors' appreciation of __________
CA20 true
Using generalized audit software packages can add a lot of value _______
to an audit department's products & services
Generalized audit software perform auditors to undertake any past records and not concurrent auditingGeneralized audit software is a file whose capabilities for verifying processing is logic
CAAT's are computer program and data that auditor uses as part of the audit procedures to process data if audit significance contained in an entity information systemCAAT do not contains package programs, purpose written program, utility programs or system management programsEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later user by the auditorSCARF involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring
Computer security is frequently associated with confidentiality, integrity and authenticationData reserve engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationship
to determine the audit objective
Using the open database connectivity feature in ACL is ______________
can bring the data directly
Computer Assisted Audited Technique involves the use of computers through "Black Box Approach"White Box Approach necessary involves expert knowledge on the part of Auditor
The transition from manual system to CIS environment bring dramatic changes including ________________
change in the method of recording accounting transactiondocuments driven approachhardware and software configuration
Widespread end use computing result in unlimited errors creeping into system going to accept handling, thereby increasing audit risks
CA21 true
CA22
CA23 true
CA24 the of by all concerned
CA25 trueCA26 A system could be _________ natural/man-madeCA27 A system exhibits 'entropy' true
CA28 trueCA29 Assembler language uses Mnemonic symbols true
CA30 scheduled jobs
CA31 true
CA32 true
CA33
CA34 true
CA35 true
CA36 true
CA37 true
CA38 true
CA39 databases
CA40 true
CA41 trueCA42 Master file configuration includes ____________ reference files
For computerized auditing usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessity
Important knowledge needed to begin planning the use of CAAT is _________
the source of data available to the audit organization
The move towards paperless EDI would eliminate much of the traditional audit trail, radically changing the nature of audit evidence
Computer operation controls are designed to provide ________________
Systems development control, apart from others, include authorization, approval, testing, implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification
Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitable for commercial application including audit work
Operating systems are devised to optimize the machine capabilities, the function include_______________General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operationIn batch processing, transactions are processed one after anotherThe use of computer assisted audit techniques is not gaining popularity not only ________________
with audit departments
On-line processing refers to grouping of transaction and processing the same in one go from start to finishReal time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it relatesIn OLRT the CPU should process the capability of program interruptionTime sharing system allow access to a CPU from remote terminals
DSS is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structured problemsDSS has the following components _________________Master files contains current records for identification and summarizingTransaction files contain relatively permanent records take product profile, customer profile, employee profile etc
CA43 filex
CA44
CA45 true
CA46 true
CA47 back-ups
CA48 true
CA49 RDBMS is structured to a series of 2 dimensional tables true
CA50 SADB stands for ____________
CA51 true
CA52 trueCA53 Errors are correlated_________ at the year endCA54 Field check is exclusive to a field true
CA55 Benfish
CA56 true
CA57 Hierarchical code means _________
CA58 1
CA59 valid, numeric
CA60 grouping, transactionCA61 Hash totals means meaningless totals true
CA62 true
CA63 true
CA64 true
CA65 true
______ is a file management software package that lets users and programmers organize data into files and then process those filesCAATS provide added value to the clients because _______________
to have a complete picture of a system
File volatility refers to the number of addition and deletions to the file in a given period of timeFile activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used and accessed in a given processing run:File interrogation refers to the _____ of information from a fileOne -to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogamous structure
seriously affected database
Controls are present over many aspects of the computer system and its surrounding social environmentIn framed checking the data entry is checked against an expected picture or format
_________ law basically states that there is a specific probability of the first digit of a no. being 1,2,3 etcCheck digit is a group of nos. added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits in the code
consecutive nos. or alphabets to entities
The validation checks applied to a field depend on the field's logical inter relationships with other fields in the recordThe contents of a field could determine _______ sign for a ______ fieldBatch is the process of ______ together _____ that bear some type of relationship to one another
With OLRT where interactive data entry is available, the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming dataControls are required for authorization to ensure data integrity and detect possible breaches in securityData from client application are not stored in the organization's database through auditables events and functionAll input records in a batch are normally of different types
CA66
CA67 true
CA68 true
CA69 true
CA70 true
CA71 e-brainCA72 In systems testing, test involves_________________ bottom up tests
CA73 yes
CA74 Audit software is used by the auditor to _________ read data on client's file
CA75 executables, master
CA76 true
CA77 SAS stands for ______________
CA78 trueCA79 Embedded code performs wide variety of audit task yes
CA80 true
CA81 true
CA82 manipulates, real
CA83 trueCA84 Mapping software has very objectives yes
CA85
IDEA stands for _________________________________
incremental design and enlarge activity
A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master fileA sequence check on the transaction or master files by an update program is not required
Whenever monetary transactions are processed against master files, the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file record
Internal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storing
For small to medium sized systems, individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole-the testing strategy is referred to as ___________________
Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data
Core image comparison is a software used by the auditor to compare _______ version of a program with a secure ________ copyDatabase analyzer is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database
system analysis software
Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup data
Core image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributedLog analysis is a software used by auditor to detect virusOn line testing techniques the auditor ______ data either _______ or fictitious in order to see that a specific program or sever edit test is doing its workMapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instructions
Modeling is a variety of software which ________________
can be very powerful analytical tool
CA86 yes
CA87 Program code analysis involves _____________CA88 __________ is a software of CAAT IDEA
CA89 true
CA90 Base case system evaluation includes____________
CA91 true
CA92 true
CA93 true
CA94
CA95 Source code review means__________
CA96 true
CA97 true
CA98 start and finish time
CA99 JCL means_________________ job control language
CA100 yes
CA101 true
CA102 true
CA103 Generalized audit software consists ___________
On line testing can be targeted for specific functions carried out by programs
provides detailed information of machine uses
Snapshot is software which takes a picture of a file or data or a transaction passing though the system
fictitious data applied against the client program
While base testing forces on finding if there are any defective execution policies in a programBlack box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to beIn integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer filesBlack box testing is _______ based and white box testing is _______ based
specification, programidentifying erroneous code
In formula in flow hypothesis the auditor should expand the extent of substantive tests to determine how the defects may impact the attainment of the program objectivesAll material application oriented events that occur within the boundary subsystem should be recorded in the accounting audit trailIn examination of audit trail the following data associated with an event may be ___________-
Audit should be periodically analyzed to detect any control weakness of the system
In an accounting audit trail, intrusion detection system might monitor the amount of processor time consumed by the user to detect unusual deviation from the amount processor time requested by the user in the pastA sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining RAND() function
package computer p[program for performing a variety of data processing function
CA104 Specializes audit program may be___________ prepared by the auditor
CA105 true
CA106
CA107 true
CA108 true
CA109
CA110 Which of the following is not the feature of GAPsCA111 Which is the example of CAATs ACL
CA112 In audit procedures, test data is
CA113 Which of the following is not the use of CAATs
CA114 Macros
Generalised audit software could be used by the following in consistencies or significant fluctuationsGeneralized audit software function include____________
file access/organizations
In the file reorganization merging capabilities are needed in data from separate file is to be combined on a separate work fileAuditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purposeAuditors can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of __________________
examining the quality of system processWide access to various data base
A sample of transactionsTests of details of transactions
Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?
op2 op3 op4 ans
to add customers all the above none of these AACL JCL none the above A
False A
False B
False A
no B
false A
false A
false A
false A
false A
false A
extract data from file A
all the above none of the above A
False B
False A
absence of audit trails all the above D
risk driven approach unique approach none of the above B
checks and controls all the above D
false A
review and evaluate the types of data
to obtain a record layout
can bring the data indirectly
use of accounting codes
processing options, file data structure
false A
all the above none of these A
false A
use of any programs none of the above D
false Aopen/closed conceptual/physical all of them Dfalse A
false Afalse A
all the above D
false B
false B
all the above none of these A
false A
false A
false A
false A
false B
planning language model base all the above D
false B
false Btable files report files none of the above D
source of data for material planing
providing access to computer to all organization personnel
manage hardware & software resources
enable multiple user resource sharing
with production departments
file-o-man file manager filepet C
all the above none of the above A
false A
false B
retrieval deletion addition B
false A
false A
subject area database software and database safety and database B
false A
false Bimmediately on quarterly basis none of the above Bfalse A
Benford Benjamin none of the above B
false B
none of the above D
false A
invalid, alphabetic none of the above all the above A
regrouping, events none of the above all the above Afalse A
false A
false A
false B
false B
decentralized picture of a system
blocks of nos. to the primary attribute of the the entity
random placement of component
none of the above B
false A
false A
false B
false A
bouncing ball big-bang stub Ctop-down tests hybrid tests all the above D
no B
all the above D
deleted, hard none of these all the above A
false A
all the above none of the above A
false Bno A
false A
false B
create, false none of these all the above A
false Ano A
all of the above D
interactive data extraction and analysis
interactive data innumerable analysis
provide information to the audit
re-perform procedures carried out by the clients programs
system advanced software
can enable the auditor to execute provisions on a number of different bases
can provide the auditors with useful information with trend s and patterns
no A
none of the above CACL ALC ACLL B
false A
all the above A
false A
false A
false A
file, hardware none of the above all the above A
all the above D
false A
false A
resource requested all the above D
all the above none of the above A
no A
false A
false B
mathematical concept A
identifies program code which may be there for fraudulent reason
examination of source code of a program with advice to following the logic of a program
comparison of source version of a programmed
analyzing the picture of a file or data
identifying ineffective code
identifying non-standard code
authentication of information supportjob connectivity language
master list of transactions
administered questionnaire
prepared by the entity all the above D
false A
all the above D
false B
false B
all the above D
DIDEA High End CAATs All of the above D
None of the above A
All of the above D
Action Procedures Event Procedures General Procedures D
prepared by an outside programmer engaged by the auditor
statistical/arithmetic operation
stratification and frequency analysis
carrying analytical review
examining the quality of data
Can extract and analyse data
Can aid in simple selection
Can define the audit objectives
A utility software programme
A special purpose written program
Analytical review procedures
Compliance tests of general EDP controls
Field0 Field1 Field2
CA107 TRUECA108 In olrt the cpu should posses the capability of program interrupt interrupts TRUE
CA109 In system testing,test involves _______CA11 All input records in a batch are normally of different types TRUECA110 In the planning phase gathering information and risk assessment will be done TRUECA111 Information collection encompasses logging the selected auditable events TRUECA112 Input controls are designed to ensure processing safety TRUE
CA113 Integrated test facility is a facility of ________
CA114 TRUE
CA115 Log analysers are _______ required by the auditor
CA116 Log analyzers is ________CA117 Log analyzer is a software used by auditor to detect virus TRUE
CA118 TRUE
CA119 Master file configuration includes ______
CA12 TRUECA120 Master file contains current records for identification and summarising TRUE
CA121 Metadata approach is _______
In integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer files
BOTTOM UP TESTS
PARALLEL PROCESSING
Internal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storing
HARDWARE
AUDIT TOOL
Mapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instruction has veryspecific objectives
REFERENCE FILE
All material application -oriented events that occur within the boundary sub-system should be recorded in the accounting audit trail
APPROACH TO THE SYSTEM DATA ONLY
CA122 Modeling is a variety of software which _________
CA123 TRUE
CA124 TRUECA125 On-line testing can be targeted for specific function carried out by programs TRUE
CA126
CA127 Parallel processing is a concept associated with _______ and ________
CA128 Parallelsimulation is there to authenticate the _______ system
CA129 Prevention,detection,investigation and reaction are the ______ of an auditor
CA13 Any audit enable software may include _______
CA130 Procedure driven approach of auditing is __________CA131 Processing controls can be grouped into general controls TRUE
CAN BE VERY POWERFUL ANALYTICAL TOOL
One-to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogenus structureOn-line processing refers to grouping of transaction processing the same in one go from start to finish
Operating systems are devised to optimise the machine capabilities-the function include:
SCHEDULE JOBS
OS AND RAM
REEL SYSTEM
FUNCTIONCOMPLETENESS
TRADITIONAL APPROACH
CA132 Program code analysis involves ______
CA133 Programme code analysis is being implemented by the _________
CA134CA135 Rdbms is a structured into a series of 2-dimensional table TRUE
CA136 TRUE
CA137 Reasonableness checking is
CA138 Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data TRUECA139 Regular cross-system validation may minimise frauds TRUECA14 Application controls can be categorized into _______ types 4CA140 Risk assessment is a phase of an audit TRUE
CA141 Risk assessment is the phase of ______ AUDIT
CA142 TRUECA143 Security audit can be done through oracle database TRUE
CA144 Security can be broken into ________ areasCA145 Sign test is a type of field checks on processed data TRUE
CA146 TRUE
CA147 Snapshot is a technique of __________ which is a part of audit software
PROVIDES DETAILED INFORMATION ON MACHINE USAGE
COMPANY
Public audit trail is an important control in system that use __________ for authentication purposes
PUBLIC KEY
Real time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it vrelates
TYPE OF RECORD CHECK
Scarf involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring
RISK AVOIDANCE
Snapshot is a software which takes a "picture" of a file or data or a transaction processing through the system
AUDIT ROUTINE
CA148 Source code review means _______
CA149 Specialised audit programs may be _______
CA15 Application controls grouped into
CA150 TRUE
CA151 TRUECA152 System privilege can be checked by auditor TRUE
CA153 TRUE
CA154 Test data can be defined as __________
CA155 Test data pack is ________
CA156 The contents of a field could determine _______ sign for ______ field INVALID
CA157 TRUE
IDENTIFYING ENORMOUS CODE
PREPARED BY THE AUDITORTWO GROUPS
Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitablefor commercial applicationincluding audit workSystem development control, apart from others,include authorisation,approval,testing,implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification
System security audit is an on site inspection ,which identifies potential securityvulnerabilities within an organization
SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF TESTING THE SYSTEM SOFTWARE
STREAM OF DATA
The move towards paperless edi would eliminate much of the traditional audit trail,radically changing the nature of audit evidence
CA158 The stream of data that are generated by these tools is called as the __________
CA159CA16 Ar=ir*cr*dr TRUE
CA160 TRUECA161 There are ______ types of approaches of test data techniques ONECA162 There are ______ types of control totals 2CA163 There are _______ types of audits of the systems development process THREE
CA164 FIVECA165 There are _____types of checks frequently used in validating the data 4
CA166 TRUECA167 There are four type of audit risks TRUE
CA168 Top down tests,bottom up tests and hybrid tests are under the _______ categoryCA169 Tracing helps to analyse the change caused by viruses TRUECA17 Assembler language uses mnemonic symbols TRUE
CA170 TRUE
CA171 TRUE
CA172 TRUE
CA173 TRUE
CA174 TRUECA175 White box approach is program based TRUE
CA176 TRUE
CA18 Audit around the computer is called
CA19 TRUE
CA2 White box approach necessarily involves expert knowledge on the part of auditor TRUECA20 Audit software is a type of audit technique TRUE
TEST DATA
The transition from manual system to cis environment bring dramatic changes including
CHANGE IN THE METHOD OF RECORDING ACCOUNTING TRANSACTION
The validation checks applied to a field depend on the fields logical interrelationships with other fields in the record
There are ________ types of checks that can run when data is input through a terminal
There are 13 system development phases while audit of the system development processes
INTER TABLE TEST
Transaction file contain relatively permanent records take product profile,customer profile,employee profile etc.Transactions are not lost ,added,duplicated or improperly changed is called as control over inputValidation checks is applied to a field depend on the field's logical interrelationships with other fields in the recordsWhenever monetary transaction are processed against master files,the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file recordWhite box testing focuses on finding if there are any defective execution paths in a program
With olrt where interactive data entry is available ,the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming data
BLACK BOX APPROACH
Audit risk cannot be viewed as a joint probability of inherent risk,control risk and detection risk
CA21 Audit software is used by the auditor to ________CA22 Audit software can be categorized under ______ heads 2
CA23 Audit software can be divided into ________ categories TWOCA24 Audit through can be done using simulation TRUE
CA25 TRUE
CA26 Audit with networking and database help is called _______CA27 Auditing is a form of attestation TRUECA28 Auditor can also check default roles in oracle database software TRUE
CA29
CA3 FILECA30 Auditors can issue the sql commands to audit TRUECA31 Auditors can use profiles in their white-box approach of auditing TRUE
CA32 TRUE
CA33 TRUE
CA34 Base case system evaluation includes _______CA35 Black box approach is specification based TRUE
CA36 Black box testing is ______ based and white box testing is _____ based
CA37 TRUE
CA38 TRUE
READ DATA ON CLIENT'S FILES
Audit trail should be periodically analysed to detect any control weaknesses of the system
WHITE BOX APPROACH
Auditor can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of ________
EXAMINE THE THE QUALITY OF SYSTEM PROCESS
_________ Is the file management software package that lets users and programmers organise data into files and then process those files
Auditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purposesAuditors has to take care of the fact to link between multiple databases with one application
FICTITIOUS DATA APPLIED AGAINST THE CLIENT PROGRAM
BOTH C & D
Black box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to beCaat do not contain package programs, purpose written programmes,utility program or system management program
CA39 TRUE
CA4 A sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining rand() function TRUE
CA40 TRUE
CA41 Case-is ________
CA42 TRUECA43 Check digit is a tool under field checks TRUE
CA44 Check digit is a type of ___________CA45 Codd's rule are being implemented on database TRUE
CA46 TRUE
CA47 Computer operation controls are designed to provide ________
CA48 TRUECA49 Concurrent audit include auditors as members of s.d team TRUE
CA5 TRUE
CA50 Concurrent audit is taking care of the ______ data that is being transacted
CA51 TRUECA52 Control total is under batch checks TRUE
CA53 TRUE
CA54 TRUE
CA55 TRUE
Caat's are computer program and data the auditor uses as part of audit procedures to process data of audit significance contained in an entity's information system
Caat's are computer programs and data the auditor uses as a part of the audit procedures
COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE EDITOR
Check digit is a group of numbers added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits with code
FIELD CHECKS
Computer assisted audit technique involves the use of computer through "black box " approach
THE USE OF COMPUTERS BY ALL CONCERNED
Computer security is frequently associated with confidentiality ,integrity and authentication
A sequence check on the transaction or master file by an update program is not required
PREVIOUS DATA
Confidentiality,integrity and availability are the major security attributes to the auditor
Controls are present over many aspects of the computer system and its surrounding social environmentsControls are required for authorisation,to ensure data integration and to detect possible breachesin securityConventional data entry giving way to scanner,digitised image processors etc. For auditing in cis environment
CA56 Core image comparison is a ________ used by the auditorCA57 Core image comparison is a type of audit technique TRUE
CA58 TRUE
CA59 TRUE
CA6 A system could be ________CA60 Cryptographic techniques are the part of security audit TRUECA61 Data communication and networking would introduce new audit risk TRUE
CA62 TRUECA63 Data integrity can be imposed on the database through dbms TRUE
CA64 TRUECA65 Data security in audit techniques can be done through three ways TRUE
CA66 TRUECA67 Databases are a key element in most business-related information systems TRUECA68 Ddl,dml,dcl-statements can be exercised in rdbms TRUE
CA69 Deterrenece meance _______ THREATCA7 A system ehibit entropy TRUE
CA70 Dss has the following components
CA71 TRUE
CA72 TRUECA73 Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup TRUECA74 Embedded code performs a wide variety of audit tasks TRUE
CA75 Errors are corrected :_______CA76 Event detection is an audit procedure TRUECA77 Event detection is the audit procedures TRUECA78 Examine the quality of data is not the task of generalized audit software TRUE
CA79 Examine the quality of system processes is _________CA8 A system means -totality TRUECA80 Field check is exclusive to a field TRUE
TYPE OF NETWORK
Core image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributedCritical review of the system of book-keeping,accountingand internal organizational controls.
NATURAL/MAN MADE
Data from client application are not stored in the organisations database through auditable events and functions
Data reverse engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationships
Database analyser is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database
DATABASE
Dss is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structural problemEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later use by the auditor
AT THE YEAR END
AUDIT TASK OF THE AUDITOR
CA81 File access is a function of _________ softwareCA82 File access will be the functional capabilities of generalized audit software TRUE
CA83 TRUE
CA84 File integration refers to the ________ of information from a file
CA85 TRUE
CA86 TRUE
CA87 C-BRAIN
CA88 TRUE
CA89 TRUECA9 A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master file TRUE
CA90 Generalised audit software function include _______
CA91 TRUE
CA92 Generalized audit software consists _______CA93 Generalized audit software has infile capabilities for verifying processing logic TRUE
CA94 TRUE
CA95 TRUECA96 Generalized audit software provides the full set of arithmetic operators TRUE
CA97 Hash total is a type of _________CA98 Hash totals falls under control totals TRUE
GENERALIZED AUDIT
File activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used or accssed in a given processing run
BACKUPS
File volatility refers to the number of additions and deletions to the file in a given period of timeFor computerised auditing,usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessityFor small to medium sized systems,individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole.the testing strategy is referred to as:General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operationsGeneralised audit software could be used by the auditor for identifying inconsistencies or significant fluctuations
FILE ACCESS/ORGANIZATION
Generalised audit software never allow several files to be read simultaneously _______
PACKAGE COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR PERFORMING A VARIETY OF DATA PROCESSING FUNCTION
Generalized audit software has only limited capabilities for verifying processing logicGeneralized audit software permits auditors to undertake only expost auditing and not concurrent auditing
CONTROL TOTAL
Field3 Field4 Field5 Field6
FALSE AFALSE A
DFALSE BFALSE AFALSE AFALSE B
C
FALSE A
B
DFALSE B
FALSE A
D
FALSE AFALSE B
C
TOP DOWN TESTS
HYBRID TESTS
ALL THE ABOVE
SOURCE CODE REVIEW
TEST DATA APPROACH
NONE OF THESE
SOFTWARE
NETWORK
NONE OF THESE
SOFTWARE
MACHINE ACTIVITY
SOFTWARE USED TO READ AND ANALYZE RECORDS OF MACHINE ACTIVITY
TABLE FILES
REPORT FILE
NONE OF THE ABOVE
APPROACH TO THE APPLICATION DATA ONLY
IT IS DATA ABOUT SOME OTHER DATA
ALL THE ABOVE
D
FALSE A
FALSE BFALSE A
D
C
B
ROLE B
D
AFALSE B
CAN ENABLE THE AUDITOR TO EXAMINE PROVISION ON A NUMBER OF DIFFERENT BASES
CAN PROVIDE THE AUDITOR WITH USEFUL INFORMATION ON TRENDS AND PATTERN
ALL THE ABOVE
MANAGE HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE RESOURCES
ENABLE MULTI USER RESOURCE SHARING
ALL THE ABOVE
OS AND ROM
OS AND MICROPROCESSOR
NONE OF THE ABOVE
REAL SYSTEM
BOTH (A) AND (B)
DATABASE SYSTEM
BOTH (A) AND (B)
NONE OF THESE
ACCURACY
AVAILABILITY
ALL THE ABOVE
LATEST APPROACH
BOTH (A) AND (B)
NONE OF THE ABOVE
C
AUDITOR D
CFALSE A
FALSE A
A
FALSE BFALSE A2 5 3 DFALSE A
B
FALSE AFALSE A
DFALSE A
FALSE A
A
IDENTIFIES PROGRAM CODES WHICH MAY BE THERE FOR FRAUDULENT REASON
EXAMINATION OF SOURCE CODE OF A PROGRAM WITH A VIEW TO FOLLOWING THE LOGIC OF A PROGRAM
NONE OF THE ABOVE
DATABASE ADMINISTRATOR
AUDITOR USING COMPUTERS
PRIVATE KEY
DIGITAL SIGNATURE
NONE OF THESE
TYPE OF RANGE CHECKS
TYPE OF SIGN TEST
NONE OF THESE
AUDIT THROUGH COMPUTERS
ALL THE ABOVE
NONE OF THE ABOVE
DETERRENCE
PREVENTION
ALL THE ABOVE
AUDIT TECHNIQUE
AUDITING
NONE OF THESE
D
D
B
FALSE A
FALSE AFALSE A
FALSE A
C
B
VALID B
FALSE A
IDENTIFYING INEFFECTIVE CODE
IDENTIFYING NON-STANDARD CODE
ALL THE ABOVE
PREPARED BY THE ENTITY
PREPARED BY AN OUTSIDE PROGRAMMER ENGAGED BY THE AUDITOR
ALL THE ABOVE
THREE GROUPS
FOUR GROUPS
ALL THE ABOVE
SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR THE PURPOSE OF CHECKING LOG FILES
SAMPLE OF DATA USED FOR TESTING THE APPLICATION PROGRAMME PROGARMME
ALL THE ABOVE
STREAM OF DATA THAT ARE GENERATED BY TEST DATA TECHNIQUE TOOLS
BOTH (A) AND (B)
NONE OF THESE
BOTH C & D
NUMERIC
C
DFALSE A
FALSE ATWO THREE FOUR B4 3 5 BFOUR TWO ONE A
THREE FOUR ONE C2 5 3 A
FALSE AFALSE B
BFALSE AFALSE A
FALSE B
FALSE A
FALSE A
FALSE B
FALSE AFALSE B
FALSE A
A
FALSE B
FALSE AFALSE A
TEST DATA APPROACH
TEST DATA PACK
NONE OF THE ABOVE
USE OF ACCOUNTING CODES
ABSENCE OF AUDIT TRAIL
ALL THE ABOVE
SYSTEM TEST
TABLE LEVEL TESTS
NONE OF THESE
WHITE BOX APPROACH
BOTH (A) AND (B)
NONE OF THESE
D4 5 3 D
FOUR THREE CFALSE A
FALSE A
AFALSE AFALSE A
D
FILEPET CFALSE AFALSE A
FALSE B
FALSE A
AFALSE A
A
FALSE A
FALSE B
PROVIDE INFORMATION TO THE AUDIT
REPERFORM PROCEDURES CARRIED OUT BY THE CLIENT'S PROGRAMS
ALL THE ABOVE
NONE OF THESE
BLACK BOX APPROACH
ALL THE ABOVE
NONE OF THE ABOVE
CARRYING ANALYSING REVIEW
EXAMINING THE QUALITY OF DATA
ALL THE ABOVE
FILE-O-MAN
THE FILE MANAGER
COMPARISON OF SOURCE VERSION OF A PROGRAM
ANALYSING THE PICTURE OF A FILE OR DATA
ALL THE ABOVE
HARDWARE
SPECIFICATION
PROGRAM
FALSE A
FALSE B
FALSE A
C
FALSE BFALSE A
AFALSE B
FALSE B
D
FALSE AFALSE A
FALSE A
B
FALSE AFALSE A
FALSE A
FALSE A
FALSE A
COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE EMBEDDED
COMPUTER AIDED SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
NONE OF THESE
RECORD CHECKS
BOTH (A) AND (B)
NONE OF THESE
PROVIDING ACCESS TO COMPUTER TO ALL ORGANIZATION PERSONEL
USE OF ANY PROGRAMS
NONE OF THE ABOVE
CURRENT DATA
ALL THE ABOVE NONE OF THESE
NONE OF THESE
BFALSE A
FALSE A
FALSE A
DFALSE AFALSE A
FALSE BFALSE A
FALSE AFALSE A
FALSE AFALSE AFALSE A
AFALSE A
D
FALSE B
FALSE AFALSE BFALSE A
BFALSE AFALSE AFALSE B
CFALSE AFALSE A
TYPE OF SOFTWARE
TYPE OF HARDWARE
NONE OF THESE
OPEN/CLOSED
CONCEPTUAL/PHYSICAL
ALL THE ABOVE
BROADCASTING
NETWORK
NONE OF THESE
PLANNING LANGUAGE
MODEL BASE
ALL THE ABOVE
IMMEDIATELY
ON QUARTERLY BASIS
NONE OF THE ABOVE
AUDIT TASK OF THE AUDITORS USING COMPUTERS
AUDIT TASK OF THE GENERALIZED AUDIT SOFTWARE
ALL THE ABOVE
AFALSE A
FALSE B
B
FALSE A
FALSE A
STUB B
FALSE B
FALSE AFALSE A
D
FALSE B
AFALSE A
FALSE A
FALSE AFALSE A
AFALSE A
SPECIALIZED AUDIT
UTILITY PROGRAM
NONE OF THESE
RETRIEVAL
DELETION
ADDITION
BIG BANG
BOUNCING BALL
STATISTICAL/ARITHMETICAL OPERATION
STRATIFICATION AND FREQUENCY ANALYSES
ALL THE ABOVE
MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS
A MASTER LIST TRANSACTION
ADMINISTERED QUESTIONNAIRE
TRANSACTION TYPE
BATCH SERIAL NUMBER
SEQUENCE CHECK
q_id q_desc op1 op2 op3
DA1 Sequence Check is a --------------- level control check. Field Record Both
DA2 Vertical A or B
DA3 Gaps
DA4 Filter Merge
DA5 RAND()
DA6 TRUE FALSE
DA7 TRUE FALSE
DA8 Unusual Strange A or B
DA9 Data validity test represents
DA10 True False
DA11 True False
DA12 Limit Range
DA13 Excel Access Both
DA14 True False
DA15 A System Auditor can uses CAAT tools to analyze data False True
DA16
DA17 A or B
DA18 Most of the tools use in Data Analysis depends on DDE OLE ODBC
Analyse data over two or more periods is called ----------------------- analysis
Horizontal
We use Hash Total to identify ------------ within a series where there is a definite relation between items
Duplicate Value
Combined Value
Analyse fields by arranging them into rows and columns is called
Cross Tabulate
--------------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in the table.
VLOOKUP()
HLOOKUP()
To import data from Access to Excel ,it is not possible to link between Access and Excel sheetThe GAP detection options can be used to test for completeness of data.Exception testing can be used to identify ----------------- items
exception testing
comparison of data
duplicates testing
Year end ledger, inventory files or transaction files can be tested for cut-off , to ensure that the data has been provided is for the correct audit periodIn Range Check , the data may not be in proper sequence but should be within a predetermined rangeIn ---------------- Check data entry follow a particular sequence and also a predetermined range.
Sequence
'Set mapping' Check control that follows a text-type validation, we use ----------------- application for data analysis.Excel can import data from other databases for the data analysis.
In the case of the ---------- control, it is ensured that the data in combination with other fields are reasonable as per standard set by an organisation.
Valid Signs
Transaction type
Limit Check
--------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in a table
HLOOKUP
VLOOKUP
op4 ans
A
A
C
A
B
A
A
C
D
A
A
B
B
A
B
D
B
C
None of the aboveNone of the AboveAll of the aboveNone of the above
None of the above
None of the aboveAll of the above
Both B & C
None of the above
Reasonableness
None of the aboveAll of the above
q_id q_descWO1 _______ is a word processing that is a member of the office 2000 family
WO2
WO3
WO4
WO5 _____and_____ are improved layout in Word 2000
WO6 The easiest way to create a document in word is
WO7 In Office2000 environment the tool that makes work easier for us is_____
WO8
WO9 The _____ helps us to keep track of the margin of the page
WO10 The keys that are used to navigate between headers and footers are
WO11
WO12 _______are blueprints or patterns for documents of a certain type
WO13 The______ is used for quickly setting paragraph indention using the mouseWO14 Word art is text with
WO15 AutoShapes in word can be created by accessing the _____WO16 By default, a document consists of_____ section
WO17 The dialog box that is used to determine the documents margins is
WO18
WO19 The key that is used to perform a task to select all t he text in the documents isWO20 The key that is used to indent a paragraph is
WO21
WO22
WO23 ______ is the default view in Word used for typing Editing and Formatting the Text
WO24 The short-cut-key that is used to indent a paragraph spacing in the documents isWO25 The short-cut-key that is used to paste the selected text
WO26 The short-cut-key that is used for paragraph spacing(1.5)
WO27
The feature that enables user to type anywhere in a document without pressing or tabThe______ feature allows the user to copy and paste upto 12 items at the same time in an application______ and _____ key combination will extend the selection by one character on the left and right
A short description of a tool bar button called the ______ is displayed when the mouse pointer is allowed to stay for a second on the button
Pick out the element from the following that dose not form the type of tabs for the Word 2000
________ is a box surrounding a page on all slides or a line that sets off a paragraph on one or more slides
The key that is used to change the font from the current positioned in a document isThe key that is used to change the style of the document that is from that normal to heading1 or heading1 to other document styles.
The box that separate text from the document and allows it to behave like an independent object is known as
WO28WO29 The object that helps us analyzing data statistically is known as
WO30
WO31 To clear all the tabs in a document the option that is clicked from the tabs dialog
WO32
WO33
WO34
WO35 ______ is an online dictionary maintained by word to obtain synonyms for words
WO36 The thesaurus is invoked by pressing_______
WO37 When a new table is created the insertion point flashes in the _____
WO38 By pressing the _____ key inserts a blank row after the last row in the table
WO39 The ______ option enables us to convert text into a table format
WO40 A table consists of ______ that contain text or graphics
WO41
WO42WO43 In Word Macros are written in _____
WO44
WO45
WO46 ______ is a software for sending and receiving e-mail messagesWO47 ________is the coding system used to create web pages
WO48
WO49
The object that is used to provide information like the title of the book, name of the chapter, page number etc.
To highlight certain parts of a page to set it apart from the rest of the page we make use of the following features
The dialog box that is used to incorporate picture bullets into our documents or web pages isThe object that composes of set of tools which helps to create and work on different shapes like rectangles, circles, flowcharts etc.When word is opened a new document called_____ is displayed, where the user starts typing the content right way
The _______ option in word allows the user to automatically correct misspell words as and when they are typed______ is a facility that enables recording and replaying of a sequence of keystroke
In Word 2000 the macro dialog box is activated with the help of ____ key combination________shows how a document would look like when published on the web or on an intranet
The network that makes information easily accessible across various networks is _______
Which of the following statements are false with reference to the use of a header row source for a mail merge
WO50 With reference TO TABLE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT ARE falseWO51 The alignment available for tabs does not include
WO52 Which of the following statements related to a Section Break are TrueWO53 The user can set a spelling checker to skip the marked part of the next
WO54WO55 The user can split the screen only into two parts
WO56WO57 The user can modify the picture from the clip art
WO58 With reference to auto correct which of the following statements are false
WO59WO60 The alignment available for tabs does not include
WO61 Which of the following statements are FalseWO62 Drop Cap tool does not work for the contents in the table formatWO63 The user can split the screen only into two parts in MS-Word
WO64
New option under the file menu of word creates a new blank document that is based on the normal templates
The features that enables the user to type text graphics tables anywhere in the document without pressing enter or tab
With the reference to password protected documents which of the following statements are false
The special symbols that are inserted using "insert symbol" option of the word can not be printed by the printer as they are not standard keyboard symbols
WO65 The "format columns" option allows to create columnar text up 12 columns only.
WO66
WO67
WO68
WO69
WO70 How are data organized in a spreadsheet?
WO71 Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?
WO72
WO73
WO74WO75 What process should be used to recall a document saved previously? WO76 Which is used to indent text within a document?
WO77
WO78 What is a Word Processor used for?
WO79 What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?
WO80 What is a Word Processor used for?
WO81 What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor
WO82 What is a header in a document?
WO83 What hardware is essential for a word?
WO84
WO85 What basic tools would you find in the Edit
The document that makes the user to organize and maintain a long document, such as multipart report or a book consisting of chaptersThe view that enables us to view how objects will be positioned on the page when it is printedThe mode that is initialized or toggled to if the user is in a position to overwrite the text in the word
Veena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?
Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"?
Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one? Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?
Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?
The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a
WO86
WO87
WO88
WO89
WO90 What does a document contain?
WO91
WO92
WO93
WO94
WO95 Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?
WO96 How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?
Assume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:
Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?
While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?
Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?
What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outs
What edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?
Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?
WO97
WO98
WO99
WO100
WO101WO102 Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?
WO103 Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?
WO104 What is a header in a document?
WO105WO106 Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:
WO107 To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a
WO108
WO109 What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?WO110 Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.
Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?
What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?
You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?
When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.
In your English essay you notice that the paragraph at the bottom of page 1 continues on to page 2. You would like to make this paragraph start on page 2.What would be the best way to do this?
Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?
WO111 A reverse in a newsletter is:
WO112 A pull quote is best emphasized by:
WO113 Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?
WO114WO115 As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?
WO116
WO117
WO118
WO119 Which of the following is the default Word column width?
Pertaining to newsletters, which of the following cannot be changed using the Columns command dialog box?
Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?
Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?
Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?
op1 op2 op3 op4 ansWord 2000 Office 2000 Office 97 Back Office A
click-n-type double click drag & drop A
office clipboard cut select A
B
A
wizard templates A
office assistant inbox assistant A
Screen Tip Tool Tip Icon Tip Document Tip A
tab stop marginal stop ruler B
D
left center decimal rotation D
template model dialogs/alerts B
increase indent decrease indent both A and B Cspecial effect control tool box design wizard pictures A
drawing toolbar control box database forms A1 2 0 11 A
A
border shading style box A
ctrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m Actrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m D
CTRL+SHIFT+F CTRL+O CTRL+SHIFT+S CTRL+SHIFT+P A
ctrl+shift+f ctrl+o ctrl+shift+s ctrl+shift+p C
NORMAL PAGELAYOUT A
ctrl+m ctrl+2 ctrl+end ctrl+home Bctrl+v or ins ctrl+c or ins ctrl+x or ins ctrl+v or Del A
ctrl+2 ctrl+5 ctrl+1 B
Text Box Frame AutoShape Border A
none of the abovenone of the above
shift+end and shift+home
shift+left and shift+right
ctr+end and ctr+home
none of the above
web layout, printlayout
normal layout, web layout
web layout, page layout
none of the above
click from start program, MSWord from the task menu
none of the above
document assistant
none of the above
none of the above
up arrow keys only
page up keys only
home and end keys only
up and down arrow
none of the abovenone of the above
page setup from the file
printer setup from the file menu
print preview from the file
none of the abovenone of the above
ONLINE LAYOUT
ONLINE DOCUMENT
none of the above
Screen Tips Page Layout AChart WordArt Auto Shapes File A
Borders Shading WordArt Bullets D
clear remove all remove clear all D
none dialog box A
charts WordArt AutoShapes files C
doc1 document1 new document B
thesaurus hyphenation mail merge A
shift+f7 thesaurus menu shift+f8 A
first second first row A
tab end enter A
A
row records B
AutoCorrect AutoFormat style gallery A
Mail Merging Macro Data Source Bbasic visual basic vj++ visual FoxPro B
shift+f8 shift+f7 alt+f8 alt+f5 A
browser A
email client outlook express hotmail Ahtml xml sgml vb script A
internet intranet arpanet LAN A
B
Header and Footer
none of the above
picture bullets dialog box
arrow bullet dialog box
circle bullet dialog box
default documentnone of t he abovetools+spelling menulast cell of the t ablenone of the above
convert text to table
convert data to table
table auto format option
none of the above
rows & columns
none of the abovenone of the abovenone of the above
web layout view
online layout view
none of the above
micro soft outlook
field name must be listed in the same order as the corresponding information in the data source
the field separators in a header source and the data source can not be set as paragraph
field names in the header source must match any merge fields you've inserted in the main document
the number of fields names in the header source must be the same as the number of data fields in the data source
Cleft decimal justified top A
Dtrue false A
true false Atrue false A
drag & drop click -n-type Double Click Btrue false A
B
Bleft justified hanging top A
Btrue false Atrue false A
true false B
it is not possible to change the height of only selected rows of a table
auto format option applies to the entire table and not only to the selected rows or columns of a table
by default cell height and weight option applies to all the rows and columns of a table
delete cells option allows to delete the entire row or a column or shift cells up or shifts cells left
A new section is created in order to change properties like number of columns
In order to type a header from the third page of the document a section break is inserted after t he third page
If a header is inserted in the second section then the same header is applicable to the first section
A section is a portion of a document in which certain page formatting option can be set
none of the above
automatically corrects common typing, spelling errors
prohibits the user from renaming an auto correct entry
automatically corrects the grammatically errors
with t he caps lock key accidentally turned on reverses the case of the letters that were capitalized incorrectly and then turns off the caps lock
password can not include spaces
password protected document can be opened without password as read only
password are not case sensitive
password can be upto 15 characters long
a .ppt file can not not be inserted at specified position in the current document
a document file can be inserted in the current document at specified position
a multiple documents files can be inserted in the single document
an .xls data can not be inserted at specified position in the current document
true false A
Child Document A
Page Layout Outline Layout B
Insert Mode Type Over mode Remove A
D
lines and spaces height and width D
tab enter/return shift B
spell checker thesaurus outliner C
D
Print all Page setup Print preview BEnter Copy Retrieve Save Cclosing tabbing spacing sorting B
database graphing spreadsheet C
B
subscript annotation clip art clipboard C
B
C
C
B
Browser clip-art file microphone digital scanner D
C
Master Document
Hyperlink Document
none of the above
Print Layout View
none of the abovenone of the above
press the return key
press the tab key
press the escape key
just keep typing
layers and planes
rows and columns
backspace/ delete
grammar checker
send a public message to friends interested in one topic
send pictures to a friend
send private messages to a friend
send a package to a friend
From ___ To ____
word processing
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
None of the above
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
Making Calculations
Clear, replace and select
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
Font, Paragraph, Bullet and Numbering
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
Designated area on the document
Mouse, printer and processing system keyboard?
Keyboard, Mouse, monitor and printer
Monitor, keyboard and mouse
None of the above
Clear, replace and Toolbars
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
None of the above
6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point B
2½ inches. 2¾ inches. 3 inches. B
A
D
Mainly text B
Thesaurus Spell Checker B
Paste Replace Select all AutoCorrect B
Cut, then paste A
C
D
D
impossible to determine.
You are not in Print Layout view.
You have not inserted a column section break..
You have not specified continuous section breaks.
Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the document.
to store a file on the hard drive
to store a file on a diskette
to move a section of text from the original location to another location
to leave an original section of text in place while pasting a copy elsewhere
Data about a set of similar things
A set of different graphics
None of the above
Grammar Checker
Find and Replace
Copy, then paste
Delete, then paste
Insert, then paste
To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making corrections
To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one another
A line appears through text that is to be deleted.
A red underline appears beneath text that is to be added.
A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the document.
Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document.
Through the Edit menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through the Tools menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through tools on the Reviewing toolbar
Both through the Tools menu and the Reviewing toolbar
A
B
Dictionary Grammar check Spell check Thesaurus A
A
Fields Tools Forms Insert CCheck boxes Toggle button Text fields A drop-down list B
C
C
Press tab. Press Return. Copy and paste. Dtext. graphics. forms. numbers. C
header/footer. bibliography. find/search. macro. A
Copy button Paste button C
Fault Finding Bug Squashing Error Injecting Debugging DInsert Tools Format Edit C
The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any changes that were just made to the document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version of the original and one version of any changes made to the document.
All versions are opened automatically.
The latest version is opened automatically.
The first and second versions are opened automatically.
The previous version is opened automatically.
Word displays a list of the dates and times each file was saved.
The most recent version will appear at the bottom of the list.
Word will show the name of the person who saved each version.
Word is not able to tell the most recent version of a document.
Comments cannot be edited.
Comments cannot be deleted.
Comments can be edited or deleted by right clicking the highlighted text.
Comments can be edited or deleted by left clicking the highlighted text.
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
None of the above
Insert page break.
Format Painter button
This action is not possible.
A
A
D
D6 10 12 72 D
One Two Three Four B
C
D
2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches D
a section of white text on a black background.
a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are uppercase.
the guidelines used to establish where different elements of the newsletter will go.
an enlarged capital letter at the beginning of a paragraph.
setting it in larger type or font size.
typing it all in capital letters.
underlining the text of the pull quote.
changing the color.
The reverse technique means to add dark text on a light background.
A pull quote is a quotation taken from (pulled) from another document.
A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital letter.
A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in a newsletter or other document.
The width of each column
The height of each column
The number of columns
The tab spacing within each column
Press Ctrl+Enter to create a page break.
Press Ctrl+Shift+Enter to create a column break.
Press Enter to create a section break.
Press Shift+Enter to force a line break.
A serif font at 10 points
A sans serif font at 10 points
A serif font at 20 points
A sans serif font at 45 points
It depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.
q_id q_desc
DB62
DB63 _______ form displays fields in a single horizontal row
DB64 The process of arranging the data in a meaningful order is known as ___________
DB65
DB66 In MS-Access, user may specify criteria for filter in form view using _________DB67 ___wildcard character represents any single characterDB68 Records cannot be sorted by a primary key
DB69 A control without a data source is known as ___________
DB70
DB71 The collection of related data and objects is called a ____________
DB72 Which of the following is control types ____________
DB73 In MS-Access, the function that gives the current date is _____________
DB74 _____is a control that lists set of data
DB75 ______is a form that summarize large amount of data
DB76 ______allows to create a filter by typing the value in a data sheet
DB77 Wizards for toolbox controls are called a __________
DB78DB79 Look up fields slow up data entryDB80 ____is an access object that displays un-editable data
DB81 _____option from the new object toolbar gives the easiest way of generating a reportDB82 ______ represents data in a pictorial formatDB83 Changes of one table can be carried over to another related tableDB84 Hyperlinks are used to jump to any kind of information or data from a fileDB85 The memo field can have text upto_____ characters in lengthDB86 In MS-Access, columnar layout can be used to view multiple records in a formDB87 In MS-Access, alter command may be used in adding a primary key to a table
DB88
DB89 In ms-access, datasheet view is available in ___________
DB90 ______are used to jump to any kind of information from a datasheet or a formDB91 Home page will always be present as a first page of an application
In MS-Access, while using form design view, for creating a command button for adding a new record, we should select the _______ category from the command button wizard
______ are used to select only some particular records from the table or any other database objects
Set of related option buttons, check boxes and toggle buttons is known as _____________
The wild card representation for any 5 letter word that starts with ram is ________________
Update query is used to add records from one or more tables to the end of an existing table
DB92 Make table queries create a new table from the records of another table
DB93
DB94 Foreign key is a field that uniquely identifies each record and accept no null valuesDB95 Data definition queries are used to create or change database objects
DB96 The attributes of a composite key are known as ________DB97 OLE object is a data type in accessDB98 Data displayed in forms cannot be editedDB99 A sub form is used to display one to many relationship between tables
DB100 We can switch from datasheet view to form view by selecting view -> form view optionDB101 In MS-Access long integer is a datatype
DB102DB103 Sorting is applied to select only some particular recordsDB104 Filter by form can be created from a forms shortcut menuDB105 Advanced filter uses a filter similar to the query design window to create a filterDB106 ? Wildcard character represents any number of characters
DB107 _________ of the following is/are a type of chartDB108 A bound control is tied to a underlying query or tableDB109 A calculated control uses expression as a source of dataDB110 Text boxes cannot be bound controls
DB111 The default query invoked by ms-access isDB112 A control can be bind to a record using row source propertyDB113 List box is a control that offers a list of choicesDB114 If a table is joined to itself it is called a ________________DB115 A picture box combines the activities of both a text box or a list boxDB116 Line is a tool box controlDB117 Text boxes can be part of a option group
DB118 _____ chart exists as a separate objectDB119 Filtering data is a way of arranging data in a meaning full orderDB120 Wild card characters are used for sorting recordsDB121 Pivot tables are used to navigate to the other tables in a databaseDB122 Reports are used to represent un-editable data
DB123 In MS -Access, the records in a table are sorted based on _________DB124 Relationship is an association between _________DB125 Summary options dialog box is used to summarize data
DB126DB127 Charts can convert numerical data in a easily understandable formatDB128 Embedded charts exist separately
DB129 The chart which cannot exists as a separate entity are _______________
DB130
In ms-access, to protect a database file from illegal access, we may set database password. The option of setting database password is available in _______ menu
In MS-Access, while designing a table for a particular field, the Required parameter is set to yes. This validates the field as _______
______ queries can be used to delete a group of records that meet some specific records
From ms - access, if we want to view the records stored in a table in ms - excel worksheet, we need to
DB131 Page header is present at the beginning of each recordDB132 Detail section has a header and footerDB133 A macro is performed only when the user initiates an eventDB134 The macro is selected from the action field of a macro sheetDB135 A macro can be made to execute before the starting of a database
DB1 _________ data type is generally used for fields assigned as primary keys in a tableDB2 MS access objects can be published in the web
DB3 In code-builder, got_focuse, click,dbl_click,enter are examples of _______DB4 _______can be used to automate certain actions in response to events
DB5 In the macro sheet the macro is selected in the _____field
DB6 To build complex expressions_____is used
DB7 The three list boxes present at the bottom of the expression builder are called_____
DB8 ________option is selected from the view menu to create macros with conditions
DB9 _______report can be created with minimum user inputDB10 _______layout of a form displays one record at a time
DB11
DB12 ______and_____are the two types of auto reports availableDB13 There are no wizards for creating a database in access
DB14 ______option from the insert menu option is chosen to add an embedded chart
DB15 In ms-access, while using SQL, references constraint is used for creating _______
DB16 _______is used to create a mailing label
DB17 ______header is present at the beginning of the report
DB18 ______is present at the bottom of each page in a report
DB19 In SQL, having clause is used for _________
DB20
DB21 ______can be used to create toolbars
The table or query name on which we are going to build our report is selected from the ____ dialogue box
______field is added to the macro sheet when we select grouping option from the view menu
DB22 _______query is used to add records from one or more tables into an existing table
DB23 _______window is used to write VB code in access applicationDB24 Values for other tables, queries are maintained in look up fields data type
DB25 Visual Basic language is a _____ tool
DB26 ______ function is used to display a message box
DB27
DB28 OLE stands for_____
DB29 The application that supplies data in OLE is called an _________
DB30DB31 _______is the file format that works on internet
DB32 ______ is used to convert any ms-access object into html format
DB33 _______ option in publish to web wizard produces a page that is static in nature
DB34 _______query is used to create or change database objects in a current databaseDB35 Currency fields express the amount in _________
DB36 _______is selected from the toolbar to add an OLE object
DB37
DB38 _______option from the file menu is selected to run 'publish to the web wizard'
DB39
DB40DB41 Ms access is a ___________
DB42 A collection of data stored in different objects is known as a _________
DB43 A blank database can be created using __________DB44 Text type data can be of _____ characters in ACCESS
DB45 ______is a datatype that assigns values automaticallyDB46 Tables cannot be imported from other databases
DB47 If two tables having same values for the fields are joined it is called an ______
Other ms-office applications can be accessed from ms-access using a concept called ________
If any change made on the object from the client side is reflected on the server then the object is said to be _____
To display an OLE object in the form of an icon ____ option is selected from insert object dialogue box
_____page in an web application is used to navigate to the rest of the pages in the application______ is fired when an event is triggered is the concept based on a Visual Basic language
DB48 Duplication of records in a field won't be allowed if the fields are declared a________
DB49
DB50 To see more than one record at a time in a form we use _______
DB51 In SQL, delete command is used to remove _________
DB52
DB53 Properties of the fields are managed by _____ in Dynaset
DB54 ______queries allows us to view data in row by column manner
DB55
DB56 Joining tables without any matching values in the fields is called ____________DB57 Primary key uniquely identifies each record
DB58 Which of the following dialog box is/are used in the creation of form ________DB59 _______ query wizards are used to generate summary calculations for a table
DB60 Properties of a form can be changed by selecting ______from view menu options
DB61 Forms that are included in other forms are called ______________
DB136
DB137
DB138DB139 Macros can be used to add a menu to a database objectDB140 _____ header is a unique feature of reportsDB141 Chart can either be a form or a report
DB142
DB143DB144 Charts can be produced without the wizardDB145 Macros can be used to create user defined error messagesDB146 Between and Not Between is ______ type of operatorsDB147 The default data type of VB is integer
Changes from a master table can be reflected on to the child table by selecting _____option
In MS-Access, filter excluding selection will display only those record(s) which meet the criteria.
The type of queries that can update or delete record(s) in a table(s) are called __________
In MS-Access. While appending records, the source and the target table must have similar structure and fieldsWe can add our own functions to the expression elements list box of the expression builder_______is the wildcard character which represents the presence of any number of characters
Group header will be present at the design view of a report even if the report is not groupedWe can change from the design view to the form view without being prompted for saving the changes made
DB148 Visual Basic is based on __________
DB149DB150 In access OLE objects cannot be linkedDB151 _____ section is present for each record in the report
DB152 A ________ sheet lists all the properties that pertain to the form or the controlsDB153 Textboxes can also be an example of unbound controlDB154 In MS-Access, we may design command buttons for navigating records
DB155 _______are forms that are included in other formsDB156 _______ are used to represent our data in graphical format
DB157 A field with a _______ uniquely identifies each record
DB158 Large amount of data can be summarized using ______ tables
DB159 _______ are employed to select only some particular records from a database object
DB160 ______ control need not have a data source
DB161 ______ control combines the functionality of both a text box and a drop down listDB162 MS access is a DBMS
DB163 A form can be bind to a record source using _____ property of the form
DB164 ______ forms displays field in single row
DB165 ______ forms are usually used for tables with one to many relationship
DB166 _______ control uses an expression as a source of control
DB167 _______ control is tied to field
DB168 _______is the form that can be created with minimum input from the user
DB169 ______option from the tool menu is selected for setting relationships between tables
DB170 ______,______and_____are the buttons belonging to the options group
DB171 _________allows us to create a filter from a field short cut menu
DB172 ________is a database object which displays data but cannot be used to edit dataDB173 What term applies to a collection of related records in a database?
_______is the name of the database object that displays data and can be used to edit data
DB174 All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?
DB175 What is a database?
DB176 What does a record contain?
DB177 An RDBMS is a
DB178 Data Warehousing refers to
DB179 Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing
DB180 What is a database?
DB181 What does a record contain?
DB182 What is a report?
DB183 What is the best way to analyse and change data
DB184 What are some popular office orientated software applications?
DB185
DB186 Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?
DB187 An RDBMS is a
DB188 Data Warehousing refers to
DB189
DB190 This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential by
DB191
DB192
DB193 The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as
Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table?
You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application?
If the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically usingApplication software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would be
DB194 Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?
DB195 Referential integrity ensures that the:
DB196 Tables are related to one another through a:
DB197 A foreign key is:
DB198
DB199
DB200
DB201 How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?
DB202 In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?
You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the re
In a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?
Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.
DB203 What is required of the fields that join two tables?
DB204
DB205
DB206
DB207
DB208
Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?
Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?
Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?
You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?
DB209 The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:
DB210 The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:
DB211 Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?
DB212 A text field:
DB213 The purpose of a database is to:
DB214 A database stores:
DB215 A database records:
DB216 A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________
DB217 A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________
DB218
DB219
DB220 Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?
The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.
A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____
DB221 Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?
DB222 In an enterprise-class database system ________ .
DB223 In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .
DB224
DB225 A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .
DB226 In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .
DB227 A database may contain _________________________ .
DB228
DB229
DB230
DB231
In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .
A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .
A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.
DB232
DB233
DB234
DB235 The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .
DB236 In a relation __________________________ .DB237 An attribute is also known as a(n) .
DB238 A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .
DB239
DB240 A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .
DB241
DB242
DB243
DB244 Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.
Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.
A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .
A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .
A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .
When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?
When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .
DB245 Which of the following are true about data mining applications?
DB246
DB247
DB248 A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:DB249 Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?
DB250 Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?
DB251
We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an example
We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____
You are developing an Access application that you expect to upgrade periodically. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
DB252 Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?
DB253
DB254 What makes a database an application?
DB255 What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?
DB256 The purpose of a data warehouse is to:
Which of the following brings a copy of the table into the current database and does not maintain a tie to the original table?
op1 op2 op3 op4 ans
B
B
filtering ordering sorting querying C
filter sorts pipes gateways A
A* $ @ ? Dtrue false B
B
B
database form collection A
bound unbound controlled C
TODAY() DATE() DAY() C
text box list box static text B
main form A
C
C
ram* ram?? Btrue false Breport form table ledger A
report module Achart label bitmap report Atrue false Atrue false A60,000 255 25,000 64,000 Dtrue false Btrue false A
true false B
table query form D
table form report hyperlink Dtrue false A
Record Navigation
Record Operations
Form Operations
None of the above
columnar form
tabular form
hierarchical form
one to many form
filter by form
filter by selection
filter by menu
None of the above
bound control
unbound control
data less control
data control
button group
option group
controls group
record groupnone of the aboveall of the above
CURRDATE()
combo box
pivot table
columnar form
tabular form
data sheet filter
filter by input
filter by form
none of the above
button wizard
control wizard
option control wizard
tool wizard
two of the above
none of the above
autoreport
none of the above
all of the above
true false A
Insert Records Tools C
true false Btrue false A
Ctrue false Atrue false Btrue false A
true false Atrue false B
null not null zero Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false B
pie bar Ctrue false Atrue false Atrue false B
Btrue false Btrue false Ainner join outer join self join table join Ctrue false Btrue false Atrue false B
sub chart Dtrue false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false A
Cforms reports attributes entities Dtrue false A
delete insert append add Atrue false Atrue false B
sub chart B
D
none of the above
alternate keys
composite keys
candidate keys
primary key
none of the above
both 1 and 2
none of the above
update query
select query
delete query
append query
freestanding
embedded
stand alone
the first field of the table
the last field of the table
primary key field
none of the above
freestanding
embedded
stand alone
use hyperlink
use import
use datasheet in forms
use export
true false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false A
integer number Dtrue false A
actions events Breport form chart macros D
macro comments action D
calculator C
action list macro list C
conditions action insert A
tabular columnar Ctabular columnar datasheet justified B
link report D
Atrue false B
add chart chart C
C
A
D
B
C
condition group C
reports forms macros D
primary number
auto number
procedures
none of the above
expression elements
code builder
expression builder
expression elements
expression elements list box
none of the abovenone of the above
auto report
embedded
create report
embedded report
new report
columnar and tabular
stable and unstable
dynamic and static
none of the above
create fields
insert chart
primary key
alternate key
foreign key
none of the above
label wizard
chart wizard
mail wizard
none of the above
start header
group header
page header
report header
report footer
page footer
group footer
none of the above
for ordering records
for updating records
for specifying conditions with group by clause
none of the above
macro names
none of the above
VB Modules
add append insert delete B
report module Ctrue false A
RAD RAP RAID A
SysCmd MsgBox message B
OLE DDE CME A
A
C
linked edited Aexe DLL BMP html D
D
static file static html B
append add insert Ddollars rupees pesos yen A
list box B
display link A
new C
startup home end B
bullet command procedure CDBMS RDBMS front end language A
database C
A255 64000 235 63500 A
number Btrue false B
inner join outer join A
macro sheet
none of the above
none of the abovenone of the abovenone of the above
object linking and embedding
on line execution
on line editing
none of the above
OLE object
OLE client
OLE server
OLE communicator
embedded
connected
form wizard
report wizard
query wizard
publish to web wizard
dynamic file
none of the abovedata definition
unbound object
bound object
command button
display as icon
create icon
create html
save as html
none of the abovenone of the abovenone of the above
data group
data collection
data storage
new dialog box
new blank database dialog box
new database dialog box
database dialog box
automatic number
AutoNumber
automatic field
explicit join
none of the above
not null A
C
columnar tabular B
C
true false B
properties B
A
A
inner join self join outer join Dtrue false A
Dsummary sum append simple D
properties B
sub form new form child form B
true false A
true false A
& # ? * Dtrue false Apage detail group topic Ctrue false A
true false B
true false Atrue false Btrue false Arelational list range logical Ctrue false B
primary key
candidate key
no duplicate key
cascade delete related records
cascade change related records
cascade update related fields
change all related records
both a and b
none of the above
table or tables
query or queries
record or records
none of the above
property field
field property
Dynaset field properties
crosstab queries
row/column queries
select queries
update queries
action queries
row/column queries
change/delete queries
update queries
no match join
new form dialog box
form create dialog box
form wizard dialog
both 1 and 3
change properties
form properties
new properties
included form
C
report form query table Btrue false Bgroup record session detail D
data property Btrue false Atrue false A
sub forms inner form Agraphs chart labels report B
number index identifier B
pivot create form A
filters queries sorts forms A
form bound unbound C
list box button Btrue false A
control C
chart form A
sub forms A
calculated bound unbound A
calculated unbound bound static C
sub form auto form B
connect C
D
D
form report macro table Bclipboard file field layout B
action language
structured query language
event - procedural based language
none of the above
both a and b
none of the above
child forms
none of the above
primary key
none of the above
none of the above
combo box
option button
form name
record source
none of the above
tabular form
data sheet form
none of the above
tabular form
columnar form
none of the abovenone of the above
tabular form
columnar form
set relation
relationships
none of the above
option, toggle and command buttons
command button, check and list boxes
list, check and combo boxes
option button, toggle button and check boxes
filter by form
filter by report
filter by record
filter by input
search sort D
C
B
C
C
D
C
B
field names
record grab
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high quality documents
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
A way of maintaining a log
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
A collection of files
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Key verification
Computer sequence checks
Computer matching
Database access controls
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high qualitydocuments
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
None of the above
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
None of the above
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
Number Source D
A
e-mail C
Graphics browser e-mail A
operators wildcards engines C
Reports allow users to extract information as hard copy (printed output)
Reports provide a very flexible way of creating and editing documents
A tool which allows text and graphics to be placed in documents
None of the above
Extracting and analysing data
Spreadsheets make data easy to analyse
Using queries
None of the above
Compilers, interpreters, editors
Network software, backup systems
Word processors, spreadsheets, databases, DTP
None of the above
DEFAULT and NOT NULL constraints
FOREIGN KEY constraints
PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
IDENTITY columns
CHANGE TABLE
MODIFY TABLE
ALTER TABLE
UPDATE TABLE
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Description
Component
using a password
keeping a backup copy
keeping the original paper copy
saving the file with different filenames
the product code
the primary key
mail merge
A databasebookmarks
Auto ID Auto Key C
B
A
B
B
A
B
B
C
Auto Primary
AutoNumber
records in a dynaset are consistent with the underlying tables.
related tables in a database are consistent with one another.
forms in a database are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
reports are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
foreign key.
main form and a subform.
query and its associated dynaset.
report and its related query.
the primary key of both related tables.
the primary key of the related table.
a field from an unrelated table.
not a primary key of either related table.
One-to-one
One-to-many
Many-to-many
Many-to-one
EmployeeID
CompanyID
EmployeeLastName
CompanyAddress
The Tools menu, Relationship window
Referential integrity
The join line
The one-to-many relationship
Double click the Relationship line
Right-click the Relationship line, then select Delete from the shortcut menu
Select Undo in the Relationships pull-down menu
Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbar
That there are several customers associated with that ID
That some of the data is not viewable
That there are records in a related table
That records can be added by clicking on the plus sign
D
D
D
C
# M ¥ * C
C
They must both be numbers
They cannot be text fields
They cannot be AutoNumber data types
They must be the same data type
Nothing, Access ignores the attempted command.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are deleted from the Loans table.
An error message is displayed.
The subform is not visible.
The subform is displayed in Datasheet view.
The subform is displayed in Form view.
The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.
A one-to-many relationship between teams and players
A one-to-many relationship between teams and coaches
A one-to-many relationship between coaches and teams
A many-to-many relationship between players and teams
Either table at any time
The Customers table only when there are Loan records associated with that customer
The Loans table at any time
Neither table
B
Sub. B
C
C
A
data. metadata. D
facts. figures. a and b D
a or b A
B
C
B
Jet Oracle a and b D
prompt, title bar text, icon.
prompt, icon, title bar text.
title bar text, prompt, icon.
title bar text, icon, prompt.
Dim CreateList.
Sub CreateList.
CreateList.
A check box enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A text field enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to enter text.
must be set for one word.
must be set for multiple words.
does not have to be set.
must be set for two words.
help people keep track of things.
store data in tables.
create tables of rows and columns.
maintain data on different things in different tables.
relationships.
all of the above
information.
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
None of above
Sequential Query Language (SQL)
Structured Question Language (SQL)
Structured Query Language (SQL)
Relational Question Language (RQL)
Database Modeling System
Database Management System
Data Business Model System
Relational Model Manager
SQL Server
The user D
A
b and c D
the user B
C
D
tables metadata D
a and b A
a and b B
a and b C
A
The database application
The database management system (DBMS)
All of the above.
the database application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS
the DBMS accesses the database data
None of above
All of above
creates queries
creates form
creates reports
the database application
the database management system (DBMS)
the database
all the users' data is in one place
it reduces data duplication
it contains a description of its own structure
All of the above.
holds user data
holds metadata
holds indexes
All of the above.
stored procedures
All of the above.
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing non-database data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
B
D
D
A
Ctable relation row field D
record field key tuple C
record field C
record field D
B
D
A
B
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
entity-relationship data modeling
data migration
file managers
hierarchical models
network models
relational data model
entities in a column vary as to kind
the order of the columns is important
the order of the rows is unimportant
more than one column can use the same name
composite key
foreign key
foreign key
candidate key
composite key
primary key
foreign key
surrogate key
Insertion anomaly
Update anomaly
Deletion anomaly
All of above
assess the existing tables' structure and content
design the database structure
create one or more new tables
move the data into the new database
are supplied by several well-established manufacturers
were essentially killed off by MS Access
have poor response time
are not true DBMS products
A
dirty data B
dirty data D
b and c CForm Table Report Query A
Macros D
B
They use sophisticated mathematical techniques.
Their report delivery is more difficult than report delivery for reporting systems.
Nonintegrated data
None of the above
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
data warehouse data are not stored in tables.
data warehouse databases do not have metadata.
data warehouse data are often denormalized.
Forms and reports
Queries and tables
Spreadsheets
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects and tables are in one database.
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables in another.
It is advisable to put each object and table into a separate database.
Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the tables when the application is upgraded.
C
Import Link Merge Join A
C
D
C
The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the objects in another database.
An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to yet another database containing only tables.
All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same database.
An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be changed without disturbing the existing data.
It contains more than one table
It contains tables, reports, queries, and forms
It contains a user interface, or switchboard
It contains macros
Menu Wizard
Build Menu
Interface Design Wizard
Switchboard Manager
create backups for mission critical corporate data.
centralize the manageability of data collection.
put key business information into the hands or more decision makers.
store all corporate transaction data in one single location.
q_id q_descVB1 Microsoft visual basic project file has _______ file extension.
VB2 In visual basic, _______ method is used to add an item in a combobox
VB3
VB4
VB5 In visual basic, to display a message in the run time _________ function is used
VB6
VB7
VB8
VB9
VB10
VB11
VB12 In visual basic, the explorer view of a project is displayed in ___________
VB13VB14 In visual basic, _______ is a method to convert a string into integer.
VB15VB16 In visual basic, a timer event is only available in timer control.
VB17
VB18 In visual basic, _______ is a property of a textbox control to set a color of a text.
VB19
VB20 In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is used to change the size of text.
VB21 In visual basic, the interval property of a timer control is given in ________
VB22 In visual basic, _______ property of listbox control counts the number of items in the list
VB23 In visual basic, the properties of various controls can be set using __________
VB24
VB25
VB26
VB27
In visual basic, _______ method is used to load picture during runtime in an image control
In visual basic, to populate a drive list box with a directory list box __________ statement is used
In visual basic, to populate a directory list box with a file list box ________ statement is usedIn visual basic, ________ is a property of a recordset object which counts the number of rows in a recordsourse object
In visual basic, using a data control, a record can only be added from the last record. Adding a new record is only possible using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, a record is saved to a recordsource object using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, to navigate to the previous record ________ method of a recordset object is used.In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the last record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______
In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the first record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______
In visual basic, in a shape control, a vb statement gives Shape1.Shape = 2. What type of shape should we get?
In visual basic, vbred or vbgreen or vbblue are the property values of a backcolor of any object
In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is set to _______ to underline a text
In visual basic, vbinformation, vbcritical, vbexclaimation are the values of _______ in a messagebox function.In visual basic, ________ is a function which displays a message and it also allows the user to enter values in a form objectIn visual basic, using a data control, ________ is a recordset type which allows to add a new record and also to update existing record in a recordsourse objectIn visual basic, while closing a form _______ event of a form object is triggered earlier to terminate event.
VB28VB29 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,0,0) will generate _______ colorVB30 In visual basic, a method RGB(255,255,255) will generate _______ color
VB31 In visual basic, if a user uses a shortcut key ctrl+R _________ becomes visible.
VB32 In visual basic, if a user uses a function key F4 _________ becomes visible.
VB33 In visual basic, when a textbox control receives the focus ________ event is triggered.
VB34 In visual basic, a form is a ________ object.VB35 Microsoft visual basic is a Rapid Application Development tool.
VB36
VB37 In visual basic, to display text on a label object _________ property is used
VB38
VB39
VB40 In visual basic, _______ keyword is used to declare a variable
VB41
VB42 Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?
VB43 Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?
VB44
VB45
VB46 How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?
VB47 A project group is a Project which:
VB48
VB49 How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?
VB50
In visual basic, to give a backcolor or to bring in a picture to a command button can only be done if we set the style property to ______
In visual basic, when a form object appears on the screen _________ event is triggered.
In visual basic, _______ object is used to access the database and also to manage the data in the database.In visual basic, when a checkbox control is checked _______ property is automatically assigned with 1.
What is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control.
The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button.
To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:
Procedures declared in a _____ are local whereas procedures declared in a ______ are available to the whole application.
The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen.
VB51
VB52 What is the purpose of the Image List Control?
VB53VB54 Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?
VB55VB56 Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:
VB57 Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user?
VB58 In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:
VB59
VB60
VB61VB62 Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?
VB63
VB64 The caption and the name properties of the command button:
VB65
VB66 Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?
VB67 The vb Critical symbol displays:
VB68 vbYesNo is an example of a(n):
You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?
Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file:
Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB?
Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called: Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object? In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:
The ______ function can be used to run any .com, .exe, .bat or .pif file from a Visual Basic program.
You try to initialize a new Object variable with the following line but receive an error. What could be the possible cause? Set MyVar = New Classname
VB69 The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:
VB70
VB71 Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?
VB72
Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?
To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:
op1 op2 op3 op4 ans.vbg .vbp .frm .frx B
add additem loaditem B
load loadpicture addpicture B
B
message() msgbox() C
C
recordcount count C
update append addnew additem C
append update additem addnew B
movenext movelast moveprevious movefirst C
eof,false movelast,false eof,true D
toolbox D
bof,false movefirst,false bof,true Dvalue() int() number() val() D
circle rectangle square oval Dtrue false A
true false A
fontcolor color forecolor C
underline,true textunderline,true B
textsize size foresize fontsize D
C
count recordcount itemcount listcount D
project explorer toolbox B
title prompt vbmsgboxstyle C
msgbox() textbox label inputbox() D
opendynaset dbopensnapshot D
load activate unload initialze C
none of the abovenone of the above
Drive1.Drive=Dir1.Path
Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive
File1.Path = Dir1.Path
none of the above
messagebox()
none of the above
Dir1.Path=File1.Path
Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive
File1.Path = Dir1.Path
File1.pattern=Dir1.path
openrecordset
opendatabase
movelast,true
properties window
form layout window
project explorer
movefirst,true
none of the above
fontunderline,true
none of the above
one- millionth of a second
one-hundredth of a second
one-thousandth of a second
one-ten thousandth of a second
form layout window
prperties window
none of the above
opensnapshot
dbopendynaset
standard opaque transparent graphical Dblue red green black Bred green blue white D
toolbox D
toolbox A
change lostfocus text gotfocus D
child parent container Ctrue false A
load unload initialize activate D
text name caption C
dbengine openrecordset B
enabled visible value style C
dime dim var B
.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx B
Validate Validation Check Audit A
On Error Stop D
PaintPicture Refresh Resize A
A
1 2 3 D
D
A
B
Refresh PaintPicture A
properties window
form layout window
project explorer window
properties window
form layout window
project explorer window
none of the above
none of the above
opendatabase
none of the above
none of the above
On Error GoTo linelabel
On Error GoTo Inline
On Error Resume Next
UpdateControls Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value None of the above
Consists of several Programs
Consists of several Applications
Consists of Various Forms And Code Modules
Consists of several Projects
Form window, standard or code module
Project window, view code window
Class module, code module
None of the above
Place code in the Terminate event
Place code in the Unload event
Place code in the Deactivate event
None of the above
AutoRedraw = True
AutoRedraw = False
D
D
FreeFile GetFileNum GetFile GetBytes ARetrieve Get GetProperty Value B
Windows explorer Input box DCaption Visible Multi-Line Font C
D
Ascii Format Input Mode Output mode B
x and y A
Property Get Property Let Property Set C
ZOrder property CMin Max Value CurrentVal B
Shell Substr SetAttr CStr A
B
C
D
An exclamation icon B
statement. variable. intrinsic constant. C
Msgbox err.no & err.text
Msgbox err.number & err.text
Msgbox error.number & error.text
Msgbox error.number & error.description
To display images to the user
To help in creating a ToolBar
To allow the editing of icons
To provide a repository for images used by other controls
Common messages passed to Windows
Open dialog box
Click and KeyPress
Click, KeyUp and KeyDown KeyUp and KeyDown
KeyPress, KeyUp and KeyDown
Binary Format
CurrentX and CurrentY
ScaleLeft and ScaleTop
ScaleHeight and ScaleTop
Property Assign
Background color property
Caption property
AutoRedraw property
Are one and the same
Can be different at times
Are actually not properties
None of the above
You do not need to use the Set command here
You do not have the permission to access the class
MyVar has not been declared
None of the above
The Open method
The Exec method
The ExecProcedure method
None of the above
A warning query icon
A critical message icon
None of the above built-in procedure.
B
C
Unload Deactivate Terminate C
A
MsgBox statement returns a value, while the InputBox function does not.
InputBox function returns a value, while the MsgBox statement does not.
InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement cannot.
MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function cannot.
Data cannot be entered into the form.
The form can be modified.
Data can be entered.
A new check box can be added.
QueryUnload
Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value
Q_desc
AC64
AC65
BC 113 Which of the following is not the component of a CPU
BC 114
BC 114 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
BC 115 What do the abbreviations VAB stand for
BC 116 What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tape
BC 116 What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?
BC 117 Header label normally include all the following except the
BC 117 A daisy wheel is a type of...?
BC 118 Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers
BC 118 An impact printer creates characters by using...?
BC 119 The best security control in a microcomputer environment is to
BC 119 What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter?
BC 12 What do you need for an ink jet printer?
In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?
Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:
A trailer label is used on a magnetic tape file, it is the last record and summarises the file. The following is an information not found in the trailer label
BC 120 The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of
BC 120 What do you need for an ink jet printer?
BC 121 A laser printer does NOT use?
BC 122 The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...?
BC 123 You can ________ protect a floppy disk.
BC 124 Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...?
BC 125 Magnetic tape is a...?
BC 126 Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...?
BC 128 Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb?
BC 129 Which storage device cannot be erased?
BC 13 You can ________ protect a floppy disk
BC 130 Where should floppy disks be stored?
BC 133 The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?
BC 134 What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions?
BC 135 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?
BC 136 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?
BC 137 How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?
BC 138 What type of computer chips are said to be volatile?
BC 14 Magnetic tape is a...?
BC 14 Software can be divided into two areas:
BC 140 Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights
BC 141 Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?
BC 142 Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...?
BC 143 Which generation of computer was developed from microchips?
BC 144 Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor?
BC 145 Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits?
BC 146 Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?
BC 147 Name three steps involved in developing an information system
BC 148 How do you define analysis of an information system?
BC 149 What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?
BC 15 What is the function of systems software?
BC 15 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?
BC 151 What is Direct Implementation?
BC 152 What is parallel running?
BC 153 What documents are produced during the development of a system?
BC 154 What are User Guides are used for?
BC 16 Systems software can be categorised into:
BC 16 Which storage device cannot be erased?
BC 17 Application software are programs that are written
BC 17 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?BC 170 Convert the decimal number 2989 to Hexadecimal
BC 18 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?
BC 183 What are utilities?
BC 184 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in
BC 185 The original ASCII codes BC 186 A Nibble corresponds to
BC 187 A gigabyte represents
BC 188 A 32-bit processor has
BC 189 A parity bit is BC 19 he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?
BC 190 Clock speed is measured in
BC 191 Cache memory enhances
BC 192 CISC machines
BC 20 Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?
BC 200 Every data from the primary memory will be erased if
BC 201 An RS-232 interface is
BC 202 For print quality you would expect best results from
BC 203 ROM
BC 204 A UPS
BC 206 smart card
BC 207 Laptop computers use
BC 208 Multiprogramming refers to
BC 209 Multitasking refers to
BC 21 What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?
BC 21 A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through
BC 210 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for
BC 211 Timesharing is the same as
BC 212 Virtual memory is
BC 213 Multiprocessing is
BC 22 To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should
BC 22 What is the function of a disk drive?
BC 228 A 4GL isBC 229 A nanosecond is
BC 23 What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?
BC 230 The memory address register is used to store
BC 231 The memory data register is used to store
BC 232 The instruction register stores
BC 24 Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor?
BC 25A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.
BC 26
BC 27 Detecting errors in real memory is a function of
BC 28 To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user shouldBC 28 A series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a
BC 29 To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user should
BC 29 Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is called
BC 30
BC 31 All are examples of computer software except
BC 32
BC 32 Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a record
BC 33 The part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the
BC 34 For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into
BC 35 The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is
BC 36
BC 37 Which one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music?
BC 37
BC 38 Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?
Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?
The place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the
Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as
Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer system
An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?
BC 38 Multimedia software can be most productively used for
BC 39 To be effective a virus checker should be
BC 40
BC 41 Passwords enable users toBC 42 12. How many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent?
BC 43 Back up of the data files will help to preventBC 44 Which one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol?
BC 45 The advantage of a PC network is that
BC 46 The term A:\ refers to
BC 47 UPS stands for
BC 48 The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that
BC 48 You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called
BC 484 A flow chart is the
Which one of the following software applications would be the MOST appropriate for performing numerical and statistical calculations?
BC 485 A voucher entry in Tally is done for
BC 49 Passwords are applied to files in order to
BC 491 Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:
BC 492
BC 494 What is a computer-aided design system?
BC 499 A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.
BC 50 File extensions are used in order to
BC 506 Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT:
BC 51 Hashing for disk files is called
BC 52
BC 53 Black box testing and white box testing are part of:
BC 53
BC 54 The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility
The basic systems model is used to describe virtually all information systems and it consists of the following elements:
Components of expert systems include: a) inference engine; b) user interface; c) knowledge base; d) fuzzy logic
What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?
BC 54 Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?
BC 55
BC 555
BC 56 Benchmarks form part of:
BC 57
BC 58 Which is not part of help desk documentation:
BC 59 Testing of individual modules is known as:
BC 60
BC 60 Which is part of installation testing:
BC 60
BC 61 Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audio
BC 61
BC 62 Designing relationships among components is part of:
BC 63 Several Computers connected together is called:BC 64 Which network topology uses a Hub?
BC 65 Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?
Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture
Continuity controls include: a) record counts; b) date checks; c) label checks; d) run-to-run totals
Design phase of CASE tools includes: a) data architecture; b) decision architecture; c) interface architecture; d) presentation architecture
The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:
Which of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?
BC 66 Application software are programs
BC 67
BC 67
BC 68 Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are required
BC 69
BC 70 Which component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performance
BC 71
BC 72 Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they
BC 73
Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired one
Which of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?
It is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly because
Which of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity
A computer is to be linked to 8 terminals using a single communication link. To permit simultaneous terminal operations, communication path will require which of the following
BC 74 A modem is a device that
BC 75
BC 76 A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called an
BC 77
BC 78 Terminal hardware controls include
BC 79 RS-232 is a
BC 79 What is a compiler?
BC 80 What are the stages in the compilation process? BC 80 Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme
BC 81 What is the definition of an interpreter?
A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a
If a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be
BC 81
BC 82 Third generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as
BC 82 Serial Communication is used over long distance because it
BC 83 In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?
BC 83 The primary function of a front-end processor is to
BC 84 What is the first stage in program development?
BC 84 Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network
BC 85 What is System Analysis?
BC 85 A device to device hardware communication link is called
BC 86 What will a good software provider consider?BC 86 The topology of a network can be each of the following except
BC 87 What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85?
A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as a
BC 87 Which is the most common data transmission error checking method
BC 88 What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111?
BC 88 Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single line
BC 89 What is the decimal value of the octal number 215?
BC 89 Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?
BC 9 Cache memory enhances
BC 90 What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF?
BC 90 Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in
BC 91 What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476?BC 91 A byte corresponds to
BC 92 What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean?
BC 92 A Kb corresponds to
BC 93 What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101?
BC 93 Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer in
BC 94 Where would you find the letters QWERTY?
BC 94 A parity bit is
BC 95 How did the computer mouse get its name?
BC 95 Clock speed is measured in
BC 96 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?BC 96 CPU performance may be measured in
BC 97 A digitising tablet can be used for?
BC 97 In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used
BC 98 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?
BC 98 A UPS
BC 99 What does a light pen contain? BC 99 The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around
BC01
BC02 Where would you find the letters QUERTY?
BC03 What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?
BC04 A digitising tablet can be used for?
BC05 Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?
BC06 What input device could tell you the price of a product
BC07 Where would you find a magnetic strip?
BC08 Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
BC09 What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen Called
BC10 A daisy wheel is a type of...?
BC100 What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test?
BC100 Laptop computers use
BC101 QWERTY is used with reference to
BC101 What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate?
What general term describes the physical equipment of a computer system, such as its video screen, keyboard, and storage devices?
BC102 A GUI is
BC102 Where would you find a magnetic strip?
BC103 Multiprogramming refers to
BC104 Multitasking refers to
BC105 Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for
BC105 UNIVAC Computer belongs to the
BC106 Timesharing is the same as
BC106 Name the first Indian Super Computer?
BC107 Disk fragmentation
BC107
BC108 A compiler is
The technology which is used to check answer sheets of multiple-choice questions in civil services or similar examinations is: -
BC108 Which printer among the following is fastest
BC109 “Zipping” a file means
BC109 What does acronym VIRUS stands for
BC11 An impact printer creates characters by using...?
BC110 A client-server system is based onBC111 A nanosecond is
BC112 The memory address register is used to store
BC113 Inefficient usage of excess computer equipment can be controlled by
BC115BS 319 A predefined computational task is referred to as a(n):
CA 486 Which of the following is not the feature of GAPs
CA 487 Which is the example of CAATs
CA 488 In audit procedures, test data is
CA 489 Which of the following is not the use of CAATs
CA 490 Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?DB 01 What term applies to a collection of related records in a database?
A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of
DB 02 All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?
DB 03 What is a database?
DB 04 What does a record contain?
DB 05 An RDBMS is a
DB 06 Data Warehousing refers to
DB 07 Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing
DB 10 What is a database?
DB 11 What does a record contain?
DB 12 What is a report?
DB 13 What is the best way to analyse and change data
DB 18 What are some popular office orientated software applications?
DB 19 Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table?
DB 20 Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?
DB 226 An RDBMS is a
DB 227 Data Warehousing refers to
DB 235
DB 24 This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential by
DB 26
DB 27 Application software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would be
DB 30 The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as
You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application?
If the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically using
DB 365 Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?
DB 366 Referential integrity ensures that the:
DB 367 Tables are related to one another through a:
DB 368 A foreign key is:
DB 369
DB 370
DB 371
DB 372 How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?
DB 373 In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?
You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the re
In a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?
Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.
DB 374 What is required of the fields that join two tables?
DB 375
DB 376
DB 377
DB 378
DB 379
Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?
Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?
Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?
You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?
DB 380 The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:
DB 381 The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:
DB 393 Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?
DB 394 A text field:
DB 401 The purpose of a database is to:
DB 402 A database stores:
DB 403 A database records:
DB 404 A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________
DB 405 A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________
DB 407
DB 408 A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____
DB 409 Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?
The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.
DB 410 Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?
DB 411 In an enterprise-class database system ________ .
DB 412 In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .
DB 413 In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .
DB 414 A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .
DB 415 In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .
DB 416 A database may contain _________________________ .
DB 417
DB 418
DB 419
DB 420
A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .
A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.
DB 421
DB 422
DB 423
DB 424 The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .
DB 425 In a relation __________________________ .DB 426 An attribute is also known as a(n) .DB 427 A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .
DB 428 A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .
DB 429 A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .
DB 430
DB 431 Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?
DB 432
DB 433 Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.
Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.
A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .
A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .
When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .
When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .
DB 434 Which of the following are true about data mining applications?
DB 435
DB 436
DB 437 A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:DB 463 Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?
DB 464 Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?
DB 465
We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an exampleWe have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____
You are developing an Access application that you expect to upgrade periodically. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
DB 466 Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?
DB 467
DB 469 What makes a database an application?
DB 470 What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?
DB 503 The purpose of a data warehouse is to:
DS 279 ____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.
DS 59 Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?
DS 62 A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:
Which of the following brings a copy of the table into the current database and does not maintain a tie to the original table?
DS 63 What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?
DS 66
EC 103 The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is
EC 301
EC 302 What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?
EC 406 An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______
EC 51 Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?
Which of the following risks can be minimized by requiring all employees accessing the information system to use passwords?
What is the term that describes spying on one’s business rivals to gain a competitive advantage?
EC 58
EX 1 On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…
EX 10
EX 11
EX 12 Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?
EX 13EX 14 The difference between the highest and the lowest values.
EX 15 Spreadsheets can be used for...
EX 2 To select a column the easiest method is to …
EX 3 If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents.EX 320 The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as
EX 321 All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT:
Which of the following statements is correct concerning the security of messages in an electronic data interchange (EDI) system?
Cell A4 =2 and A5 = 4. You select both cells and drag the fill handle down to A8. The contents of cells A6, A7, and A8 are _____.
If a cell shows ####### , it means that _____.
The gym teacher has a new program to calculate physical fitness in terms of weight and exercise. The use inputs different weights or amounts of exercise to determine the related physical fitness. This "What if" program is most likely which of the followin
EX 322 Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?EX 323 Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel?
EX 324 Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first?
EX 325 Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant?
EX 326 How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?
EX 327 How can you change the active cell?
EX 328 Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?
EX 330 The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:EX 331 The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.
EX 332
EX 333 Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?
EX 334 Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?
In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.
EX 335 Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?
EX 336 Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet?
EX 337 All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:EX 338 Which of the following is a valid cell range?
EX 339 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the:
EX 340 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:
EX 341 Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?EX 342 A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known asEX 343 Which of the following is considered an absolute cell reference?
EX 344
EX 345
EX 346
EX 347 The F4 key is used to:
EX 352 Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?
EX 353 Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?
Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?
Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?
EX 354 Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:
EX 358 If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:
EX 361
EX 362 The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:
EX 363 The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:
EX 364 What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it?
EX 384 A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:
EX 4
EX 42
EX 43 Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?
You created a worksheet on July 30 and entered the =Today() function in cell E17. You opened that worksheet again on August 31. What will be displayed in cell E17 on August 31?
The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?
EX 462 Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?
EX 5
EX 52
EX 57
EX 6
EX 6 What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?
EX 7 To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .
EX 7 Spreadsheets can be used for...
EX 8
EX 8 Which of the functions is not valid for performing addition
EX 9 The default orientation for the printed page is _____.
EX9. Which is not a valid cell address?
IN 01 Which of the following best describes uploading information?
IN 02
IN 03
To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.
Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing thisWhat would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?
To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.
The formula that will add the value of cell D4 to the value of C2 and then multiply by the value in B2 is _____.
A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.
IN 04
IN 05
IN 06 Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.
IN 07 The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system.
IN 08
IN 09 An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person.IN 10 An action or event that might prejudice security.
IN 104
IN 11 Malicious software.
IN 110 None the person who is known as father of Internet
IN 111 This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth.
IN 112 When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for
IN 12 A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.IN 13 The means of communicating between networks
IN 14
IN 15 The term HTTP stands for
IN 155 A NIC is considered as
IN 156 A hub is a device that can connect
IN 157 Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?
The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.
A set of rules and formats, semantic and syntactic, that permits entities to exchange information.
According to information Technology Act, 2000, To investigate contraventions the controller of certifying authority shall exercise the like powers to that of
A group of computers and other devices dispersed over a relatively limited area and connected by communication links that enable a device to interact with any other on the network.
IN 158 What do routers connect?
IN 159 What does a router route?
IN 16 Software which prevents external access to a system is termed
IN 160
IN 161 Which of the following in an OSI layer
IN 162 When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?
IN 163 An IP address is a
IN 164 To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them
IN 165 What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiver
IN 166 Bluetooth is
IN 167 Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers?
IN 168 The most preferred number system to represent a IP address isIN 169 A MAC address is of
IN 17 Protocol is
IN 172
If four computers are connected to a hub and then to the internet, how many IP addresses are required for these 5 devices?
A ............... is a LAN-based computer with software that acts as a controlling device for controlling access to at least part, if not all, of a local area network and its available resources.
IN 173 What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology?
IN 174
IN 175 The principal topologies used with LANs are:
IN 176 What are the various types of bus architecture?
IN 177 What are the various types of ring architecture?
IN 178
IN 179 In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channelIN 18 Which one of the following is NOT a network topology?
IN 180
IN 181 The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the:
IN 182 What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?IN 194 Modem speeds are measured in IN 195 LAN speeds are measured in
IN 196 WAN speeds are
IN 197 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of
IN 198 To use the Internet, you
IN 20 The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:
IN 205 An NIC
IN 21 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of
The .............. of the network concerns how network devices are physically (or optically) interconnected.
In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub
In a .............. , the cable system forms a loop with workstations attached at various intervals around the loop
IN 214 The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is
IN 218 JPEG and MPEG
IN 22 To use the Internet you
IN 220 A multiplexer is a form of
IN 221 An ISP
IN 222 FTP is
IN 223 Telnet
IN 224 A firewall is
IN 225 A proxy server is
IN 23 A search engine is
IN 23 To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a
IN 24 An ISP
IN 25 FTP is
IN 26 Telnet
IN 267 Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?
IN 268 Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?
IN 269
IN 27 A firewall is
IN 270 Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?IN 272 A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.
IN 273
IN 28 A proxy server is
The traditional intent and impact of this common type of attack is to prevent or impair the legitimate use of network resources.
One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.
IN 285
IN 288 What can be said about the safety of the Internet?
IN 29 To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is
IN 290 One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:
IN 297 Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?
IN 298 ____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.
IN 30
IN 304 The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:
IN 306 Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?
IN 307 Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism?
IN 308
Which of the following would be performed on a network server and not normally on individual workstations?
The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called
Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?
IN 31
IN 31
IN 310 Which of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?
IN 312 Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?IN 313 Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet?
IN 314 The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to:
IN 315
IN 316 Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:IN 317 Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:
IN 318 What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?
IN 32 Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications software
IN 33 Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-SoftwareIN 33 Which protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?
IN 34 The major advantage of the checksum program is when it
An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradation
A company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company can
The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.
IN 348 Which of the following is a Web browser?
IN 349 A Web page is another name for -----------
IN 35
IN 350 A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is:IN 351 The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:
IN 359 Which of the following requires an Internet connection?
IN 36
IN 360 Which of the following is used to update a Web query?
IN 45IN 47 When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?
IN 49
IN 493 A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):
Domain names must contain a description of the type of organisation that the domain represents. A very common abbreviation used include:
Mr Rao wants to find a website that he briefly browsed over yesterday. After turning on his computer how would he do this?
You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?
While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?
IN 50 A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is calledIN 501 _________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.
IN 68
IN 69 Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet?
IN 70 What does FTP stand for?
IN 71 What is the purpose of DNS?
IN 72. Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address?
IN 73. Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?
IN 74. The Internet is controlled by whom?
IN 75. What does IRC stand for?
IN 76 If you do not pick up your email for a week...?
IN 77 What does HTML stand for?
IN 78 What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?
Most client/server applications operate on a three-tiered architecture consisting of which of the following layers?
OS 01
OS 127 Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?
OS 131 Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?
OS 132 Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?
OS 139 Which computers use single chip processors? OS 193 CPU performance may be measured in
OS 199 In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used
OS 215 Disk fragmentation
OS 216 A compiler is
OS 217 An interpreter is
OS 219 “Zipping” a file means
OS 233 An assembly language program is translated to machine code by
OS 234 Which of the following is not part of the processor
OS 236
OS 238 __________ control defaults to displaying the files in the current directory:
Which of the following computer software is designed to direct and assist the execution of application programs
If the Cancel Error Property of the CommonDialog Box is set to true then which of the following statement is true:
OS 271
OS 274
OS 275
OS 276OS 277 All ____________ have the option of blocking ports.
OS 278 Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of a firewall?
OS 280
OS 281 At a minimum, which of the following should be implemented under the protection phase?
OS 282 Attacks on your system may be prevented or trapped through the use of:
OS 283
OS 284 Which of the following is NOT a step to take in securing a workstation?
OS 286
A ____________ occurs any time a program writes more information into the temporary space it has allocated in the memory.Assessing a system requires certain common tools. Which of the following is NOT a tool used to assess a system?The ____________________ Web site has a utility that will tell you what software and operating system a Web server is running.When software vendors discover flaws in their software, they usually will write corrections to their code, known as:
Before shutting a service on an individual machine, which of the following would you always check?
Setting restrictions as to the number of unique passwords to use before a user can recycle them is called a password:
To prevent a hacker from unauthorized access, what should you do with the administrator account?
OS 287 What should be done with old backup tapes and CDs?
OS 289 Which of the following is NOT an example of malware?
OS 291 One step you can take to reduce the risk of being infected by a virus is to:
OS 292 Which of the following is NOT a sign that a virus has infected your system?
OS 293 Which of the following is the safest way to protect yourself from e-mail viruses?
OS 294
OS 295 ____________ gathers user information with the user’s knowledge.
OS 296 Which of the following is the most common function of spyware?
OS 299 Which of the following is NOT a virus-scanning technique?
OS 300 Which of the following would NOT be a way to protect your system from spyware?
OS 309
A ____________ attack causes too much information to be placed into temporary memory space.
For which of the following positions would it be advisable to conduct an extensive background check?
OS 329 Which of the following would you use to open an existing file?
OS 355 The ability to have multiple applications open at the same time is known as:
OS 356 Which of the following can be changed using the Options command?
OS 357
OS 396 Which of the following actions would move a floating toolbar to dock it in a different place?
OS 397 To display a missing or needed toolbar, click the:
Which of the following leaves an application open but shrinks the window to a button on the Windows taskbar?
OS 399 Which of the following is NOT a true statement regarding password protection?
OS 495 The Linux operating systems is an example of:
OS 496 The Windows operating systems is:
OS 497 Application service providers offer:
OS 498 A(n) _________ offers on-demand software on an as-needed basis to its clients over the web.
OS 502 _________ are systems used to interact with customers and run a business in real time.
OS 504 The most common cause(s) of disaster is (are):
OS 505OS239 To destroy an object and free the memory space occupied by it, the keyword used is:
PP 44 An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include
PP 442
PP 443
A _______ backup site is backup facility consisting of an empty warehouse with all necessary connections for power and communication, but nothing else.
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?
PP 444 What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?
PP 445 The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:
PP 446
PP 447 Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?
Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?
PP 448
PP 449
PP 450 What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?
PP 451 What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active?
PP 452 What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active?
If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?
How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?
PP 453 Using custom animation effects, you can build:
PP 454 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
PP 455 Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide?PP 456 Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?
PP 457 Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:
PP 458 Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?
PP 459 Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects?
PP 46
PP 460 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
PP 461 Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?PP 500 Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:
PP438 Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?PP439 Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?
VB 237 What is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control.
What type of program allows an object within an image to be edited without affecting other objects?
VB 240 Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?
VB 241 Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?
VB 242
VB 243 To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:
VB 243
VB 244 How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?
VB 245 A project group is a Project which:
VB 246
VB 247 How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?
VB 248
VB 249
VB 250 What is the purpose of the Image List Control?
VB 251 Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file:
The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button.
To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:
Procedures declared in a _____ are local whereas procedures declared in a ______ are available to the whole application.
The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen.
You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?
VB 252 Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?
VB 253 Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB? VB 255 Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:
VB 256 Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user?
VB 257 In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:
VB 258
VB 259
VB 260
VB 261 Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?
VB 262
VB 263 The caption and the name properties of the command button:
VB 264
VB 265 Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?
VB 266 The vb Critical symbol displays:
VB 382 vbYesNo is an example of a(n):
Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called: Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object? In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:
The ______ function can be used to run any .com, .exe, .bat or .pif file from a Visual Basic program.
You try to initialize a new Object variable with the following line but receive an error. What could be the possible cause? Set MyVar = New Classname
VB 383 The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:
VB 395
VB254 Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?
WO 01
WO 02 How are data organized in a spreadsheet?
WO 03 Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?
WO 04
WO 05 Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one?
WO 06WO 07 What process should be used to recall a document saved previously? WO 08 Which is used to indent text within a document?
WO 09 Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?
WO 1 What is a Word Processor used for?
WO 10 What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?
Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?
Veena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?
Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"?
Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?
WO 11 What is a Word Processor used for?
WO 12 What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor
WO 13 What is a header in a document?
WO 2 What hardware is essential for a word?
WO 25 The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a
WO 3 What basic tools would you find in the Edit
WO 32
WO 34
WO 385
What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outs
What edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?
Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?
WO 386 Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?
WO 387 How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?
WO 388 Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?
WO 389 What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?
WO 39
WO 390
WO 391
WO 392 Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?
WO 398 Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?
WO 4 What is a header in a document?
WO 40WO 400 Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:
WO 41 To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a
WO 440 Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?
WO 468 What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?WO 471 Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.
You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?
When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.
In your English essay you notice that the paragraph at the bottom of page 1 continues on to page 2. You would like to make this paragraph start on page 2.What would be the best way to do this?
WO 472 A reverse in a newsletter is:
WO 473 A pull quote is best emphasized by:
WO 474 Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?
WO 475WO 476 As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?
WO 477
WO 478 Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?
WO 479 Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?
Pertaining to newsletters, which of the following cannot be changed using the Columns command dialog box?
Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?
WO 480 Which of the following is the default Word column width?
WO 481
WO 482
WO 483
WO 484
WO 5 What does a document contain?
WO 56
Assume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?
Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:
Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?
While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?
Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?
Op1 Op2 Op3 Op4 Ans
A
C
NIC Card VSAT RAM AGP Card B
B
B
C
C
Pixels Pixies B
File Name D
Printer A
B
C
A
A pen Paper Eraser C
A drum A ribbon A
Inventory subsidiary.
Cash disbursements.
Cash receipts.
Payroll transactions.
Does not require as stringent a set of internal controls.
Will produce a more accurate set of financial statements.
Will be more efficient at producing financial statements.
Eliminates the need to reconcile control accounts and subsidiary ledgers.
Record Count
Identification Number
Control totals for one or more fields
End-of-file and end-of-reel code
Writing on a hard board
Printed output
Storing information on the hard disk
None of above
Voice activated broadcasting
Voice answer back
Visual audio board
None of above
Validity check
Boundary protection
File protection ring
Limited access files
Coloured spots
None of above
Identification number
Reel Number
Batch Total
Storage device
Pointing device
None of above
System Logs
Physical Security
Console Log
Data Dictionary
Electrically charged ink
An ink pen
An inked ribbon and print head
None of above
Restrict physical access
Use only unremovable media
Require user passwords
Make duplicate copies of filesNone of above
A cartridge
A cassette
A
A drum A ribbon A
C
Volume Size C
Read Write B
PAN drive A
A
1.44MB 20 GB 700MB B
C
A
Read Write Not B
C
B
B
ALU Registers Logic bus A
CPUs Registers B
0 bits 1 bit 8 bits B
CACHE A
A
B
Separation of duties
Centralised function for PC acquisition
Centralised function for PC Disposition
Distributed policies or procedures
A cartridge
None of above
A print head
A laser beam
An INK RIBBON
None of above
Storage capacity
None of above
Read and Write
None of above
Magnetic tape
Floppy disk
None of above
Serial access medium
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
None of aboveNone of above
A CD-ROM
A floppy disk
Magnetic tape storage
None of above
A CD-ROM
A floppy disk
Magnetic tape storage
None of above
Read and Write
By a sunny window
By magnet objects
In a drawer
None of above
ROM chips
RAM chips
CDROM chips
None of above
RAM chips
ROM chips
DRAM chips
None of aboveNone of above
Control unit
None of aboveNone of above
RAM chips
ROM chips
None of above
Serial access medium
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
A selective access medium
Network software and security software
Systems software and application software
Business software and games software
None of the above
B
B
A
C
C
B
A
A
C
B
D
A
Supercomputer
Personal computer
Mainframe computer
None of above
Notebook computers
Supercomputers
Jon Von Neumann computers
None of above
First generation
Second generation
Hoover generation
None of above
Second generation
First generation
Fourth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
Specification, Design, and Testing
Programming, Design, and Testing
Analysis, System Design, and Implementation
None of above
Analysis translates program code of a high level language to machine code
Analysis is the loading of programs that perform routines to control peripheral devices
This involves looking at a system and finding out how information is being handled
None of above
Only hardware and software
Inputs, outputs, file design hardware, and software
Maintenance, reliability, and upgradeability
None of above
To collect data
To execute any programs
To maintain security
None of the above
Deleted from the disk
Copied from the disk
Saved to the disk
Transferred from the disk
B
A
C
C
A
CD-ROM Hard disk B
B
Data bus Auto bus AFDDI BAD TED MAD B
Users operate the manual system and computer system at the same time
Users operate the computer system from a given date
Users operate the manual system
None of above
The new system is introduced alongside the existing system
The new system is introduced and users start operating it
Users continue operating the old system
None of above
Instructions and technical documentation
Log files and temporary files
User Guide and technical documentation
None of above
For technical support
To enable any printer to be connected to the network
User guides cover how to run the system, enter data, save, print, etc.
None of above
Operating systems and system services
Network systems and communication services
Database systems and backup services
None of the above
Magnetic tape storage
floppy disk
To maintain a backup copy of all the information
To do a particular task.
To help someone who is applying for employment
None of the above
Address bus
Control Bus
Data bus Auto bus D
D
A
8 bits A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits A
A
D
BROM RAM DRAM CROM A
baud bytes Hertz D
B
D
ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus A
D
B
Address bus
Control Bus
Peripherals that are connected to a computer.
Operating system routines that execute in supervisor mode.
Data structures that are part of the kernel of an operating system.
Shells, compilers and other useful system programs.
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric form
were 7 bits
represented 256 characters
represented 127 characters
More than 1000 mega bytes
1000 kilobytes 230 bytes
1024 bytes
32 registers
32 I/O devices
32 Mb of RAM
a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registers
used to indicate uppercase letters
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
bits per second
memory capacity
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access time
have fewer instructions than RISC machines
use more RAM than RISC machines
have medium clock speeds
use variable size instructions
Power is switched off
Computer is improperly shut down
Data is not saved before computer is shut down
All of the above
a parallel interface
a serial interface
printer interface
a modem interface
D
B
C
C
B
A
D
ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus B
brochures CD-ROM e-mail D
C
multiuser C
line printer
dot matrix printer
ink-jet printer
laser printer.
is faster to access than RAM
is non-volatile
stores more information than RAM
is used for cache memory
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cut
none of the previous
is a form of ATM card
has more storage capacity than an ATM card
is an access card for a security system
contains a microprocessor
CRT displays
LCD displays
SSGA displays
none of the previous
having several programs in RAM at the same time
multitasking
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
having several softwares running at the same time
the ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
magazines
multitasking
an operating system
to run more than one program at the same time
none of the above
multitasking
multiprogramming
none of the previous
D
multiuser D
B
B
D106 sec 103 sec 1012 sec 109 sec D
a keypad a mouse a frog B
C
A
D
a cursor A
Formula Algorithm Program Data B
related to virtual reality
a form of ROM
a form of VRAM
none of the previous
same as multitasking
same as multiprogramming
involves using more than one processor at the same time
save the file
set up a password
make a backup copy
use a virus protection program
to calculate numbers
to read from or write information to a floppy disk
to print sheets of paper
to display information or pictures on a screen
Uses Cobol
uses Java uses C++
none of the previous.
a message pad
data to be transferred to memory
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory.
data to be transferred to or from memory
data to be transferred to the stack
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
an instruction that has been decoded
an instruction that has been fetched from memory
an instruction that has been executed
the address of the next instruction to be executed
a scroll bar
a light pen
a magic marker
Compiler B
Validation B
ANetwork Program System Modem B
D
D
ROM RAM B
Firmware C
Firmware A
Hashed Indexed Random C
ALU CPU B
A
C
C
CD-ROM A
Text Pictures Sound Video D
Laser Dot matrix Ink-jet Drum B
Assembler
Artificial Intelligence
Parity Checker
Memory protection
Parity Checking
Range checking
use the directory search tools
search each file in turn
use the backup facility
use find and replace
save copies of the file with the same name on the system
use different filenames on the system
keep a record of computer failures
backup to a secure medium
Multiprocessing
Time sharing
Multiprogramming
Multiplexing
Floppy Disk
Magnetic Disk
Word Processor
Telephone modem
Shareware
Word Processor
Telephone modem
Shareware
SequentialOperating System
Primary Storage
Tracks and Sectors
Blocks and Sectors
Files and Tracks
Schema and subschema
Character, field, database
Database, character, record
File, record, field
Element, field, file
Valid character check
Maintenance diagnostic program
Systems logs
Parity check
Sound card.
MIDI interface
Serial interface
A
C
Database D
C512 1024 4096 8192 C
DTCP/IP HTML IPX/SPX NetBEUI A
B
D
C
A
data. text. A
A
viewing an encyclopaedia CD-ROM.
creating the plans for a building design.
presenting an order for stock to a warehouse.
recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer queries.
replaced regularly
never updated
updated regularly
updated once a year
Document processor
Graphics package
Spreadsheet
get into the system quickly
make efficient use of time
retain confidentiality of files
simplify file structures
loss of confidentiality
duplication of data
virus infection
loss of data
access to the internet is quicker
files can be shared
printer can do 1000s of pages a day
the operating system is easy to use
a file name
a subdirectory
the root directory
the hard drive
universal port serial
up-line provider service
uninterruptable power supply
uniform page source
orphan files can be left on the system
the program executable may not allow it to be uninstalled
the system requires a network administrator to uninstall it
the system always requires a re-boot and defrag afterwards
documents.
information.
Graphical representation of logic
Rules writte in procedural language
Logical Steps in any language
None of the above
A
C
B
input. output. D
A
local B
D
D
A
C
C
Interface Settings Control B
(a) to (d) C
Purchase, sales, receipt, payments etc.
To fill the log register
It is mandatory in tally
None of the bove
assist in maintenance
speed up access
prevent unauthorised access
allow encryption
senior executive support for IT.
IT management lacks leadership.
IT understands the business
None of the above
processing.
All of the above
The use of computers to design state-of-the-art, high-quality products.
Using computers to do architecture.
Software that generates innovated designs and artistic patterns.
None of the above
specialist or functional
Application Service Provider enterprise
name the file
ensure the filename is not lost
identify the file
identify the file type
preventive controls.
detective controls.
corrective controls.
All of the above are parts of IS controls.
external hashing
static hashing
dynamic hashing
extensible hashing
A: (a) , (b), (d)
B: (a) to (d)
C: (a), (b), (c)
D: (b), (c), (d)
corrective controls
preventive controls
detective controls
general controls
Component(a), (c), (d)
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
C
C
(a) to (d) C
C
(a) to (d) C
call lights C
A
(a) to (d) D
B
D
(a) to (d) A
B
A
Client Hub CStar Bus Mesh Ring A
Star Bus Ring D
Press the reset button.
Turn the computer off at the power point.
Select the ‘Shut Down’ option from a menu.
Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.
Create the files again.
Ask the person next to you.
Use the Find or Search feature.
Put your hand up and ask the teacher
(a), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(b), (c), (d)
detective controls
organisational controls
preventive controls
corrective controls
(a), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(b), (c), (d)
problem logging
program change requests
resolution procedures
unit testing
data testing
thread testing
loop testing
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
benchmark testing
specifications matching
parallel operations
system walkthroughs
Multiplexer.
Peripheral processors.
Concentrator.
Job control language.
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(a), (c), (d)
Replacement personal computers for user departments.
Identification of critical applications.
Physical security of warehouse facilities.
Cross-training of operating personnel.
architectural design
interface design
procedural design
data design
Client-server
Computer network
All of the above
B
Direct Binary Indexed B
C
C
C
A
Protocol B
D
Mixer Modem C
To maintain a backup copy of are written all the information
To do a particular job such as editing, storing information
To help someone who is applying for employment
To Store data in an organised manner
Sequential
Systems analysis and applications programming.
Data communications hardware and software.
Operating systems and compilers.
Computer operations.
A sequential file on a disk
A sequential file on a tape
A direct access file on a disk
A direct access file on a tape
Tapes can only be read by the machine on which they are written
Parity errors will result
Information formats commonly vary between architectures
Data record can never be blocked together
Data path part
Control Unit
Address calculation part
Input output channel
Distributed systems
Local Area network
Wide area network
Can send data to a computer and receive data from a computer
Use the computer to which they are connected to perform all processing operations
Generally require a keyboard for data entry and a CRT for display
Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data processing such as input validation
Multiplexor
Time sharing computer
A
D
C
B
C
D
B
DCRC Baudot ASCII EBCDIC A
A
Allows computer signals to be send over a telephone line
Aids in back-up procedures
Packs data in a disk file
Speeds up online printing
Planetary network
Ring Network
Loop Network
Star Network
Office Automation
Executor systems
Electronic mailing
Instant post-office
A dumb workstation
An intelligent workstation
A personal computer
A mainframe PC
Time of day control locks
Encryption algorithms
Parity checks
All of them
Type of cable
Terminal Standard
Communication protocol
Device interconnect standard
A compiler does a conversion line by line as the program is run
A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one step
A compiler is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
None of the above
Feasibility study, system design, and testing
Implementation and documentation
Lexical analysis, CONVERSION, and code generation
None of the above
An interpreter does the conversion line by line as the program is run
An interpreter is a representation of the system being designed
An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
None of the above
Modem C
C
D
C
C
Testing B
C
C
A cache A buffer B
BStar Packet Ring Bus B
10101010 1100101 1010101 C
Demodulator
Frequency division multiplexor
Time Division Multiplexor
High-level languages
Middle-level languages
Low-level languages
None of the above
It is faster than parallel communication
It is less error prone
It is less prone to attenuation
Uses only one path
Financial sector and engineering
Graphic design and education
Accounting systems, commercial sector
None of the above
Communicate with the console operator
Manage the paging function in a virtual environment
Relieve the main CPU of repetitive communication tasks
Reduce competition between the input/output devices
Specification and design
System Analysis
None of the above
Fiber Optics
Coaxial Cable
Common carrier
Telephone Lines
The design of the screen the user will see and use to enter or display data
System Analysis defines the format and type of data the program will use
System Analysis involves creating a formal model of the problem to be solved
None of the above
An interface
An online protocol
The different types of network to be used
Testing to check for errors before the system is introduced
Hardware, Software and size of program.
None of the above
None of the above
Parity A
15 4 64 A
Port Modem C
327 141 97 B
B
B
30 255 256 B
A
4C5 1B7 5C4 A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits B
D
1024 bits 210 bits 210 bytes A
10000 1112 1110 A
A
Mouse Keyboard A
B
D
baud bytes Hertz D
Light pen Joystick CBPS MIPS MHz VLSI B
B
Retransmission
Cyclic Redundancy
Hash CountNone of the above
Multiplexor
Acoustic couplerNone of the above
Data warehouse
Data Mining tools
Data management systems
All of them
memory capacity
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access timeNone of the above
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric formNone of the above
Basic Coding Description
Binary Coded Decimal
Bit Code Design
None of the above
1000 bytes
None of the above
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric form
Numeric Keypad
None of the above
used to indicate uppercase letters
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
Because it squeaks when moved
Its moves like a mouse
It has ears
None of the above
bits per secondTouch screen
None of the above
Printing letters
Tracing diagrams
Reading bar codes
None of the above
OCR MICR B
Hard disk A
C
C100K 1.44 Mb 5 Mb 1 Gb B
hardware software output input A
Mouse Keyboard Printer B
Light pen Joystick Scanner C
B
Hard disk Keyboard A
Mouse Keyboard B
Mouse Speakers Printer A
B
Pixels Pixies Pickers B
Printer CD-ROM A
Mouse
B
C
Mouse B
barcode scanning
voice recognition
Touch screen
CD-ROM drive
None of the above
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cut
none of the previous
Refillable ink
Pencil lead
Light sensitive elements
None of the above
Numeric Keypad
Touch screen
Printing letters
Tracing Diagrams
Reading Bar Codes
Digital Signatures
Touch screen
CD ROM Drive
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
Credit card
Writing on a hard board
Printed output
Storing information on the hard disk
Back-up on a Cartridge
Coloured spots
Storage device
Pointing device
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
None of the above
CRT displays
LCD displays
SSGA displays
none of the previous
screen layout
mouse button layout
keyboard layout
word processing software
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
None of the above
hardware C
Speakers A
A
B
C
A
Multi-user A
Param Arjun C
C
B
C
language interpreter
software interface
an operating system
Credit card
Smart card
None of the above
having several programs in RAM at the same time
multitasking
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
having several programs in RAM at the same time
The ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
multitasking
an operating system
To run more than one program at the same time
none of the above
First - generation computers.
Second - generation computers.
Third - generation computers.
Fifth - generation computers.
multitasking
multiprogramming
none of the previous
Vishwajeet
Deep Blue
is caused by wear
caused by overuse
is due to bad disk blocks
none of the previous
Bar code Reader Technology
Optical Mark Reader Technology
Magnetic Ink Character Recognition Technology
Image Scanning Technology
a fast interpreter
slower than an interpreter
converts a program to machine code
none of the previous
A
C
B
D
B10-6 sec 10-3 sec 10-12 sec 10-9 sec D
C
C
Carray. constant. function. formula. C
D
ACL IDEA D
A
D
Macros Dclipboard file field layout B
Drum Printer
Dot - Matrix Printer
Desk - jet Printer
Thermal Printer
encrypting it
decrypting it
compressing it
transmitting it
Very important reader user sequence
Vital information resource under siege
Virtual information reader & user system
None of above
Electrically charged ink
Thermal Paper
An ink pen
An inked ribbon and print head
mainframe technology
LAN technology
WAN technology
Unix operating system
data to be transferred to memory
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
Contingency Planning
System feasibility report
Capacity Planning
Exception reporting
Limit checks
Control figures
External file labels
Cross footing tests
Wide access to various data base
Can extract and analyse data
Can aid in simple selection
Can define the audit objectives
High End CAATs
All of the above
A sample of transactions
A utility software programme
A special purpose written program
None of the above
Tests of details of transactions
Analytical review procedures
Compliance tests of general EDP controls
All of the above
Action Procedures
Event Procedures
General Procedures
search sort D
C
B
C
C
D
C
B
field names
record grab
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high quality documents
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
A way of maintaining a log
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
A collection of files
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Key verification
Computer sequence checks
Computer matching
Database access controls
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high qualitydocuments
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
None of the above
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
None of the above
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
Number Source D
A
e-mail C
Graphics browser e-mail A
operators wildcards engines C
Reports allow users to extract information as hard copy (printed output)
Reports provide a very flexible way of creating and editing documents
A tool which allows text and graphics to be placed in documents
None of the above
Extracting and analysing data
Spreadsheets make data easy to analyse
Using queries
None of the above
Compilers, interpreters, editors
Network software, backup systems
Word processors, spreadsheets, databases, DTP
None of the above
DEFAULT and NOT NULL constraints
FOREIGN KEY constraints
PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
IDENTITY columns
CHANGE TABLE
MODIFY TABLE
ALTER TABLE
UPDATE TABLE
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Description
Component
using a password
keeping a backup copy
keeping the original paper copy
saving the file with different filenames
the product code
the primary key
mail merge
A databasebookmarks
Auto ID Auto Key C
B
A
B
B
A
B
B
C
Auto Primary
AutoNumber
records in a dynaset are consistent with the underlying tables.
related tables in a database are consistent with one another.
forms in a database are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
reports are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
foreign key.
main form and a subform.
query and its associated dynaset.
report and its related query.
the primary key of both related tables.
the primary key of the related table.
a field from an unrelated table.
not a primary key of either related table.
One-to-one
One-to-many
Many-to-many
Many-to-one
EmployeeID
CompanyID
EmployeeLastName
CompanyAddress
The Tools menu, Relationship window
Referential integrity
The join line
The one-to-many relationship
Double click the Relationship line
Right-click the Relationship line, then select Delete from the shortcut menu
Select Undo in the Relationships pull-down menu
Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbar
That there are several customers associated with that ID
That some of the data is not viewable
That there are records in a related table
That records can be added by clicking on the plus sign
D
D
D
C
# M ¥ * C
C
They must both be numbers
They cannot be text fields
They cannot be AutoNumber data types
They must be the same data type
Nothing, Access ignores the attempted command.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are deleted from the Loans table.
An error message is displayed.
The subform is not visible.
The subform is displayed in Datasheet view.
The subform is displayed in Form view.
The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.
A one-to-many relationship between teams and players
A one-to-many relationship between teams and coaches
A one-to-many relationship between coaches and teams
A many-to-many relationship between players and teams
Either table at any time
The Customers table only when there are Loan records associated with that customer
The Loans table at any time
Neither table
B
Sub. B
C
C
A
data. metadata. D
facts. figures. a and b D
a or b A
B
C
B
Jet Oracle a and b D
prompt, title bar text, icon.
prompt, icon, title bar text.
title bar text, prompt, icon.
title bar text, icon, prompt.
Dim CreateList.
Sub CreateList.
CreateList.
A check box enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A text field enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to enter text.
must be set for one word.
must be set for multiple words.
does not have to be set.
must be set for two words.
help people keep track of things.
store data in tables.
create tables of rows and columns.
maintain data on different things in different tables.
relationships.
all of the above
information.
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
None of above
Sequential Query Language (SQL)
Structured Question Language (SQL)
Structured Query Language (SQL)
Relational Question Language (RQL)
Database Modeling System
Database Management System
Data Business Model System
Relational Model Manager
SQL Server
The user D
A
b and c D
the user B
C
D
tables metadata D
a and b A
a and b B
a and b C
A
The database application
The database management system (DBMS)
All of the above.
the database application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS
the DBMS accesses the database data
None of above
All of above
creates queries
creates form
creates reports
the database application
the database management system (DBMS)
the database
all the users' data is in one place
it reduces data duplication
it contains a description of its own structure
All of the above.
holds user data
holds metadata
holds indexes
All of the above.
stored procedures
All of the above.
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing non-database data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
B
D
D
A
Ctable relation row field Drecord field key tuple C
record field C
record field D
B
D
A
B
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
entity-relationship data modeling
data migration
file managers
hierarchical models
network models
relational data model
entities in a column vary as to kind
the order of the columns is important
the order of the rows is unimportant
more than one column can use the same name
composite key
foreign key
foreign key
candidate key
composite key
primary key
foreign key
surrogate key
Insertion anomaly
Update anomaly
Deletion anomaly
All of above
assess the existing tables' structure and content
design the database structure
create one or more new tables
move the data into the new database
are supplied by several well-established manufacturers
were essentially killed off by MS Access
have poor response time
are not true DBMS products
A
dirty data B
dirty data D
b and c CForm Table Report Query A
Macros D
B
They use sophisticated mathematical techniques.
Their report delivery is more difficult than report delivery for reporting systems.
Nonintegrated data
None of the above
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
data warehouse data are not stored in tables.
data warehouse databases do not have metadata.
data warehouse data are often denormalized.
Forms and reports
Queries and tables
Spreadsheets
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects and tables are in one database.
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables in another.
It is advisable to put each object and table into a separate database.
Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the tables when the application is upgraded.
C
Import Link Merge Join A
C
D
C
Cipher C
D
A
The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the objects in another database.
An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to yet another database containing only tables.
All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same database.
An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be changed without disturbing the existing data.
It contains more than one table
It contains tables, reports, queries, and forms
It contains a user interface, or switchboard
It contains macros
Menu Wizard
Build Menu
Interface Design Wizard
Switchboard Manager
create backups for mission critical corporate data.
centralize the manageability of data collection.
put key business information into the hands or more decision makers.
store all corporate transaction data in one single location.
Decryption
Encryption
Cryptography
Using data encryption.
Performing validity checks.
Conducting fraud-awareness training.
Reviewing the systems-access log.
Unaltered in transmission.
Not intercepted en route.
Received by the intended recipient.
Sent to the correct address.
A
Collision. D
B
C
B
C
D
Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will work.
The private key cannot be broken into fragments and distributed to the receiver.
The private key is used by the sender for encryption but not by the receiver for decryption.
The private key is used by the receiver for decryption but not by the sender for encryption.
Data entry errors.
Failure of server duplicating function.
Firewall vulnerability.
Error checking
Data Integration
Low cost of operation
Quality management
Competitive espionage
Corporate espionage
Industrial espionage
Economic espionage
A list of competitor’s clients
Contact numbers of the management group
Research data
A competitor’s new project
single-user database application
multi-user database application
e-commerce database application
None of above
Replying promptly
Keeping messages short
Including the Subject
Using all capital letters
C
No border A
8,16,32 2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10 D
C
D
graphical database DRange Address Gap Rows A
A
C
ENTER TAB INSERT Aarray. function. constant. formula. B
100 #VALUE! C
Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the confidentiality of data is the primary risk.
Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in other information systems.
Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption performed by software.
Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at that level will be identified by the service provider.
A dark wide border
A dotted border
A blinking border
your formula has a syntax error
the row is too short to show the number at the current font size
the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the number
either b or c
ability to generate tables
speed of calculation
flexibility of moving entries
cost of initial set-up
word processing
spreadsheet
Producing graphs
Writing letters
Drawing pictures
Document filing
double-click any cell in the column
drag from the top cell in the column to the last cell in the column
click the column heading
click the column label
CTRL + ENTER
(201)555-1212.
Tom McKenzie.
Functions D^ / * \ D
B5*B6 C3/D4 D4^2 C
E12 6 B
A
C
B
CFile Edit View Window A
Preview Details List Properties B
Insert Delete Clear C
Clear Delete Remove B
Cell references
Numeric constants
Text constants
It is impossible to determine.
SUM(H9:H11)
G7*SUM(H9:H11)
It is surrounded by a heavy border.
It is blinking.
It is displayed in reverse video.
The phrase “active cell” appears in the Status bar.
By clicking in a different cell
By using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By either clicking in a different cell or using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula bar
The Standard toolbar
The Formatting toolbar
The Cell Format command on the Edit menu
The Font Size command on the Tools menu.
the New command on the File menu.
the Save command on the File menu.
the Save As command on the File menu.
the File Type command on the File menu.
Both Insert and DeleteBoth Clear and Delete
Fonts Margins C
Options View Edit B
range. group. B6 D12, G25 D12:G25 D C
clipboard. D
clipboard. B
Dabsolute relative mixed constant AB4 $B4 B$4 $B$4 D
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! B
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! C
D
edit cells. C
B
B
Orientation (portrait or landscape)
Headers and footersPage Setup
worksheet.
cell group.
copy range.
destination range.
source range.
paste range.
destination range.
source range.
The Duplicate command
The Copy command
The Paste command
Both the Copy and Paste commands
The Move command
The Cut command
The Paste command
Both the Cut and Paste commands
copy and paste cells.
cycle through absolute, relative, and mixed cell references.
cycle through open applications.
the Fill Handle
the Format Painter
the Formatting toolbar
Conditional formatting
Select the Insert Hyperlink command from the File menu.
Click the Insert Hyperlink button on the Standard toolbar.
Right-click a cell and click the Edit Hyperlink command.
Double-click a cell and click the Insert Hyperlink command.
D
C
Jul-30 Aug-31 B
A
B
03-Apr 0.75 C
D
B1-G10 B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10 D
COUNT MAX SUM C
Line Pie Scatter C
whether the cell has a formula or a value in it.
the cell address.
whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference.
the value in the cell
text with a two-digit year.
text with a four-digit year.
an integer.
text with either a two-digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.
29/03/2008
It is impossible to determine from the information given.
subtracting the earlier date from the later one.
adding the earlier date to the later one.
subtracting the later date from the earlier one.
adding the later date to the earlier one.
the F4 key.
the F2 key.
the Esc key.
the F1 key.
March 4 of the current year
Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formatting
a cell on a worksheet.
a variable.
a constant.
either a cell on a worksheet or a variable.
AVERAGE Combination
D
A
D
Paste Fill Down Fill Right B
B
C
D
A
#VALUE! C
0 REF! B
portrait landscape vertical A
AD213 ZA1 A0 C
B
Speed Size Channel A
Find Save Browse Retrieve C
Once a bar chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a column chart.
Once a column chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a bar chart.
Once a pie chart has been chosen it cannot be changed to line chart.
Once a line chart has been chosen it can be changed to a pie chart.
hold down the CTRL key
hold down the SHIFT key
hold down the ALT key
hold down CTRL + SHIFT
Use tables
Create four separate files
Transfer information to a database
Use multiple sheetsPaste Special
Tools | Sort
Data | Sort
Edit | Data | Sort
none of the choices
Analyse data
Calculate data
Create forms
None of the above
click the Print button
press the PRINT SCREEN key
select Print selection on Page Setup | Sheet and then print
select Print selection in the Print dialog and then print
producing graphs
writing letters
drawing pictures
None of the above
(D4+C2)*B2
D4+C2*B2
=(B2*(D4+C2)
=A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM
None of the above
whatever was last used
None of the above
storing data on a disk drive
sending information to a host computer
storing data on the hard drive
receiving information from a host computer
Bandwidth
C
Key Lock Formula A
User-id Password Name Address B
Retrieval A
Acts Address Protocols D
Spoofing Imposting Approving ALoss Threat Exposure Hacking B
B
Utility Virus Cracker C
Hoffman A
Dell .com Msn .com B
C
Acts Address Protocols CRouter Gateway Port Pin B
LAN WAN CAN PAN A
C
B
D
B
Photography
Digital Signature
Cryptography
Message Digest
Hash Function
Penetration
Cryptography
Password Cracker
Regulations
Unauthorising
Sales - tax authorities
Income - tax authorities
Judge of a civil court
Police officer of IPS rank.
Pirated software
Tim Berner Lee
Charles Bubbage
Howard Aiken
Etrade.com
Amazon .com
Automated Tailor Machine
Any Time Money
Asynchronous Transmission mode
None of above
Regulations
hyper terminal tracing program
hypertext tracing program
hypertext transfer protocol
hypertext tracing protocol
National Informatics Center
Network Interface card
New Information Card
None of the above
Only Computers
Can not computers
Only printers
None of the above
Concentrates connectivity
Combines connectivity of a hub with the traffic regulation of a bridge
Switches data from incoming ports to outgoing ports.
All of Above
B
bits frames Packets C
firewall gateway router A
One Two Four C
D
RG7U Fiber B
B
A cable Hub Router B
B
A
D
Binary ASCII Octal A48 Bits 48 Bytes 48 KB 48 MB A
B
Novell PC Client Server C
Bridges and Repeaters.
Two or more networks
Bridges and Hubs
Hubs and nodesNone of the abovevirus checkerNone of the above
Physical Layer
Data-Link Layer
Network Layer
All of the above
Coaxial cable
Twisted pair
Physical address
Logical address
A memory address
None of the aboveNone of the above
Data return to the sender
It gets destroyed bit by bit.
It continue on to target device with corrupt data
None of the above
Wireless technology
Wired Technology
Ultra violet technology
None of the above
Physical Layer
Data Link Layer
Network Layer
All of the aboveNone of the above
software that facilitates connection to the internet
a list of rules for transferring data over a network
software that allows file copying
a gateway calling program for internet bridging
Network PC
B
Topology B
Bus Star Ring D
Linear Parallel None A
Parallel Circular Linear B
Ring Bus Star Mesh C
Ring Bus Star Mesh BStar Bus Linear Ring C
Ring Bus Star Mesh A
D
Bbps kbps mbps mips Bbps Kbps Mbps Mips C
C
a modem Netscape B
A
C
D
a modem Netscape B
There isn't one
If one node goes down, it brings down the entire ring
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on that section
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on all of the rings
Physiology
Both A and B
None of the aboveAll of above
Both A and B
Both A and B
Network Layer
Transport Layer
Physical Layer
Data Link Layer
Ethernet, token ring, DecNET
Ethernet, token ring, FDDI
Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI
Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet
usually higher than LAN speeds
measured in bytes per second
depend on the transmission medium
limited by modem speeds
CD-ROM drive
Windows 95
must use the World Wide Web
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
All of the above
key gateway interface
uniform resource locator
common gateway interface
application protocol interface
a Novell Interface Controller
used to control a printer
interfaces a modem to a computer
connects a computer to a network
CD-ROM drive
Windows package
Linux C
A
A
Printer modem bridge D
A
D
D
D
none D
hardware browser C
scanner CD-ROM clip-art file D
A
Novell Netware
Windows NT
None of the above
have to do with compression of graphics and video
have to do with Web pages
the Internet
none of the previous
must use the World Wide Web
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
use appropriate communications software none of the previous
provides access to the Internet
is a CPU register
is a CPU functional unit
make of processor
used to send email
used to browse the Web
is part of Netscape
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
used to send email
uses wireless communication medium
is part of Netscape
None of the above
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
a form of virus
a screen saver program
none of the previous
a backup server
an email server
a poor file server
IR system for the Internet
none of the previoussearch engine
provides access to the Internet
is a CPU register
is a CPU functional unit
make of processor
D
D
C
A
C
D
IP flood UDP flood Ahack packet flood traffic C
firewall router switch hub B
D
used to send email
used to browse the Web
is part of Netscape
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
used to send email
uses telephone lines
is part of Netscape
is a protocol that allows for remote login
The layers cannot communicate with one another.
Any layer can communicate directly with any other layer.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer directly above or below it.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer above it.
It is one large network.
It is made up of many networks connected into transmission lines called backbones.
It works the same way as a local network.
Individual computers can connect to it using an ISP.
Password cracking
System intrusion
Denial of Service
Port sniffing
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
a form of virus
a screen saver program
none of the previous
Flood a Web server with requests
Virus that initiates a ping flood
a backup server
an email server
a poor file server
none of the above
C
B
D
B
Phone E-mail D
Adware A worm Spyware D
Modems Protocols LAN B
C
D
D
D
Apply security patches
Update virus definitions
Backup data on a daily basis
Limit logging on access
All sites are safe and reliable.
There are safe and unsafe sites.
Only large name-recognizable sites are safe.
ActiveX-enabled sites are safe.
Use of identifiers
Use of passwords
Use of logical access methods
Use of encryption methods
by attaching to an e-mail.
through an FTP port.
by attaching itself to a document.
by scanning the computer for a connection.
Web traffic
Application updates
A Trojan horse
Multiplexors
cookies and Trojan horses.
Trojan horses and key loggers.
cookies and key loggers.
key loggers and worms.
An attack on a system for personal gain
An attack with the purpose of gaining publicity
Giving out disinformation
Changing the content of a Web page
Economic damage
Disruption in communication
Disruption in supply lines
All of the above are correct.
Crashing the stock market, as in the 1930s
Shutdown of military security systems
Contaminating water systems
Shutdown of nuclear plant safety systems
D
D
B
AVirus Fraud Adware Spyware B
D
Phishing Siphoning Hoaxing B
Bpop-ups. cookies. spam. viruses. B
B
B
I only II only Both I & II Circ ftp www telnet C
B
To carry more network capacity
To improve network services
To improve system response time
To obtain an accurate inventory of network related equipment and parts and network nodes
set its prices very high
limit access to computer owners only
stop its competitors seeing their prices
update its prices as soon as they are changed
People Search
Yahoo People Search
USA People Search
Lycos Search
Name of your bank
Date of birth
Personal assets
Criminal records
buy stocks.
invest without risk.
purchase off-shore property.
make large amounts of money by parking funds in their bank account.
Shill biddingInternet stalking.
cyber stalking.
virtual stalking.
Web stalking.
Use a fake e-mail address.
Never use your real identity.
Use a proxy server.
Use anti-spyware software.
Encryption
Physical Security controls
Message sequence number checking
Logical access controlsNeither I or II
Adds more bytes to programs
Verifies integrity of files
Increases boot up time
Misleads a program recompilation
HTML B
B
A
HTML. CXML. HTML. DHTML. MHTML D
B
C
A
Hyperlink Sound Video C BMP GIF JPEG TIFF C
C
extranet. intranet. A
Internet Explorer
Microsoft Excel
both HTML and Internet Explorer
Web query.
HTML document.
round trip HTML document.
Web browser.
.com is used for company
.co in used for company
.con is used for companies
None of the above
round trip HTML.
the World Wide Web Consortium
one way HTML.
using Internet Explorer to view a Web page that is stored on the hard drive on your computer
updating the values that are obtained through a Web query
clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your computer
viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.
Click on the Back arrow until the desired site is found
Click on ‘Go to’ or ‘Search’ in the browser
Go to the History page and look for the site
Go to the Bookmarks or Favorites page
the Refresh command
the Insert Hyperlink command
the Update command
the External Data command
Screensaver
Save it to a floppy disk.
Write it down on a piece of paper.
Add it to ‘Favourites’ or ‘Bookmarks’.
Cut and paste it to a word processor document.
privileged network.
network topology
a footer. BVoIP IPT IPP PoIP A
A
Modem CD-ROM B
B
A
193.1.2.3 45.1.1.1 D
B
No-one C
A
A
C
C
an attachment.
a signature.
an encryption.
Desktop client, application, and database.
Desktop client, software, and hardware.
Desktop server, application, and database.
Desktop server, software, and hardware.
Telephone line
None of the above
File Transfer Program
File Transmission Protocol
File Transfer Protocol
None of the above
So computers can be referenced by a name
So IP addresses can be shorter
So email is delivered faster
None of the above
143.215.12.19
None of the above
paul .trigg @ domain. org. uk
paul.trigg@domain.org.uk
paul.domain.uk
None of the above
The US government
Scientists in Switzerland
None of the above
Internet Relay Chat
International Relay of Characters
Internet Remote Conversations
None of the above
It will be deleted
It will be waiting for you to collect it
A letter will be sent to you in the post
None of the above
Hyper Textual Mark-up Lingo
Hyperlink Text Marking Language
Hyper Text Mark-up Language
None of the above
Receiving messages automatically from anyone in the group
People discussing a topic of interest globally
High volumes of email
None of the above
C
A
Data bus Auto bus A
Data bus C
ABPS MIPS MHz VLSI B
OCR MICR B
B
B
B
C
a linker A
the ALU the CU C
A
A
Application Software
Utility Programs
Operating system
Database management system
Deleted from the disk
Copied from the disk
Saved to the disk
None of above
Address bus
None of above
Address bus
Control bus
None of above
Personal computers
Parallel computers
Super computers
None of above
barcode scanning
voice recognition
is caused by wear
caused by overuse
is due to bad disk blocks
none of the previous
a fast interpreter
slower than an interpreter
converts a program to assembly code
none of the previous
faster than a compiler
translates and executes programs statement by statement
converts a program to machine code
none of the previous
encrypting it
decrypting it
compressing it
transmitting it
an assembler
a compiler
an interpreter the power cord
None of the above
A runtime error can result if the user clicks the cancel button
A compile time error occurs
The program executes without any error
You need to carry out conditional compilation
File List Box
Dir List Box
Drive List Box
Combo Box
D
Netcop NetBrute Netcraft NetBIOS D
C
patches. updates. upgrades. Bfirewalls switches hubs scanners A
B
B
Firewall Router C
A
cycle. renewal. age. history. D
D
C
memory overflow
systems overload
RAM overflow
buffer overflow
www.nettools.com
www.WhoIs.com
www.netcraft.com
www.netstat.com
code correct.
It can consist of hardware, software, or both.
It hides your network.
One of its techniques is packet filtering.
It is a barrier between your network and the rest of the Internet.
That any open applications be exited
Dependencies on other services
That you are not on the Internet
That you also shut down associated services
Antivirus software
Intrusion-detection software
an intrusion-detection system.
antivirus software.
a network prevention system.
a proxy filtering system.
Make sure all update and security patches are applied.
Install and keep current antivirus and anti-spyware programs.
Limit user’s ability to configure the workstation.
Block all incoming traffic on a network.
Delete it from the system and use the guest account.
Delete it and change the built-in guest account to a power user account.
Disable it and create a nondescript user account with administrator rights.
Create another administrator account to confuse the hacker.
C
Virus Spyware C
C
D
D
virus spyware D
A virus Spyware C
D
D
D
Cook D
Tapes can be used over and over, and CDs should be kept forever.
Tapes and CDs can be thrown away in the trash.
Tapes should be melted and CDs broken.
Give them to a recycle shop.
Trojan horse
IP spoofing
place a router between your ISP and your system.
add spyware to your system.
download files from reliable Web sites.
hone your programming skills.
System acts abnormal
Files are missing
Printing problems
Problems with your wireless mouse
Update antivirus software.
Do not propagate hoax viruses.
Turn off the auto-launch in your e-mail client.
Never open an e-mail attachment unless you know what it is and who sent it.
Trojan horse
buffer overflow
A Trojan horse
A buffer overflow
Obtain system IP addresses
Obtain cookies
Check for open ports
Obtain usernames and passwords
E-mail and attachment scanning
Download scanning
File scanning
Backup file scanning
Use your browser’s security settings
Do not open attachments in unknown e-mails
Avoid “skins” and “toolbars” download
Use encryption software
Administrative assistant to the president
Junior accountant
Network administrator
A
tiling. A
A
shrinking cascading C
C
B
The Standard toolbar
The Formatting toolbar
The Open command on the Edit menu
The Save command on the File menu
multitasking.
cascading.
minimizing.
the default file location of new files
whether the worksheet prints in landscape or portrait orientation
the number of windows you have open
the margins on the printed DOCUMENT
multitasking
minimizing
Click on any border and drag.
Click on any corner and drag.
Click on the title bar and drag.
You cannot move a floating toolbar.
right mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.
right mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.
left mouse button on any visible toolbar, and click on the missing toolbar.
left mouse button anywhere on the Word window, choose the Customize command from the context-sensitive menu, and check the box for the missing toolbar from the Toolbars tab dialog box.
A
C
D
B
D
A
floods. D
hot cold empty dormant BDelete Kill Nothing New C
D
D
Fill color Line color D
All documents are automatically saved with a default password.
The password is case-sensitive.
Once a document is protected by a password, it cannot be opened without that password.
Passwords can be up to only seven characters long.
public domain software.
nonprotective open source software.
protective open source software.
proprietary software
public domain software.
nonprotective open source software.
protective open source software.
proprietary software.
on-demand computing.
on-demand software.
utility computing.
utility software.
best-cost provider
software provider
Web service provider
application service provider
Operational systems
Informational systems
Structured query systems
Office automation
power outages.
hardware failures.
All of the above.
text, graphics and email address.
text, hypertext and Power Point.
CD-ROM, digital camera and sound.
text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.
the Line style
the Line color
the Font and the text alignment
Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment
Line thickness
Fill color, Line color, and Line thickness
C
C
Pie chart Line chart B
D
Excel is started so that you can create a chart.
A popup box prompts you for an existing Excel chart to insert.
Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.
The graph placeholder is deleted.
always taken from the first row of data in the datasheet.
always taken from the first column of data in the datasheet.
taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether the data series are in rows or columns.
entered by the user.
Side-by-side column
Stacked column
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart.
Click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar, or pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
B
C
D
A
D
It automatically displays in Slide view.
Click the chart object, then click the View Datasheet button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Edit menu, then select Object.
You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.
Single click the chart.
Double click the chart.
Click outside the chart.
Change to Slide Sorter view.
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be linked to the PowerPoint presentation.
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be embedded in the PowerPoint presentation.
The datasheet is saved as a separate file.
The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
The application that created the chart is started.
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
Microsoft Graph will restart.
D
Subtle Moderate Exciting D
CEnter Shift Alt Ctrl B
D
a slide one bullet item at a time.
bullet items one letter at a time.
bullet items one word at a time.
a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word at a time.
Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting
Enter and exit
Fly in from top or bottom
Both enter and exit, and fly in from top or bottom
Neither enter nor exit; neither fly in from top nor bottom
the way objects appear on a slide.
what objects do after they appear on a slide.
the way objects exit a slide.
Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do after they appear on a slide, and to the way objects exit a slide.
C
Clips Text D
A
Fly in From top D
BOLTP. OLAP. OLST. OLIP. B
B[Enter+A] [Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z] D
.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx B
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide.
The advanced timeline shows the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide, nor the duration of the effect applied to each object.
Organization charts
Clips, organization charts, and text
Paint program
Draw program
Filtering program
Animation program
Dissolve in
Fly in, From top, and Dissolve in
Once data is entered it cannot be changed.
Once data is entered it can be changed.
Data cannot be entered into Datasheet.
There is no such thing as a Datasheet.
You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a diagram.
You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a diagram.
You cannot change the style of the connecting lines in an Organization chart.
You cannot change the color of the boxes in an Organization chart.
Validate Check Audit A
D
Refresh Resize A
A
A
1 2 3 D
D
A
B
Refresh A
D
D
FreeFile GetFile GetBytes A
Validation On Error GoTo linelabel
On Error GoTo Inline
On Error Stop
On Error Resume Next
UpdateControls
PaintPicture
Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value
Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value None of the above
Consists of several Programs
Consists of several Applications
Consists of Various Forms And Code Modules
Consists of several Projects
Form window, standard or code module
Project window, view code window
Class module, code module
None of the above
Place code in the Terminate event
Place code in the Unload event
Place code in the Deactivate event
None of the above
AutoRedraw = True
AutoRedraw = False
PaintPicture
Msgbox err.no & err.text
Msgbox err.number & err.text
Msgbox error.number & error.text
Msgbox error.number & error.description
To display images to the user
To help in creating a ToolBar
To allow the editing of icons
To provide a repository for images used by other controls
GetFileNum
Retrieve Get Value B
Input box DCaption Visible Multi-Line Font C
D
B
x and y A
C
C
Min Max Value B
Shell Substr SetAttr CStr A
B
C
D
B
variable. C
GetProperty
Common messages passed to Windows
Open dialog box
Windows explorer
Click and KeyPress
Click, KeyUp and KeyDown
KeyUp and KeyDown
KeyPress, KeyUp and KeyDown
Ascii Format
Binary Format
Input Mode
Output mode
CurrentX and CurrentY
ScaleLeft and ScaleTop
ScaleHeight and ScaleTop
Property Get
Property Assign
Property Let
Property Set
Background color property
Caption property
ZOrder property
AutoRedraw property CurrentVal
Are one and the same
Can be different at times
Are actually not properties
None of the above
You do not need to use the Set command here
You do not have the permission to access the class
MyVar has not been declared
None of the above
The Open method
The Exec method
The ExecProcedure method
None of the above
A warning query icon
A critical message icon
An exclamation icon
None of the above
statement.
intrinsic constant.
built-in procedure.
B
C
Unload C
D
D
tab shift B
outliner C
D
Print all BEnter Copy Retrieve Save Cclosing tabbing spacing sorting B
database graphing C
B
subscript clip art clipboard C
MsgBox statement returns a value, while the InputBox function does not.
InputBox function returns a value, while the MsgBox statement does not.
InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement cannot.
MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function cannot.
Data cannot be entered into the form.
The form can be modified.
Data can be entered.
A new check box can be added.
QueryUnload
Deactivate Terminate
press the return key
press the tab key
press the escape key
just keep typing
layers and planes
lines and spaces
height and width
rows and columns
enter/return
backspace/ delete
grammar checker
spell checker
thesaurus
send a public message to friends interested in one topic
send pictures to a friend
send private messages to a friend
send a package to a friend
From ___ To ____
Page setup
Print preview
word processing
spreadsheet
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
None of the above
annotation
B
C
C
B
Browser clip-art file D
C
Paste Replace Select all B
A
C
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
Making Calculations
Clear, replace and select
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
Font, Paragraph, Bullet and Numbering
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
Designated area on the document
Mouse, printer and processing system keyboard?
Keyboard, Mouse, monitor and printer
Monitor, keyboard and mouse
None of the above
microphone
digital scanner
Clear, replace and Toolbars
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
None of the above
AutoCorrect
Copy, then paste
Cut, then paste
Delete, then paste
Insert, then paste
To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making corrections
To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one another
D
D
A
B
A line appears through text that is to be deleted.
A red underline appears beneath text that is to be added.
A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the document.
Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document.
Through the Edit menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through the Tools menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through tools on the Reviewing toolbar
Both through the Tools menu and the Reviewing toolbar
The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any changes that were just made to the document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version of the original and one version of any changes made to the document.
All versions are opened automatically.
The latest version is opened automatically.
The first and second versions are opened automatically.
The previous version is opened automatically.
A
A
Fields Tools Forms Insert C
Text fields B
C
C
Press tab. Dtext. graphics. forms. numbers. C
macro. A
C
DInsert Tools Format Edit C
Dictionary
Grammar check
Spell check
Thesaurus
Word displays a list of the dates and times each file was saved.
The most recent version will appear at the bottom of the list.
Word will show the name of the person who saved each version.
Word is not able to tell the most recent version of a document.
Check boxes
Toggle button
A drop-down list
Comments cannot be edited.
Comments cannot be deleted.
Comments can be edited or deleted by right clicking the highlighted text.
Comments can be edited or deleted by left clicking the highlighted text.
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
None of the above
Press Return.
Copy and paste.
Insert page break.
header/footer.
bibliography.
find/search.
Copy button
Paste button
Format Painter button
This action is not possible.
Fault Finding
Bug Squashing
Error Injecting
Debugging
A
A
D
D6 10 12 72 D
One Two Three Four B
C
D
a section of white text on a black background.
a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are uppercase.
the guidelines used to establish where different elements of the newsletter will go.
an enlarged capital letter at the beginning of a paragraph.
setting it in larger type or font size.
typing it all in capital letters.
underlining the text of the pull quote.
changing the color.
The reverse technique means to add dark text on a light background.
A pull quote is a quotation taken from (pulled) from another document.
A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital letter.
A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in a newsletter or other document.
The width of each column
The height of each column
The number of columns
The tab spacing within each column
Press Ctrl+Enter to create a page break.
Press Ctrl+Shift+Enter to create a column break.
Press Enter to create a section break.
Press Shift+Enter to force a line break.
A serif font at 10 points
A sans serif font at 10 points
A serif font at 20 points
A sans serif font at 45 points
2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches D
6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point B
3 inches. B
A
D
B
B
It depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.
2½ inches.
2¾ inches.
impossible to determine.
You are not in Print Layout view.
You have not inserted a column section break..
You have not specified continuous section breaks.
Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the document.
to store a file on the hard drive
to store a file on a diskette
to move a section of text from the original location to another location
to leave an original section of text in place while pasting a copy elsewhere
Data about a set of similar things
Mainly text
A set of different graphics
None of the above
Thesaurus
Spell Checker
Grammar Checker
Find and Replace
q_id
AC1
AC2AC3
AC4
AC5AC6
AC7
AC8
AC9AC10
AC11
AC12
AC13AC14AC15
AC16
AC17
AC18
AC19
AC20AC21
AC22AC23AC24
AC25AC26
AC27
AC28
AC29
AC30
AC31
AC32
AC33AC34AC35
AC36AC37
AC38
AC39
AC40AC41
AC42
AC43AC44
AC45AC46
AC47
AC48
AC49AC50
AC51
AC52
AC53
AC54AC55
AC56
AC57
AC58
AC59AC60
AC61AC62
AC63
AC64AC65
AC66AC67
AC68
AC69
AC70
AC71AC72AC73
AC74
AC75
AC76
AC77
AC78
BC1
BC2
BC3
BC4
BC5
BC6
BC7
BC8
BC9
BC10
BC11
BC12
BC13
BC14
BC15
BC16
BC17
BC18
BC19
BC20
BC21
CA1
CA2
CA3CA4
BC22
BC23
BC24
BC25
BC26
BC27
BC28
BC29
BC30
BC31
BC32
BC33
BC34
BC35
BC36
BC37
BC38
BC39
BC40
BC41
BC42
BC43
CA5
CA6
CA7
CA8CA9CA10CA11
CA12
CA13
CA14
CA15CA16
CA17
CA18
CA19
CA20CA21
CA22
CA23
CA24
CA25
CA26CA27
CA28CA29
CA30CA31CA32
CA33
CA34
CA35CA36CA37
CA38
CA39CA40
CA41
CA42
CA43
CA44CA45
CA46CA47CA48CA49
CA50
CA51CA52
CA53CA54
CA55
CA56
CA57
CA58
CA59
CA60CA61
CA62
CA63
CA64CA65
CA66
CA67CA68
CA69
CA70
CA71
CA72CA73
CA74
CA75
CA76
CA77CA78CA79CA80CA81
CA82CA83CA84
CA85CA86
CA87CA88
CA89
CA90CA91CA92
CA93
CA94
CA95
CA96
CA97
CA98
CA99CA100
CA101CA102
CA103
CA104
CA105
CA106
CA107CA108
CA109
CA110
CA111
CA112
CA113
CA114
DB1DB2
DB3DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
DB8
DB9DB10
DB11
DB12DB13
DB14
DB15
DB16
DB17
DB18
DB19
DB20
DB21DB22
DB23DB24
DB25
DB26
DB27
DB28
DB29
DB30DB31
DB32
DB33
DB34DB35
DB36
DB37
DB38
DB39
DB40DB41
DB42
DB43DB44
DB45DB46
DB47
DB48
DB49
DB50
DB51
DB52
DB53
DB54
DB55
DB56DB57
DB58DB59
DB60
DB61
DB62
DB63DB64
DB65
DB66DB67DB68
DB69
DB70
DB71
DB72
DB73
DB74
DB75
DB76
DB77
DB78DB79DB80
DB81DB82DB83DB84DB85DB86DB87DB88
DB89DB90DB91DB92
DB93DB94DB95
DB96DB97DB98DB99DB100DB101
DB102DB103DB104DB105DB106
DB107DB108DB109DB110
DB111DB112DB113DB114DB115DB116DB117
DB118DB119DB120DB121DB122
DB123DB124DB125DB126DB127DB128
DB129
DB130DB131DB132DB133DB134DB135
DB136DB137DB138DB139DB140DB141DB142
DB143DB144DB145DB146DB147
DB148DB149DB150DB151
DB152DB153DB154
DB155DB156
DB157
DB158DB159
DB160
DB161DB162
DB163
DB164
DB165
DB166
DB167
DB168
DB169
DB170
DB171DB172DB173
DB174
DB175
DB176
DB177
DB178
DB179
DB180
DB181
DB182
DB183
DB184
DB185
DB186
DB187
DB188
DB189
DB190
DB191
DB192
DB193
DB194
DB195
DB196
DB197
DB198
DB199
DB200
DB201
DB202
DB203
DB204
DB205
DB206
DB207
DB208
DB209
DB210
DB211
DB212
DB213
DB214
DB215
DB216
DB217
DB218
DB219
DB220
DB221
DB222
DB223
DB224
DB225
DB226
DB227
DB228
DB229
DB230
DB231
DB232
DB233
DB234
DB235
DB236DB237DB238
DB239
DB240
DB241
DB242
DB243
DB244
DB245
DB246
DB247
DB248DB249
DB250
DB251
DB252
DB253
DB254
DB255
DB256
DS1
DS2
DS3
DS4
DS5
DS6
DS7
DS8
DS9
DS10
DS11
DS12DS13
DS14
DS15
DS16
EC17
EC18
EC19
EC20
EC21
EC22
EC23EC24
EC25
EC26
EC27
EC28
EC29
EC30
EC31
EC32
EC33
EC34
EC35
EC36
EX1
EX2
EX3
EX4
EX5
EX6
EX7
EX8EX9
EX10EX11
EX12
EX13
EX14
EX15
EX16
EX17
EX18
EX19
EX20
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
IN13
IN14
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN18IN19
IN20
IN21
IN22
IN23
IN24
IN25
IN26
IN27IN28
IN29
IN30
IN31
IN32
IN33
IN34
IN35
IN36
IN37
IN38
IN39
IN40
IN41
IN42
IN43
IN44
IN45
IN46
IN47
IN48
IN49
IN50
IN51
IN52
IN53
IN54
IN55
IN56
IN57
IN58
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN62
IN63
IN64
IN65
IN66
IN67IN68
IN69
IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN74
IN75
IN76
IN77
IN78
IN79
IN80
IN81
IN82
IN83IN84
IN85
IN86
IN87
IN88
IN89
IN90
IN91IN92
IN93
IN94
IN95
IN96
IN97
IN98
IN99IN100
IN101
IN102
IN103
IN104
IN105
IN106
IN107
IN108
IN109
IN110
IN111
IN112
IN113
IN114
IN115
IN116
IN117
IN118
IN119
IN120
IN121
IN122
IN123
IN124
IN125
IN126
IN127
IN128
IN129
IN130
IN131
IN132
DS17
DS18
DS19
DS20
DS21
DS22
DS23DS24
DS25
DS26
DS27
DS28
DS29
DS30
DS31
DS32
DS33
DS34
DS35
EC1
EC2
EC3
EC4
EC5
EC6
EC7
EC8
EC9
EC10
EC11
EC12
EC13
EC14
EC15
EC16EX21
EX22
EX23
EX24
EX25
EX26
EX27
EX28
EX29
EX30
EX31
EX32
EX33
EX34
EX35
EX36
EX37
EX38EX39
EX40
EX41
EX42
EX43
EX44
EX45
EX46
EX47EX48EX49
EX50
EX51
EX52
EX53
EX54
EX55
EX56
EX57
EX58
EX59
EX60
EX61
EX62
EX63
EX64
EX65
EX66EX67
EX68
EX69
EX70EX71
EX72
EX73EX74
EX75
EX76
EX77
EX78
EX79
EX80EX81
EX82
EX83
EX84
EX85
EX86
EX87EX88
EX89
EX90
EX91EX92EX93
EX94
EX95
EX96
EX97
EX98
EX99
EX100
EX101
EX102
EX103
EX104
EX105
EX106
EX107
EX108
EX109
EX110
EX111
EX112
EX113
EX114
EX115
EX116
EX117
EX118
EX119
EX120
EX121IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6IN7
IN8
IN133
IN134
IN135
IN136
IN137
IN138IN139
IN140
IN141
IN142
IN143
IN144
IN145IN146
IN147
IN148
IN149
IN150
IN151
IN152
IN153
IN154
IN155
IN156
IN157
IN158
IN159
IN160
IN161
IN162
IN163IN164
IN165
IN166
IN167
IN168
IN169
IN170
IN171
IN172
IN173IN174
IN175
IN176
IN177IN178IN179
IN180
IN181
IN182
IN183
IN184
IN185
IN186
IN187
IN188
IN189
IN190
IN191
IN192
IN193
IN194
IN195
IN196
IN197
IN198
IN199
IN200
IN201
IN202
IN203
IN204IN205
IN206
IN207
IN208
IN209
IN210
IN211
IN212
IN213
IN214
IN215
IN216
IN217
IN218
IN219
IN220
IN221
IN222IN223
IN224
IN225
IN226IN227
IN228
IN229
IN230IN231
IN232
IN233
IN234
IN235
IN236IN237
IN238
IN239
IN240
IN241IN242
IN243
IN244
IN245IN246
IN247
IN248
IN249
IN250
IN251
IN252
IN253
IN254
IN255
IN256
IN257
PP1
PP2
PP3
PP4
PP5
PP6
VB11
VB12
VB13VB14
VB15VB16VB17
VB18
VB19VB20
VB21
VB22
VB23
VB24
VB25
VB26
VB27
VB28VB29VB30
VB31
VB32VB33
VB34VB35VB36
VB37
VB38
VB39
VB40VB41VB42
VB43
VB44
VB45
VB46
VB47
VB48
VB49
VB50
VB51
VB52
VB53
VB54
VB55VB56
VB57
VB58
VB59
VB60
VB61
VB62
VB63
VB64
VB65
VB66
VB67
VB68
VB69
VB70
VB71
PP7
PP8
PP9PP10PP11
PP12
PP13PP14
PP15
PP16
PP17
PP18
PP19
PP20PP21
PP22
PP23
PP24
PP25
PP26
PP27PP28
PP29
PP30
PP31
PP32
PP33
PP34
PP35
PP36
PP37
PP38
PP39
PP40
PP41
PP42
PP43
PP44
PP45
PP46
PP47
PP48
PP49
PP50
PP51
PP52
PP53
PP54
PP55
PP56PP57PP58
PP59
PP60
PP61
PP62
PP63
PP64
PP65
PP66
PP67
PP68
PP69
PP70
PP71
PP72
PP73PP74
PP75
PP76
PP77
PP78
PP79
PP80PP81
PP82PP83VB1
VB2
VB3
VB4
VB5
VB6
VB7
VB8
VB9
VB10
VB72
WO1
WO2
WO3
WO4
WO5
WO6
WO7
WO8
WO9
WO10WO11
WO12
WO13
WO14
WO15WO16
WO17
WO18WO19WO20
WO21
WO22
DA13DA14DA15
DA16
DA17
DA18
BC44
BC45
BC46
BC47
BC48
BC49
BC50
BC51
BC52
BC53
BC54
BC55BC56
BC57
BC58
BC59
BC60BC61
BC62
BC63
BC64BC65
BC66
BC67
BC68
BC69
BC70
BC71
BC72
BC73
BC74
BC75
BC76
BC77
BC78
BC79
BC80
BC81
BC82
WO23
WO24
WO25
WO26
WO27
WO28
WO29
WO30
WO31
WO32
WO33
WO34
WO35
WO36
WO37
WO38
WO39
WO40
WO41
WO42
WO43WO44
WO45
WO46WO47WO48
WO49
WO50WO51
WO52WO53
WO54WO55
WO56WO57
WO58
WO59WO60
WO61WO62WO63
WO64WO65
WO66
WO67
WO68
WO69
WO70
WO71
WO72
WO73
WO74
WO75WO76
WO77
WO78
WO79
WO80
WO81
WO82
WO83
WO84
WO85
WO86
WO87
WO88
WO89
WO90
WO91
WO92
WO93
WO94
WO95
WO96
WO97
WO98
WO99
WO100
WO101
WO102
WO103
WO104
WO105WO106
WO107
WO108
WO109WO110
WO111
WO112
WO113
WO114WO115
WO116
WO117
WO118
WO119
DA1
DA2
DA3
DA4
DA5
DA6DA7
DA8
DA9
DA10
DA11
DA12
BC83
BC84
BC85
BC86
BC87BC88
BC89
BC90
BC91
BC92
BC93
BC94
BC95
BC96
BC97BC98
BC99
BC100
BC101
BC102
BC103
BC104
BC105
BC106
BC107
BC108
BC109
BC110
BC111
BC112
BC113
BC114
BC115BC116
BC117BC118
BC119
BC120
BC121
BC122
BC123
BC124
BC125
BC126
BC127
BC128
BC129
BC130
BC131
BC132
BC133
BC134
BC135
BC136
BC137
BC138
BC139
BC140
BC141
BC142
BC143
BC144
BC145
BC146
BC147
BC148
BC149
BC150
BC151BC152
BC153
BC154
BC155
BC156
BC157
BC158
BC159
BC160
BC161
BC162
BC163
BC164
BC165
BC166
BC167
BC168
BC169
BC170BC171
BC172
BC173
BC174
BC175
BC176
BC177
BC178
BC179
BC180
BC181
BC182BC183
BC184
BC185
BC186
BC187
BC188
BC189
BC190
BC191
BC192
BC193BC194
BC195
BC196
BC197
BC198
BC199
BC200
BC201
BC202
BC203BC204
BC205
BC206
BC207
BC208
BC209BC210
BC211
BC212
BC213
BC214
BC215
BC216
BC217
BC218
BC219
BC220
BC221
BC222
BC223
BC224
BC225
BC226
BC227
BC228
BC229
BC230
BC231
BC232
BC233
BC234
BC235
BC236
BC237
BC238
BC239
BC240BC241
BC242
BC243
BC244
BC245
BC246
BC247
BC248
BC249
BC250
BC251
BC252
BC253
BC254
BC255
BC256
BC257
BC258BC259BC260
BC261
BC262BC263
BC264
BC265
BC266
BC267
BC268
BC269
BC270
BC271
BC272
BC273
BC274
BC275
BC276
BC277
BC278
BC279
BC280
BC281
BC282
BC283BC284
BC285
BC286
BC287BC288
BC289
BC290
BC291BC292
BC293
BC294BC295
BC296
BC297
BC298
BC299
BC300
BC301
q_desc
The ------ key can be used to select an existing company from list of companies.
The re-order point is the inventory quantity that trigger a stock replishment activity.
A created company's detail can be modified through keys
In tally,all masters have ________main options
In tally,to create a new column in balance sheet press _______
In tally,a group company is marked with an ______________
The systems that work together to order,receive, and pay for replenishment of stock are ---------------
Tally allows to delete a ledger from --------- alteration mode.
--------------------- is/are useful for management in the decision making.In tally,the group company must contain at least _____________ membersTo cancel a vourcher entry in Tally, short-cut key is -----------
The accounting masters and inventory masters related to
In Tally, we press ------------, to print report .
In the Tally Software, the ------------ directory stores all data entered by the user.The Ledger Accounts are unique in Financial Accounting Packages
In Tally, we can customize the Vouchers as per our requirementsThe number of steps in Accounts Compilation are
Each action/transaction of a firm is described by a ----------------.Tally is based on mercantile accounting system
Import and Export of data between Tally and other programs is possible only through ---------- Program.
A/An ------------- is the official notice that the firm sends to its customers to advise then to the amount of money that is owed.
In tally,the use of group behaves like a sub-ledger, option is that we can summarize many ledger accounts into one line statementsIn tally, we can alter ledger details using either single or multiple modes but not alble to delete a ledger from multiple modes.
We press ------------- function key to display the age-wise analysis of Bills Receivable or Bills Payable report
In Tally, Types of Accounts and Types of Vouchers passed during the period, can be seen in ------------- report.
Customers can be permitted to enter their own data into the firm’s computer using the firm’s wide area network is an example of
Ctrl + N is used to -----------
Revenue Account also known as -------------- Account
Method of Voucher Numbering is/are
Accounts Receivable are displayed in
To assemble a product from different items -------------- entry is used
Tally provides at least --------- predefined voucher formatsThe value of the inventory is included in a ledger accounts as an asset on the balance sheet
" The buyers can follow up with the suppliers to determine the reasons " is an example of -----------------From voucher entry mode , if we press __________ then we get payment voucher in tally
Default Cost Category in Tally is/are --------------
A ----------- is a primary document for recording all financial transactions.The field can have a value between ________________ in FA Package.
It is necessary to manipulate data to transform it into ----------------In tally, to change the date of the voucher press ______
Tally can maintain budgets on ----------------The value of the inventory is included as an asset on the balance sheet
The accounts payable system is responsible for paying the suppliers for the -----------------
What is the default financial year in Tally6.3 _________________Tally encrypts and stores TALLY DATA at the data directory
The Profit & Loss statement can be displayed in ---------------- format(s).
------------- in Tally classify the accounts under different heads so that summarised information is possible.
A --------- purchase orders data flow is directed to the purchasing system for use in closing out the outstanding purchase orders in the receiving system diagram.
A Group Company is simply a name and an identify given to the merged accounts member companies of the group.
The _______ file maintains data that describes the supplier past transaction with the firm in terms of material quality in AIS
In ratio analysis report of Tally FA packagewe we press ________________ function key to the display of bills receivable , bills payables report
Default ledger accounts in tally are ______
Default 'godown' name in tally is ____________
'Tally vault' is a _________________To create a sales voucher in tally , you have to press _______
In tally,"credit note" voucher type records entry for ________________
In tally you get currency symbol option from _______ menu
------------------ gives the balance for each day for the voucher type has been selected.For 'stock journal' entry we press ______________ in tally
Tally provides the capability to the administrator/auditor to track changes in the areas is/areIn tally, types of users are _______________
Projected approximation of income or expenses is called ______________ ."Administrator" type user is also called 'Auditor' of a company in Tally
You will get company information , if you press __________ from gateway of tallyA constituent(member) company can be a member of more than one group.
Default stock category in tally is ______
In Tally,inventory valuation method option is available from _______
Tally audit feature is available in a company __________________In tally, a group company can also be a constituent(member) of another group companyDefault number of groups in tally are ________
During voucher entry ------------- are used.
User designated as --------------- can view audit list.
A Group Company is ------------------------- given to the merged accounts of member companies of the group.
By pressing -------- key, a list of inventory reports can be displayed straightaway from the balace sheet report
To create a log of the import activity in a file _____________ is located in the same directory as an executable program in tally
Tally supports Importing of data from ----------------
The memory address register is used to store
Inefficient usage of excess computer equipment can be controlled by
Which of the following is not the component of a CPU
Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
What do the abbreviations VAB stand for
What control would prevent the accidental erasure of customer information from a magnetic tape
What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen called?
Header label normally include all the following except the
In an accounting information system, which of the following types of computer files most likely would be a master file?
Which of the following is an advantage of a computer-based system for transaction processing over a manual system? A computer-based system:
A trailer label is used on a magnetic tape file, it is the last record and summarises the file. The following is an information not found in the trailer label
A daisy wheel is a type of...?
Which approach or technique is a control usually associated with microcomputers
An impact printer creates characters by using...?
The best security control in a microcomputer environment is to
What would you NOT use with a flatbed plotter?
What do you need for an ink jet printer?
The greatest control exposure in a microcomputer environment is the lack of
What do you need for an ink jet printer?
A laser printer does NOT use?
The amount of data that a disk may contain is known as the disks...?
You can ________ protect a floppy disk.
Information on a hard disk is usually backed-up using a...?
Using generalized audit software packages can add a lot of value _______
_______ is used for CAAT as database
Generalized audit software is a file whose capabilities for verifying processing is logic
Magnetic tape is a...?
Hard disks can have a storage capacity in the region of...?
Which storage device has the largest capacity in Mb?
Generalized audit software perform auditors to undertake any past records and not concurrent auditing
Which storage device cannot be erased?
You can ________ protect a floppy disk
Where should floppy disks be stored?
The contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?
What are responsible for storing permanent data and instructions?
Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?
What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?
How many bits of information can each memory cell in a computer chip hold?
What type of computer chips are said to be volatile?
Magnetic tape is a...?
Software can be divided into two areas:
Travel agents use this computer system when reserving flights
Which computers are used in the weather forecasting industry?
Vacuum tube based electronic computers are...?
Which generation of computer was developed from microchips?
Which generation of computer uses more than one microprocessor?
Which generation of computer developed using integrated circuits?
Which generation of computer developed using solid state components?
Name three steps involved in developing an information system
Concurrent use auditors as the member of the systemRegular cross system verification may minimize fraudsComputer security is frequently associated with confidentiality, integrity and authentication
The first step for developing CAAT is_________
Using the open database connectivity feature in ACL is ______________
Computer Assisted Audited Technique involves the use of computers through "Black Box Approach"White Box Approach necessary involves expert knowledge on the part of Auditor
Auditing with computer necessarily supports the
CAAT involves an Auditors' appreciation of __________
For computerized auditing usage of sophisticated audit software would be a necessity
CAAT's are computer program and data that auditor uses as part of the audit procedures to process data if audit significance contained in an entity information systemCAAT do not contains package programs, purpose written program, utility programs or system management programsEmbedded audit routines are sometimes built into an entity's computer system to provide data for later user by the auditorSCARF involves embedding audit software modules within an application system to provide continuous monitoring
Data reserve engineering process metadata to document system and abstract business rules and relationship
The transition from manual system to CIS environment bring dramatic changes including ________________
Widespread end use computing result in unlimited errors creeping into system going to accept handling, thereby increasing audit risks
Important knowledge needed to begin planning the use of CAAT is _________
Computer operation controls are designed to provide ________________
A system could be _________A system exhibits 'entropy'
Assembler language uses Mnemonic symbols
General purpose software provides a framework for highly complex scientific operationIn batch processing, transactions are processed one after another
The use of computer assisted audit techniques is not gaining popularity not only ________________
In OLRT the CPU should process the capability of program interruptionTime sharing system allow access to a CPU from remote terminals
DSS has the following components _________________Master files contains current records for identification and summarizing
Master file configuration includes ____________
The move towards paperless EDI would eliminate much of the traditional audit trail, radically changing the nature of audit evidence
Systems development control, apart from others, include authorization, approval, testing, implementation and documentation of new systems software and system software modification
Super computer are the largest and fastest and is very suitable for commercial application including audit work
Operating systems are devised to optimize the machine capabilities, the function include_______________
On-line processing refers to grouping of transaction and processing the same in one go from start to finishReal time refers to the technique of updating files with transaction data immediately after the occurrence of the event to which it relates
DSS is defined as a system that provides tools to managers to assist them in solving structured problems
Transaction files contain relatively permanent records take product profile, customer profile, employee profile etc
CAATS provide added value to the clients because _______________File volatility refers to the number of addition and deletions to the file in a given period of time
File interrogation refers to the _____ of information from a fileOne -to-one relationship means a single entity to a single entity in a monogamous structureRDBMS is structured to a series of 2 dimensional tables
SADB stands for ____________
In framed checking the data entry is checked against an expected picture or format
Errors are correlated_________Field check is exclusive to a field
Check digit is a group of nos. added to a code for determining the accuracy of other digits in the code
Hierarchical code means _________
The contents of a field could determine _______ sign for a ______ field
Batch is the process of ______ together _____ that bear some type of relationship to one anotherHash totals means meaningless totals
All input records in a batch are normally of different types
IDEA stands for _________________________________
______ is a file management software package that lets users and programmers organize data into files and then process those files
File activity is the proportion of transaction file records that are actually used and accessed in a given processing run:
Controls are present over many aspects of the computer system and its surrounding social environment
_________ law basically states that there is a specific probability of the first digit of a no. being 1,2,3 etc
The validation checks applied to a field depend on the field's logical inter relationships with other fields in the record
With OLRT where interactive data entry is available, the master file associated with a transaction may be searched for confirming dataControls are required for authorization to ensure data integrity and detect possible breaches in securityData from client application are not stored in the organization's database through auditables events and function
A transaction file is sorted prior to the update of master fileA sequence check on the transaction or master files by an update program is not required
In systems testing, test involves_________________Recording transactions in a controlled manner may amount to loss of stored data
Audit software is used by the auditor to _________
SAS stands for ______________Embedded code is a software used by the auditor to examine backup dataEmbedded code performs wide variety of audit taskCore image comparison is particularly useful where only executable versions are distributedLog analysis is a software used by auditor to detect virus
Mapping software is used by the auditor to list unused program instructionsMapping software has very objectives
Modeling is a variety of software which ________________On line testing can be targeted for specific functions carried out by programs
Whenever monetary transactions are processed against master files, the update program should maintain a correlation account to record such transaction that does not have a matching master file recordInternal tables are stored tables from which certain values are extracted for further processing and storing
For small to medium sized systems, individual modules are coded and individually tested and then assembled to be tested as a whole-the testing strategy is referred to as ___________________
Core image comparison is a software used by the auditor to compare _______ version of a program with a secure ________ copyDatabase analyzer is a software which provides detailed information concerning the operation of the database
On line testing techniques the auditor ______ data either _______ or fictitious in order to see that a specific program or sever edit test is doing its work
Program code analysis involves _______________________ is a software of CAAT
Snapshot is software which takes a picture of a file or data or a transaction passing though the system
Base case system evaluation includes____________While base testing forces on finding if there are any defective execution policies in a programBlack box testing seeks to determine whether application output is what it is supposed to be
Black box testing is _______ based and white box testing is _______ based
Source code review means__________
In examination of audit trail the following data associated with an event may be ___________-
JCL means_________________Audit should be periodically analyzed to detect any control weakness of the system
A sample size calculator program assists auditors in determining RAND() function
In integrated test facility approach the auditor should ensure that the impact of test transaction is subsequently eliminated from the computer files
In formula in flow hypothesis the auditor should expand the extent of substantive tests to determine how the defects may impact the attainment of the program objectivesAll material application oriented events that occur within the boundary subsystem should be recorded in the accounting audit trail
In an accounting audit trail, intrusion detection system might monitor the amount of processor time consumed by the user to detect unusual deviation from the amount processor time requested by the user in the past
Generalized audit software consists ___________
Specializes audit program may be___________
Generalised audit software could be used by the following in consistencies or significant fluctuations
Generalized audit software function include____________
Auditors cannot use generalised audit software to extract the data needed for audit purpose
Which of the following is not the feature of GAPs
Which is the example of CAATs
In audit procedures, test data is
Which of the following is not the use of CAATs
Which of the following are called explicitly by another procedure?
_________ data type is generally used for fields assigned as primary keys in a tableMS access objects can be published in the web
In the file reorganization merging capabilities are needed in data from separate file is to be combined on a separate work file
Auditors can combine functional capabilities of generalized audit software to accomplish the task of __________________
In code-builder, got_focuse, click,dbl_click,enter are examples of ______________can be used to automate certain actions in response to events
In the macro sheet the macro is selected in the _____field
To build complex expressions_____is used
The three list boxes present at the bottom of the expression builder are called_____
________option is selected from the view menu to create macros with conditions
_______report can be created with minimum user input_______layout of a form displays one record at a time
______and_____are the two types of auto reports availableThere are no wizards for creating a database in access
______option from the insert menu option is chosen to add an embedded chart
In ms-access, while using SQL, references constraint is used for creating _______
_______is used to create a mailing label
______header is present at the beginning of the report
______is present at the bottom of each page in a report
In SQL, having clause is used for _________
______field is added to the macro sheet when we select grouping option from the view menu
______can be used to create toolbars_______query is used to add records from one or more tables into an existing table
_______window is used to write VB code in access applicationValues for other tables, queries are maintained in look up fields data type
Visual Basic language is a _____ tool
______ function is used to display a message box
The table or query name on which we are going to build our report is selected from the ____ dialogue box
Other ms-office applications can be accessed from ms-access using a concept called ________
OLE stands for_____
The application that supplies data in OLE is called an _________
_______is the file format that works on internet
______ is used to convert any ms-access object into html format
_______ option in publish to web wizard produces a page that is static in nature
_______query is used to create or change database objects in a current databaseCurrency fields express the amount in _________
_______is selected from the toolbar to add an OLE object
_______option from the file menu is selected to run 'publish to the web wizard'
_____page in an web application is used to navigate to the rest of the pages in the application
______ is fired when an event is triggered is the concept based on a Visual Basic languageMs access is a ___________
A collection of data stored in different objects is known as a _________
A blank database can be created using __________Text type data can be of _____ characters in ACCESS
______is a datatype that assigns values automaticallyTables cannot be imported from other databases
If two tables having same values for the fields are joined it is called an ______
Duplication of records in a field won't be allowed if the fields are declared a________
Changes from a master table can be reflected on to the child table by selecting _____option
To see more than one record at a time in a form we use _______
If any change made on the object from the client side is reflected on the server then the object is said to be _____
To display an OLE object in the form of an icon ____ option is selected from insert object dialogue box
In SQL, delete command is used to remove _________
In MS-Access, filter excluding selection will display only those record(s) which meet the criteria.
Properties of the fields are managed by _____ in Dynaset
______queries allows us to view data in row by column manner
The type of queries that can update or delete record(s) in a table(s) are called __________
Joining tables without any matching values in the fields is called ____________Primary key uniquely identifies each record
Which of the following dialog box is/are used in the creation of form _______________ query wizards are used to generate summary calculations for a table
Properties of a form can be changed by selecting ______from view menu options
Forms that are included in other forms are called ______________
_______ form displays fields in a single horizontal rowThe process of arranging the data in a meaningful order is known as ___________
______ are used to select only some particular records from the table or any other database objects
In MS-Access, user may specify criteria for filter in form view using ____________wildcard character represents any single characterRecords cannot be sorted by a primary key
A control without a data source is known as ___________
Set of related option buttons, check boxes and toggle buttons is known as _____________
The collection of related data and objects is called a ____________
Which of the following is control types ____________
In MS-Access, the function that gives the current date is _____________
_____is a control that lists set of data
______is a form that summarize large amount of data
In MS-Access, while using form design view, for creating a command button for adding a new record, we should select the _______ category from the command button wizard
______allows to create a filter by typing the value in a data sheet
Wizards for toolbox controls are called a __________
The wild card representation for any 5 letter word that starts with ram is ________________Look up fields slow up data entry____is an access object that displays un-editable data
_____option from the new object toolbar gives the easiest way of generating a report______ represents data in a pictorial formatChanges of one table can be carried over to another related tableHyperlinks are used to jump to any kind of information or data from a fileThe memo field can have text upto_____ characters in lengthIn MS-Access, columnar layout can be used to view multiple records in a formIn MS-Access, alter command may be used in adding a primary key to a tableUpdate query is used to add records from one or more tables to the end of an existing table
In ms-access, datasheet view is available in _________________are used to jump to any kind of information from a datasheet or a formHome page will always be present as a first page of an applicationMake table queries create a new table from the records of another table
Foreign key is a field that uniquely identifies each record and accept no null valuesData definition queries are used to create or change database objects
The attributes of a composite key are known as ________OLE object is a data type in accessData displayed in forms cannot be editedA sub form is used to display one to many relationship between tablesWe can switch from datasheet view to form view by selecting view -> form view optionIn MS-Access long integer is a datatype
Sorting is applied to select only some particular recordsFilter by form can be created from a forms shortcut menuAdvanced filter uses a filter similar to the query design window to create a filter? Wildcard character represents any number of characters
_________ of the following is/are a type of chartA bound control is tied to a underlying query or tableA calculated control uses expression as a source of dataText boxes cannot be bound controls
The default query invoked by ms-access isA control can be bind to a record using row source propertyList box is a control that offers a list of choicesIf a table is joined to itself it is called a ________________A picture box combines the activities of both a text box or a list boxLine is a tool box controlText boxes can be part of a option group
In ms-access, to protect a database file from illegal access, we may set database password. The option of setting database password is available in _______ menu
In MS-Access, while designing a table for a particular field, the Required parameter is set to yes. This validates the field as _______
_____ chart exists as a separate objectFiltering data is a way of arranging data in a meaning full orderWild card characters are used for sorting recordsPivot tables are used to navigate to the other tables in a databaseReports are used to represent un-editable data
In MS -Access, the records in a table are sorted based on _________Relationship is an association between _________Summary options dialog box is used to summarize data______ queries can be used to delete a group of records that meet some specific recordsCharts can convert numerical data in a easily understandable formatEmbedded charts exist separately
The chart which cannot exists as a separate entity are _______________
Page header is present at the beginning of each recordDetail section has a header and footerA macro is performed only when the user initiates an eventThe macro is selected from the action field of a macro sheetA macro can be made to execute before the starting of a database
We can add our own functions to the expression elements list box of the expression builder_______is the wildcard character which represents the presence of any number of charactersMacros can be used to add a menu to a database object_____ header is a unique feature of reportsChart can either be a form or a reportGroup header will be present at the design view of a report even if the report is not grouped
Charts can be produced without the wizardMacros can be used to create user defined error messagesBetween and Not Between is ______ type of operatorsThe default data type of VB is integer
Visual Basic is based on _________________is the name of the database object that displays data and can be used to edit dataIn access OLE objects cannot be linked_____ section is present for each record in the report
A ________ sheet lists all the properties that pertain to the form or the controlsTextboxes can also be an example of unbound controlIn MS-Access, we may design command buttons for navigating records
_______are forms that are included in other forms_______ are used to represent our data in graphical format
A field with a _______ uniquely identifies each record
From ms - access, if we want to view the records stored in a table in ms - excel worksheet, we need to
In MS-Access. While appending records, the source and the target table must have similar structure and fields
We can change from the design view to the form view without being prompted for saving the changes made
Large amount of data can be summarized using ______ tables_______ are employed to select only some particular records from a database object
______ control need not have a data source
______ control combines the functionality of both a text box and a drop down listMS access is a DBMS
A form can be bind to a record source using _____ property of the form
______ forms displays field in single row
______ forms are usually used for tables with one to many relationship
_______ control uses an expression as a source of control
_______ control is tied to field
_______is the form that can be created with minimum input from the user
______option from the tool menu is selected for setting relationships between tables
______,______and_____are the buttons belonging to the options group
_________allows us to create a filter from a field short cut menu________is a database object which displays data but cannot be used to edit dataWhat term applies to a collection of related records in a database?
All of the following terms are related to computerized databases except which one?
What is a database?
What does a record contain?
An RDBMS is a
Data Warehousing refers to
Unauthorised alteration of on-line records can be prevented by employing
What is a database?
What does a record contain?
What is a report?
What is the best way to analyse and change data
What are some popular office orientated software applications?
Which of the following constraints can be used to enforce the uniqueness of rows in a table?
Which of the following commands is used to change the structure of table?
An RDBMS is a
Data Warehousing refers to
This database holds personal information. The user can help to keep it confidential by
Application software suited to storing the survey information obtained in the table would be
The characters * and ? are sometimes used in search criteria as
Which of the following field types will generate the primary key automatically?
Referential integrity ensures that the:
Tables are related to one another through a:
A foreign key is:
You are creating a client application that calls ActiveX DLLs. Which of the following properties of the Err object provides the name of a component that sends an error back to the client application?
If the database holds customer names and addresses, personalised letters can be created automatically using
You are creating a banking database to track customer loans. The bank will, of course, have many customers, each of whom may take out one or more loans, while each loan may be associated with only one customer (there are no joint accounts). What is the re
In a one-to-many relationship between Companies and Employees, which field is found in both tables?
How would you delete a relationship between tables in the Relationships window?
In a Customers tables, what does a plus sign next to the CustomerID field mean?
What is required of the fields that join two tables?
Which of the following ensures that records in related tables are consistent with one another? For example, it ensures that you cannot add a record with an invalid foreign key.
Assume a one-to-many relationship between the Customers table and the Loans table, with referential integrity in effect. What happens when you attempt to delete a customer ID from the Customer table that still has entries in the Loans table?
Which of the following is true when viewing a main form and its associated subform in the Form Design view?
The correct order of the arguments for the MsgBox statement is:
The first statement in a procedure named CreateList is:
Which of the following is TRUE related to form fields?
A text field:
The purpose of a database is to:
A database stores:
A database records:
Which of the following relationships does not belong in a database based on a professional sports league such as football or basketball?Which symbol is used at the end of the join line in a related table to signify the “many” side of a one-to-many relationship?
You have created a one-to-many relationship with referential integrity between a Customers table and a Loans table. From which table can you delete a record?
A sales contact manager used by a salesperson is an example of _______________
A Customer Resource Management (CRM) system is an example of_________
A program whose job is to create, process and administer databases is called the _____
Microsoft Access may use which of the following DBMS engines?
Which of the following are basic components of an enterprise-class database system?
In an enterprise-class database system ________ .
In an enterprise-class database system, the database application ___ .
In an enterprise-class database system, reports are created by ____________________ .
A database is considered "self-describing" because _______ .
In an enterprise-class database system, the database _________ .
The industry standard supported by all major DBMSs that allows tables to be joined together is called __________.
A database may contain _________________________ .
Database professionals use ________________ as specific data sources for studies and analyses.
The predecessor(s) of database processing was (were) __________ .
In a relation __________________________ .An attribute is also known as a(n) .A combination of one or more columns used to identify particular rows in a is___ .
A combination of two or more columns used to identify particular rows in a relation is________ .
A determinant that determines all the other columns in a relation is______ .
When designing a database, one of the candidate keys in a relation is selected as the _________ .
Normalization is a process used to deal with which of the following modification anomalies?
A database designed using spreadsheets from the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
A database designed to implement requirements for a reporting application needed by the Sales department is a database being designed _______ .
A database designed to combine two databases used by the Sales department is a database being designed _________________________ .
Database professionals use a set of principles called ________________ to guide and assess database design.
A very popular development technique used by database professionals for database design is known as _______________________ .
A very popular development technique used by database professionals to adopt a database design to new or changing requirement is known as _____ .
Modern microcomputer personal DBMS products______.
Which of the following are true about data mining applications?
A data warehouse database differs from an operational database because:Which of the following objects is used to display a menu?
Which of the following objects are NOT found in an Access application?
When you are given a set of tables and asked to create a database to store their data, the first step is to ____ .
We have obtained access to the company's operational data. We examine 50 records for customers with phone numbers that should use the current area code of 345. Of these 50 records, we find 10 that still use an older area code of 567. This is an exampleWe have obtained access to the company's operational data. We have been asked to produce a report with an item by item analysis of sales, but the only sales figure available is the total sale value for each order. This is example of_____
Which of the following statements regarding Access applications is NOT true?
What makes a database an application?
What is the Access tool that is used to create the user interface?
The purpose of a data warehouse is to:
You are developing an Access application that you expect to upgrade periodically. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
Which of the following brings a copy of the table into the current database and does not maintain a tie to the original table?
___________ means the result of applying to specific information certain specific technical processes.
Digital Signature involves two processes. They are ___________ and __________.
The Costs of Digital Signature consists mainly of the following
CA stands for ________________
A Digital Certificate is issued by a Certification Authority and is signed with the CA's Private Key
______________ enable web servers to operate in a secure mode.
Signing Writings serve the following general purposes______,_______,_______ and _______The most widely accepted format for Digital Certificate is defined by the CCITT X.509
CRL stands for
__________ is an algorithm which creates a digital representation or "fingerprint" in the form of a "hash result".__________ is of standard length which is usually much smaller than the message but nevertheless substantially unique to it.
A Digital Certificate does contain Owner's Public Key, Owner's name, Expiration date of the Private Key, Serial number of the digital certificate
______________ are used by individuals when they exchange messages with other users or online services.
______________ are on-line databases of certificates and other information available for retrieval and use in verifying digital signatures.
A certificate may prove to be unreliable, such as in situations where the subscriber misrepresents his identity to the certification authority
The EDI standardisation for International Trade and Commerce is introduced by __________
The ________________ are pre-paid credit cards that include an embedded cards
In Active advertisement, there are two types of models. They are _____ and ________
The network based technology is/are ____________Decryption is a process employed for scrambling of plain text for web based transactions
Asymmetric cryptosystem is based on __________ and ____________
Value Added Network is an example of _________
The advertising strategies emerging in the on-line world are ____________
The ________ is a form of mail that is not targeted to a specific audience
The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is
What is the term that describes spying on one’s business rivals to gain a competitive advantage?
The prospective signer identified in the digital certificate holds the_________ and is called the ___________
In EDI interface, the translation service receives _________ as incoming files from the communication service
In EDI, the transmission files are composed of different sets of external format files which are grouped into multiple sets under the name of ________
________________ are another form of credit payment that lets customers use digital online cheques to pay Web merchants directly
The _________ model use direct mail, spot television or cable television, in active based advertisement.
The __________ model refers to information that is placed at a point where it will be noticed by customers in the course of other activities and does not require active search
What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?
An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______
Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?
The wizard that is used to import text files is_________________
The alphabet indicating the column followed by the row number is known an__________
Which of the following files could not be opened in excel _______________
In excel, the dates that are stored as sequential numbers known as ________________-
The command to display the current date in a cell is _________________
In excel, absolute references are represented by a ________ before the column and row addresses
The ________ can be used to select the function and assemble the arguments correctly
Specific parts of information required by functions to perform certain tasks are called as___________Which of the following do not belong to the formula category in excel environment__________
Which of the following statements is correct concerning the security of messages in an electronic data interchange (EDI) system?
The function that in used to join cell values together in a single cell ________The function that is used to count all the values that meet specific criteria _________
The wizard that is used to create and edit charts _______________
The function that is used to calculate the payment for specific loan terms ____________
The command that is used to apply a format automatically __________
The ____________ makes the information in a worksheet meaningful and easy to understand
A particular part of a work sheet can be printed by setting the _________
The process of finding or selecting information is known as ____________
The URL for encyclopedia Britannica is_________
_______ maps IP addresses with the domain names of the sites
Internet can be defined as _______
The most important service of the ______ is to manage traffic control
_________is a program that displays information about a host connected to the net
_______ is a program or a tool that helps in locating a file anywhere on the net
URL stands for ____________
IN an URL the word before the color refers to _______
A ______ always begins with a slash
Prodigy is run by IBM and ______The World Wide Web is referred to shortly as the _______
Gopher and WAIS enables the user to ______
______ is the program used to run CompuServe's regular services
The function that is used to add together all values that meet specific criteria is known as ____________The __________ option present in the file menu options is used to specify major facts of the page to be printed
The option that is used to cancel the filter process for a specific column and display all the records is ________
Navigating through the menu of gopher is called moving around _______
The directories that come with built-in engines are yahoo,lycos and ______
To use the finger command,SLIP users must run a programme called______
The web maps are called _______
Directories consists of _______ levels
The _____ level gives the broadcast overview of the netThe huge list of keywords from important items is called ______
The two types of search in veronica are _____ and ______
_______ searches by keywords
Mosaic displays links in color whereas _____ does not display links in color
______ supports one button publish
SPY MOSAIC is distributed by_______
______ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks
HTTP is the acronym for __________
______is used to transfer and copy files over the internet
_____ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks
TCP/IP stands for ________________
Archie servers can be accessed in_______ different ways in internet
TIA stands for_____ in internet
Service indicates the name of the ________ used to access data, present on the other end of the link.
_______is the computer on the internet that translates between the internet domain names and the internet numeric address
HTTP stands for______
________ is used to link pages in the world wide web
FAQ stands for ______
The internet adapter is a programme that makes our connection act like a _____or a ____ account
The step involved in Communicating between the web clients and servers is ______________
WSIRC stands for______
Two of the important browsers are_____ and_____
Lynx is a _______ programme that works with terminals
The huge list of keywords from important items is called an_____
VERONICA is an acronym for _______________
The first freenet is created at the_____ and is called______
________ are defined as ways of communication amongst networks
______and_____ are web searching features
WINWAIS has two source lists namely____ and______
________ is also called as WAIS manager
HTML stands for_____
The system of interlinked documents is known as_______
The information displayed on the web page includes______,_____ and_____
The web pages that represent online home of their author are called______
GNN stands for______
_____ is the most popular internet service
The online service offered by navigator gold 2.0 are _______ and_____
_______ is a program or a tool that helps us find a file anywhere on the net
The databases to enable keyword search using Lycos are a2z,_____________ is a large worldwide bulletin board service network
BABEL consists a glossary of _____
Dictionaries,encyclopaedias,government and other references are found in ______
Yahoo,lycos,excite and webcrawlers are _____
GIF is the acronym for ____________
JPEG is the acronym for ___________
The Web aids users to explore the ________
The three most popular mailer are_____,_____ and______
The World Wide Web consists of _________
The small programmes that create animation,multimedia,real-time games and multi user games are called______
CGI is the _________ between web browsers and servers
CGI programs are invoked based on the information provided by the _________
A CGI program is usually called after a request made by the _________
URL stands for ________
A hyperlink can be on ___________HTML was derived from _________
SGML is a _________
PINE stands for _____________
The application that confirms whether a document is compliant to its DTD is _________
Web is a collection of ___________
IETF stands for ________
The two major browsers used to surf the Internet are ________,_______
Special characters allow browsers to display _________________The keyword for providing links within or across documents is____________
Stringing pages together using hypertext technology helps view pages _______________
The initial web pages present in a web site is the ________ page.
The image format supported by most browsers is________________.
In Microsoft Internet Explorer, the color of the text can be specified using _________ attribute of the font tag.
The interface that provides effective communication between the web browsers and servers is _________
The components of a URL are ___________
The mail we send has a mailing address and most of them correspond to_____,_____ and
Which of the following is not supported by internet explorer _______________
CGI stands for ____________Host name indicates the domain name of the web ________
The internet is also called as _______________
The internet is similar to _________________
The net drivers______ from one place to another
The net provides interesting services like______,______ and______
The windows internet software available are______,_______,________ and______
________ is the ancestors of the internet
DARPA stands for _______________________________________________
The uuencode files start with a _______
DARPA is broken into ________ and _______
NSFNET is the united states provides service to _____ and_____
HTML stands for ______________________________________
The first international IP network connections were established in 1973 with _____ and_____
A computer that provides a service usable by other computers is called______
A_______ is the representation of physical connectivity of the computers in internet
DTE stands for ____________________
The basic function of the ______ is transmitting the bits over a channel
The point to point channel network is also called as _____ and_____
Accessing files using FTP servers is called_____
The three most commonly used networks are______,______ and______
________ is in between LAN and WAN
_____ can be owed by multiple organisation
Data is transmitted in the form of_____ signals
DTD stands for __________
Modem stands for __________________
________ and______ are two basic ways of getting connected to the internet
A_____ is a set of computers interconnected by transmission paths to exchange information in internet
______ is the process of the digital signals being converted into a form suitable for analog transmission
SLIP stands for ________________
PPP stands for _____
Which of the following best describes uploading information?
Digital Signatures are used for a variety of Electronic Transactions like ________________________
A Digital Signature must have the following attributes ________________ and _____________"Hash Function" is used in both creating and verifying Digital Signature
_______ is known only to the signer and is used to create the digital signature.
_______ is ordinarily more widely known and is used by a relying party to verify the digital signature.
A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.A "recipient" of the certificate desiring to rely upon a Digital Signature created by the subscriber named in the certificate is called the ____________The Relying Party can use the ___________ listed in the certificate to verify that the digital signature was created with the corresponding _________
To associate with a key pair with a prospective signer, a Certification Authority issues Digital Certificate
Digital Signatures, if properly implemented and utilized offer promising solutions to the problems of Imposters, Message Integrity, __________ and _____________
In, Digital Signature, _____________ perform the "ceremonial" function of alerting the signer to the fact that the signer is consummating a transaction with legal consequences
___________ provides assurance of the origin or delivery of data in order to protect the sender against false denial by the recipient that the data has been received, or to protect the recipient against false denial by the sender that the data was sent.___________ serves the ceremonial and approval functions of a signature and establishes the sense of having legally consummated a transaction.________ is a branch of applied mathematics concerns itself with transforming messages into seemingly unintelligible forms and back again.The complementary keys of an asymmetric cryptosystem for Digital Signatures are arbitarily termed as _________, and ____________
____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.
Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?
A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:
What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?
The acronym for B2B is ___________
The Pre-purchase preparation phase includes _______________ for a set of products
The ________ allow companies to bypass the need for costly printed catalogs
A ________________ is a basket on the Net that is used to place the items that are being purchased
Which of the following risks can be minimized by requiring all employees accessing the information system to use passwords?
The _____________ model is the least intrusive model but requires active search on the part of the customer
__________ is / are a form of advertisement where people relate their experience with products and servicesThe _________ are software agents who communicate with the business merchants on behalf of the customers
The _________ phase includes customer service and support to address customer complaints , product returns and products defects
EDIFACT is an abbreviation of ________
E-cash means______________________
The small denomination digital tokens are called _________
There are _________ types of data tables
The wizard that is used to suggest hints for doing a task
In a chart Y-axis is known as_________
In a chart X-axis is known as_______________
_________ is a set of tables that describe each of the data series
________ is used to differentiate one data series from another
The chart that contains only one data series is _________
The chart that holds the column chart is _________
The chart that display two or more data series on a surface is _________
The chart that is used to display discrete data
_________ are not allowed in a macro name
Which of the following tool cannot be used to view the excel web page_______
The __________ allows for protocol conversion and communicates with the bank using the banks private network or the InternetIn Ecommerce, data extraction, transforming the data into transmittable form, transmitting the data and downloading the data are the operations employed in _________
The _________ commerce assists in integrating the customers and suppliers of the company directly into the organisation
E-commerce is a tool that addresses the desire of firms to cut services cost and improving the quality of goods. It is a definition of e-commerce from _________
The ____________ is the process of encoding information to prevent it from being read by unauthorized parties
The tables that allows the user to change or rearrange the data, summarize the data and evaluate the data using changing points of view is known as
The wizard that used to build an interactive table from data existing on sheets
The chart that is used for displaying stock market information
In excel, the subtotal command also generates grand total after the last group subtotal_________
The stacked bar graphs can be represented in __________A pie chart can represent only one data series at a time
The ______ generates a summarized report in tabular form in an interactive manner
Which one of the following statements related to stock chart is NOT TRUE ?
A ___________ is an excel file where the user stores his data
Spreadsheets are useful for _______________
Which one of the following is NOT the component of the pivot table ?Excel allows upto ______ levels of sortingFiltering rearranges a list to display the required records
The stacked bar graphs can be represented in _____________
The ______ generates a summarised report in tabular form in an interactive manner
In advanced filter , the criteria occupying multiple columns but more than one row, is considered as an ________ criteria.
The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?Which one of the following will be the tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet ?
Which one of the following statements related to stacked bar chart is NOT TRUE ?
Which following function is used in subtotal option ?______________
A workbook consists of many ________
Which two of the following statements related to pivot table are TRUE ?
Which one of the following is NOT a What-if analysis tool ?
The _________ wizard separates contents in a cell into different cells
A spreadsheet is a grid of rows and columns and is called as a ________
Pick out the window that is not a form of excel ___________
On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…
The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?
Cell A4 =2 and A5 = 4. You select both cells and drag the fill handle down to A8. The contents of cells A6, A7, and A8 are _____.
Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?
The difference between the highest and the lowest values.
Spreadsheets can be used for...
To select a column the easiest method is to …
If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents.The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as
All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT:
Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel?
Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first?
Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant?
How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?
If a cell shows ####### , it means that _____.
The gym teacher has a new program to calculate physical fitness in terms of weight and exercise. The use inputs different weights or amounts of exercise to determine the related physical fitness. This "What if" program is most likely which of the followin
How can you change the active cell?
Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?
The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.
Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?
Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?
Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?
Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet?
All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:Which of the following is a valid cell range?
In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the:
In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:
Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known asWhich of the following is considered an absolute cell reference?
In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.
Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?
The F4 key is used to:
Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?
Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?
Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:
If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:
Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?
You created a worksheet on July 30 and entered the =Today() function in cell E17. You opened that worksheet again on August 31. What will be displayed in cell E17 on August 31?
The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:
The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:
What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it?
A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:
Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?
Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?
To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.
What would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?
To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.
What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?
The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.
The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?
Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing this
To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .
Spreadsheets can be used for...
Which of the functions is not valid for performing addition
The default orientation for the printed page is _____.
Which is not a valid cell address? The World Wide Web was devised by _________
The useful URL schemes are_____ and______
The other ways of getting connected to the net are_____
BBS stands for______
USENET is a BBS on ____ scale
WINSOCKS is expanded as______IETF Level 2 HTML DTD supports graphical browsers like _______
The space used by Netscape to store the retrieved page is called______
Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.
The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system.
A set of rules and formats, semantic and syntactic, that permits entities to exchange information.
The formula that will add the value of cell D4 to the value of C2 and then multiply by the value in B2 is _____.
The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.
An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person.An action or event that might prejudice security.
Malicious software.
None the person who is known as father of Internet
This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth.
When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for
A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.The means of communicating between networks
The term HTTP stands for
A NIC is considered as
A hub is a device that can connect
Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?
What do routers connect?
What does a router route?
Software which prevents external access to a system is termed
According to information Technology Act, 2000, To investigate contraventions the controller of certifying authority shall exercise the like powers to that of
A group of computers and other devices dispersed over a relatively limited area and connected by communication links that enable a device to interact with any other on the network.
If four computers are connected to a hub and then to the internet, how many IP addresses are required for these 5 devices?
Which of the following in an OSI layer
When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?
An IP address is a
To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them
What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiver
Bluetooth is
Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers?
The most preferred number system to represent a IP address isA MAC address is of
Protocol is
What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology?
The principal topologies used with LANs are:
What are the various types of bus architecture?
What are the various types of ring architecture?
A ............... is a LAN-based computer with software that acts as a controlling device for controlling access to at least part, if not all, of a local area network and its available resources.
The .............. of the network concerns how network devices are physically (or optically) interconnected.
In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub
In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channelWhich one of the following is NOT a network topology?
The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the:
What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?Modem speeds are measured in LAN speeds are measured in
WAN speeds are
Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of
To use the Internet, you
The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:
An NIC
Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of
The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is
JPEG and MPEG
To use the Internet you
A multiplexer is a form of
An ISP
In a .............. , the cable system forms a loop with workstations attached at various intervals around the loop
FTP is
Telnet
A firewall is
A proxy server is
A search engine is
To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a
An ISP
FTP is
Telnet
Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?
Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?
A firewall is
Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.
A proxy server is
What can be said about the safety of the Internet?
To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is
The traditional intent and impact of this common type of attack is to prevent or impair the legitimate use of network resources.
One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.
Which of the following would be performed on a network server and not normally on individual workstations?
One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:
Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?
____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.
The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:
Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?
Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism?
Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?
Which of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?
The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called
An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradation
A company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company can
Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet?
The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to:
Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:
What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?
Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications software
Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-SoftwareWhich protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?
The major advantage of the checksum program is when it
Which of the following is a Web browser?
A Web page is another name for -----------
A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is:The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:
The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.
Domain names must contain a description of the type of organisation that the domain represents. A very common abbreviation used include:
Which of the following requires an Internet connection?
Which of the following is used to update a Web query?
When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?
A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):
A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is called_________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.
Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet?
What does FTP stand for?
Mr Rao wants to find a website that he briefly browsed over yesterday. After turning on his computer how would he do this?
You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?
While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?
Most client/server applications operate on a three-tiered architecture consisting of which of the following layers?
What is the purpose of DNS?
Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address?
Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?
The Internet is controlled by whom?
What does IRC stand for?
If you do not pick up your email for a week...?
What does HTML stand for?
What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?
In Powerpoint2000 ,the built-in professional design elements are
________ and ______ have the ability to add a lot of visual impact into the PowerPoint presentation
_______ is a motion picture or any animation file
Selection handles are the 8 small ___________ that appear around the object, when an object is selectedThe _______ is an invisible matrix of vertical and horizontal lines that covers the entire slide workspace_______ are drop-down menus that appear when the right mouse button is clicked on the screen element
In visual basic, the explorer view of a project is displayed in ___________
In visual basic, _______ is a method to convert a string into integer.
In visual basic, a timer event is only available in timer control.In visual basic, vbred or vbgreen or vbblue are the property values of a backcolor of any object
In visual basic, _______ is a property of a textbox control to set a color of a text.
In visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is set to _______ to underline a textIn visual basic, _______ property of a textbox control is used to change the size of text.
In visual basic, the interval property of a timer control is given in ________
In visual basic, _______ property of listbox control counts the number of items in the list
In visual basic, the properties of various controls can be set using __________
In visual basic, a method RGB(255,0,0) will generate _______ colorIn visual basic, a method RGB(255,255,255) will generate _______ color
In visual basic, if a user uses a shortcut key ctrl+R _________ becomes visible.
In visual basic, if a user uses a function key F4 _________ becomes visible.In visual basic, when a textbox control receives the focus ________ event is triggered.
In visual basic, a form is a ________ object.Microsoft visual basic is a Rapid Application Development tool.In visual basic, when a form object appears on the screen _________ event is triggered.
In visual basic, to display text on a label object _________ property is used
In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the last record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______
In visual basic, when a record pointer reaches to the first record, _______ property of a recordset object is automatically set to ______
In visual basic, in a shape control, a vb statement gives Shape1.Shape = 2. What type of shape should we get?
In visual basic, vbinformation, vbcritical, vbexclaimation are the values of _______ in a messagebox function.In visual basic, ________ is a function which displays a message and it also allows the user to enter values in a form objectIn visual basic, using a data control, ________ is a recordset type which allows to add a new record and also to update existing record in a recordsourse objectIn visual basic, while closing a form _______ event of a form object is triggered earlier to terminate event.In visual basic, to give a backcolor or to bring in a picture to a command button can only be done if we set the style property to ______
In visual basic, _______ object is used to access the database and also to manage the data in the database.
In visual basic, _______ keyword is used to declare a variableWhat is the extension of the Visual Basic project file that stores the design of a user control. Which event of a text box would you use for validating the data entered by the user?
Which of the following statements forces inline error handling?
To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:
How many root nodes can a TreeView control have?
A project group is a Project which:
How can you keep the user from exiting a form by clicking the Close button?
You want to display the code and the description of an error. What would be the correct syntax?
What is the purpose of the Image List Control?
Which method would you use to get a free or unused File identifier while opening any file:
In visual basic, when a checkbox control is checked _______ property is automatically assigned with 1.
The _______ method resets the contents of bound controls to their original values when the user clicks on the cancel button.
Procedures declared in a _____ are local whereas procedures declared in a ______ are available to the whole application.
The _______ property enables Visual Basic to draw complete images in memory before displaying them on the Screen.
Which property procedure is used to retrieve the value of a property?
Which of the following can be shown to the user using the Common Dialog control in VB? Which of the following are not properties of Command Button:
Which events enable you to determine which key was pressed by the user?
In order to access a file in Non-textual format, you have to open file in:
Which property of the ProgressBar determines how much of the bar is filled?
The ______ function can be used to run any .com, .exe, .bat or .pif file from a Visual Basic program.
The caption and the name properties of the command button:
Which of the following will perform a direct execution of a Command object?
The vb Critical symbol displays:
vbYesNo is an example of a(n):
Visual Basic displays information depending upon the current value of two properties of the form, called: Which of the following procedure types will execute when you assign a value to a property of an object? In order to overlap the controls (say a command button) during design time, we use the ‘Send To Back’ or ‘Bring To Front’ option from the Edit menu. To change it dynamically (i.e.during program execution) we need to change:
You try to initialize a new Object variable with the following line but receive an error. What could be the possible cause? Set MyVar = New Classname
The primary difference between the MsgBox statement and the InputBox function is the:
Which event is triggered when the user moves to another open form?
The user can use ______ to remove the undesirable part of the image
The power presentation has a _____ for a set of compatible colors
The set three colors used for graphs and for secondary slide items is called asThere are ______ types of charts available in PowerPoint_______ charts are useful while showing variations over a period of time
_______ are the individual pages of a presentation
A PIE Chart is a ____ diagram that depicts the relationship between a whole and its partsEach individual piece of data in a series is called a/an
PowerPoint launches an OLE-compatible application called
When the user double-clicks on an organization chart object in PowerPoint
The _____ are used for selecting, editing and viewing objects in the chart
Manager box tool in organizational chart window is
Which of the following is TRUE about a protected form (i.e., a form where the Protect Form button on the Forms toolbar is toggled on and is assumed to remain in that position)?
The custom drawing tools are _______ by default
Click on the box tool ______ to draw three boxesThere are ____ default fields available in all boxes of the organizational chart
The _____ tool is used in the same way as we use a pen to draw a table
A/An _______ consists of smaller printed version of the slides
The size of the object can be changed using the ______ tool
________ can be used to create charts as well as worksheets
PowerPoint can import text files that have been saved in ______ formatPowerPoint outlines can have _____ outline levels
When a file is saved with _____ extension, the graphics and text are also saved along with the slide
The hidden slide is
____ effect is used to introduce a slide during a slide show
A _____ is a special effect that determines how the objects appear on the slide
The notes page is formatted based on the
Pick the odd man out of the following
The default orientation for notes ,handouts and outlines is ____ orientation
Build effect is also called as ______
Graphics for web pages are automatically stored in ____ format
A _______ is used to jump to any slide in the presentation
The ______ language has been incorporated into PowerPoint
_______ is the process through which the slides in the current presentation are included in another presentation or application
When a new presentation is opened ,powerpoint creates slides that have a width of _____ and a height of ______ with the landscape orientation
In PowerPoint _____ is a series of commands that are executed in sequence
The macro will be activated
Developers can easily add ____ to PowerPoint 2000 by using the programming interface
______ determines the order in which order in which the slides will be displayed during the show
_______ is used to organize and develop the contents of a presentation
If we save the presentation file as a metafile, it can be opened using
Which of the following statement is not TRUE
With reference to changing the order of slides, which of the following statement is not true
With reference to autocontent wizard for creating a new presentation, which of the following statements are not true
Which of the following definitions are not true
Which of the following statements are not true
Which of the following definitions are not true
The options available in the common task toolbar does not include
With reference to chart, which of the following statements are not true
PowerPoint's drawing toolbar contains _______ drawing toolsClick _______ on the rectangle drawing tools enables us to draw multiple rectangles
An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include
What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?
The format of the text entered in a title, subtitle, or bulleted-list object is determined by the format settings in a special slide called --------PowerPoint provides a _________ that searches the entire presentation i.e., all the text objects in all the slides, outlines, notes and handouts for spelling errors
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?
The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:
Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?
If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?
Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?
How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?
What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?
What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active?
What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active?
Using custom animation effects, you can build:
Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide?Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?
Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:
Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?
Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects?
What type of program allows an object within an image to be edited without affecting other objects?
Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:
Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?Microsoft visual basic project file has _______ file extension.
In visual basic, _______ method is used to add an item in a combobox
In visual basic, _______ method is used to load picture during runtime in an image control
In visual basic, to populate a drive list box with a directory list box __________ statement is used
In visual basic, to display a message in the run time _________ function is used
In visual basic, to populate a directory list box with a file list box ________ statement is used
_______ is a word processing that is a member of the office 2000 family
The feature that enables user to type anywhere in a document without pressing or tab
In visual basic, ________ is a property of a recordset object which counts the number of rows in a recordsourse objectIn visual basic, using a data control, a record can only be added from the last record. Adding a new record is only possible using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, a record is saved to a recordsource object using _______ method of a recordset object.In visual basic, using a data control, to navigate to the previous record ________ method of a recordset object is used.
To deactivate the Form UnLoad event, you make the following change in the function definiton:Private Sub Query_Unload(Cancel as Integer,UnloadMode as Integer) To prevent the Form from closing, you will set the:
The______ feature allows the user to copy and paste upto 12 items at the same time in an application
______ and _____ key combination will extend the selection by one character on the left and right
_____and_____ are improved layout in Word 2000
The easiest way to create a document in word is
In Office2000 environment the tool that makes work easier for us is_____
The _____ helps us to keep track of the margin of the page
The keys that are used to navigate between headers and footers arePick out the element from the following that dose not form the type of tabs for the Word 2000
_______are blueprints or patterns for documents of a certain type
The______ is used for quickly setting paragraph indention using the mouse
Word art is text with
AutoShapes in word can be created by accessing the _____By default, a document consists of_____ section
The dialog box that is used to determine the documents margins is
The key that is used to perform a task to select all t he text in the documents isThe key that is used to indent a paragraph is
The key that is used to change the font from the current positioned in a document is
Excel can import data from other databases for the data analysis.A System Auditor can uses CAAT tools to analyze data
A short description of a tool bar button called the ______ is displayed when the mouse pointer is allowed to stay for a second on the button
________ is a box surrounding a page on all slides or a line that sets off a paragraph on one or more slides
The key that is used to change the style of the document that is from that normal to heading1 or heading1 to other document styles. 'Set mapping' Check control that follows a text-type validation, we use ----------------- application for data analysis.
In the case of the ---------- control, it is ensured that the data in combination with other fields are reasonable as per standard set by an organisation.
Most of the tools use in Data Analysis depends on
How do you define analysis of an information system?
What areas need to be considered in the SOFTWARE design process?
What is the function of systems software?
Formatting a disk results in all the data being...?
What is Direct Implementation?
What is parallel running?
What documents are produced during the development of a system?
--------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in a table
What are User Guides are used for?
Systems software can be categorised into:
Which storage device cannot be erased?
Application software are programs that are written
Which bus carries information between processors and peripherals?Convert the decimal number 2989 to Hexadecimal
Which bus controls the sequencing of read/write operations?
What are utilities?
Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in
The original ASCII codes A Nibble corresponds to
A gigabyte represents
A 32-bit processor has
A parity bit is he contents of these chips are lost when the computer is switched off?
Clock speed is measured in
Cache memory enhances
CISC machines
Which parts of the computer perform arithmetic calculations?
Every data from the primary memory will be erased if
An RS-232 interface is
For print quality you would expect best results from
ROM
A UPS
smart card
Laptop computers use
Multiprogramming refers to
Multitasking refers to
What are small high speed memory units used for storing temporary results?
A good way to exchange information that changes rapidly is through
Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for
Timesharing is the same as
______ is the default view in Word used for typing Editing and Formatting the Text
The short-cut-key that is used to indent a paragraph spacing in the documents is
The short-cut-key that is used to paste the selected text
The short-cut-key that is used for paragraph spacing(1.5)
The object that helps us analyzing data statistically is known as
To clear all the tabs in a document the option that is clicked from the tabs dialog
The dialog box that is used to incorporate picture bullets into our documents or web pages is
The box that separate text from the document and allows it to behave like an independent object is known as
The object that is used to provide information like the title of the book, name of the chapter, page number etc.
To highlight certain parts of a page to set it apart from the rest of the page we make use of the following features
The object that composes of set of tools which helps to create and work on different shapes like rectangles, circles, flowcharts etc.
______ is an online dictionary maintained by word to obtain synonyms for words
The thesaurus is invoked by pressing_______
When a new table is created the insertion point flashes in the _____
By pressing the _____ key inserts a blank row after the last row in the table
The ______ option enables us to convert text into a table format
A table consists of ______ that contain text or graphics
______ is a facility that enables recording and replaying of a sequence of keystroke
In Word Macros are written in _____In Word 2000 the macro dialog box is activated with the help of ____ key combination
________shows how a document would look like when published on the web or on an intranet
______ is a software for sending and receiving e-mail messages________is the coding system used to create web pagesThe network that makes information easily accessible across various networks is _______
When word is opened a new document called_____ is displayed, where the user starts typing the content right way
The _______ option in word allows the user to automatically correct misspell words as and when they are typed
Which of the following statements are false with reference to the use of a header row source for a mail merge
With reference TO TABLE WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING STATEMENT ARE falseThe alignment available for tabs does not include
Which of the following statements related to a Section Break are TrueThe user can set a spelling checker to skip the marked part of the next
The user can split the screen only into two parts
The user can modify the picture from the clip art
With reference to auto correct which of the following statements are false
New option under the file menu of word creates a new blank document that is based on the normal templates
The features that enables the user to type text graphics tables anywhere in the document without pressing enter or tab
With the reference to password protected documents which of the following statements are falseThe alignment available for tabs does not include
Which of the following statements are FalseDrop Cap tool does not work for the contents in the table formatThe user can split the screen only into two parts in MS-Word
The "format columns" option allows to create columnar text up 12 columns only.
The view that enables us to view how objects will be positioned on the page when it is printed
The mode that is initialized or toggled to if the user is in a position to overwrite the text in the word
How are data organized in a spreadsheet?
Which key moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line of text?
Using an electronic bulletin board, Seema can do all of the following except which one?
The special symbols that are inserted using "insert symbol" option of the word can not be printed by the printer as they are not standard keyboard symbols
The document that makes the user to organize and maintain a long document, such as multipart report or a book consisting of chapters
Veena is entering a paragraph in a word processing program. When the cursor gets to the end of a line, what is the best way to get the cursor to the next line?
Veena typed the following sentence: "The girl was very beautiful." In which word processing utility could she find a synonym for "beautiful"?
Aryan has created a ten-page story, but only wants to print the first two pages. What printer command should he select?
What process should be used to recall a document saved previously? Which is used to indent text within a document?
Desktop publishing is a more sophisticated form of which of the following types of software?
What is a Word Processor used for?
What is a picture that is saved on a diskette and can be pasted into a document?
What is a Word Processor used for?
What basic tools would you find in the Edit menu of a word processor
What is a header in a document?
What hardware is essential for a word?
The user could take a picture from a magazine and insert it into the document by using a
What basic tools would you find in the EditAssume you are creating a two-column newsletter. Which type size is the most reasonable for the text in the columns?
Given the default left and right margins, and ½-inch spacing between columns, the width of each column in a two-column document will be:
While word processing, in which of the following situations would Tom use the "Copy" command?
What does a document contain?
Assume you have made all appropriate selections in the Columns dialog box in Word, but cannot see any columns on the screen. What is the most likely cause?
Before submitting your work you want to find any words spelt incorrectly. Which of the following would you use?What command in a word-processing program can be used to change the word ‘him’ to ‘her’, and also the word ‘he’ to ‘she’ in the given phrase? “On a cold and still night, the only sound that could be heard was the owl that had ade its home in the nest outs
What edit commands would you use to insert a paragraph from one document into another document, while still keeping the paragraph in the first document?
Which of the following statements would NOT be a reason for showing suggested revisions in a Word document without changing the original document?
Which statement is NOT true regarding revisions made in a Word document?
How are suggested changes entered for review on an initial Word document?
Which of the following is TRUE about saving a document using the Versions command?
What happens when you open a document that has been saved using the Versions command?You have used the word ‘discover’ four times in an English essay you have created using a word processing program. You would like to find another word of similar meaning to use instead of ‘discover’. Which of the following would you use to do this?
Which of the following types of fields CANNOT be inserted into a form?
Which of the following is TRUE related to editing comments in a Word document?
What is a header in a document?
Tables in a document help you to easily arrange all of the following EXCEPT:
To identify a document, it is helpful to include the file name on each page as a
Which of the following tools will copy the formatting of selected text to other places?
What is the name of the process of determining the cause of errors in a macro?Drop caps are added to a Word document using the ___________ menu.
A reverse in a newsletter is:
When opening and working with multiple versions of a document, how can you tell which is the most recent version?Various fields are added to a regular document to create a special document called a form through the ____________ toolbar.
In your English essay you notice that the paragraph at the bottom of page 1 continues on to page 2. You would like to make this paragraph start on page 2.What would be the best way to do this?
A pull quote is best emphasized by:
Which of the following definitions is CORRECT?
As related to type size, how many points are there to the inch?
Which of the following is NOT correct with respect to page, column, and section breaks?
Which of the following would be the most appropriate font for a newsletter headline?
Which of the following is the default Word column width?
Sequence Check is a --------------- level control check.
Analyse data over two or more periods is called ----------------------- analysis
Pertaining to newsletters, which of the following cannot be changed using the Columns command dialog box?
Assume you are working on a newsletter in which the masthead extends across the top of the entire first page. The rest of the newsletter has two columns. What is the minimum number of sections in the newsletter?
Analyse fields by arranging them into rows and columns is called
To import data from Access to Excel ,it is not possible to link between Access and Excel sheetThe GAP detection options can be used to test for completeness of data.
Exception testing can be used to identify ----------------- items
Data validity test represents
In ---------------- Check data entry follow a particular sequence and also a predetermined range.
Virtual memory is
Multiprocessing is
To help keep sensitive computer-based information confidential, the user should
What is the function of a disk drive?
A 4GL isA nanosecond is
What small, hand-held device is used to move the cursor to a specific location on the screen?
We use Hash Total to identify ------------ within a series where there is a definite relation between items
--------------------- function searches for a value in the leftmost column of a table and then returns a value in the same row from a column that we specify in the table.
Year end ledger, inventory files or transaction files can be tested for cut-off , to ensure that the data has been provided is for the correct audit periodIn Range Check , the data may not be in proper sequence but should be within a predetermined range
The memory address register is used to store
The memory data register is used to store
The instruction register stores
Which of the following is used to indicate the location on the computer monitor?
Detecting errors in real memory is a function of
To find where a file has been saved on disk, the user shouldA series of instructions telling the computer how to process data or files is defined as a
To ensure that data is not lost if a computer system fails, the user should
Having a single CPU alternatively process tasks entered from multiple terminals is called
All are examples of computer software except
A mathematical procedure that can be explicitly coded in a set of computer language instructions that manipulate data.
Which of the following translates a program written in high-level language into machine language for execution?
The place in the CPU where the data and programs are temporarily stored during processing is called the
Computer manufactures are now installing software programs permanently inside the computer. It is known as
Which of the following file organisation forms most efficiently allows access to a record
The part of the computer system controlling data manipulation is called the
For direct access storage devices the recording area is divided into
The data hierarchy from the largest to the smallest is
Which one of the following parts of a computer is necessary to enable it to play music?
Which one of the following printers is suitable for printing sprocket fed carbon copies?
Multimedia software can be most productively used for
To be effective a virus checker should be
Passwords enable users toHow many bytes do 4 Kilobytes represent?
Back up of the data files will help to preventWhich one of the following is the MOST common internet protocol?
The advantage of a PC network is that
Which of the following hardware or software system controls provides a detailed record of all activities performed by a computer system
An educational CD-ROM on Indian Poets contains 1000 pages of text, 500 colour pictures, 15 minutes of sound and 1 minute of video. Which of the four different media listed takes up most space on the CD-ROM?
Which one of the following software applications would be the MOST appropriate for performing numerical and statistical calculations?
The term A:\ refers to
UPS stands for
The main problem associated with uninstalling software is that
You are conducting research for a Income Tax assignment. The raw facts you collect are called
A flow chart is the
A voucher entry in Tally is done for
Passwords are applied to files in order to
Each of the following is an enabler of IT-business alignment except:
What is a computer-aided design system?
A(n) __________ offers a solution package for an entire industry.
The basic systems model is used to describe virtually all information systems and it consists of the following elements:
File extensions are used in order to
Information systems controls include all of the following EXCEPT:
Hashing for disk files is called
Black box testing and white box testing are part of:
The advantages of CASE tools are: a) reusability; b) maintainability; c) portability; d) flexibility
Which of the following is an acceptable way to shut down the computer?
Benchmarks form part of:
Continuity controls include: a) record counts; b) date checks; c) label checks; d) run-to-run totals
Which is not part of help desk documentation:
Testing of individual modules is known as:
Which is part of installation testing:
Components of expert systems include: a) inference engine; b) user interface; c) knowledge base; d) fuzzy logic
What is the term used to describe the point of interaction between a computer and any other entity, such as a printer or human operator?
Yesterday, in your music class you saved your compositions as MP3 files. Today, you cannot remember where you saved them. Which is the best way to locate the files?Components of an information system model are: a) applications architecture; b) functional architecture; c) technology architecture; d) information architecture
Design phase of CASE tools includes: a) data architecture; b) decision architecture; c) interface architecture; d) presentation architecture
The computer operating system performs scheduling, resource allocation, and data retrieval functions based on a set of instructions provided by the:
Which of the following falls under multimedia data: a) text; b) images; c) video; d) audio
Designing relationships among components is part of:
Several Computers connected together is called:Which network topology uses a Hub?
Which of the following topologies is used for Ethernet?
Application software are programs
Which of the following is recommended when many searches for data are required
Which component of the CPU has the most influence on its cost versus performance
Which of the following procedures should be included in the disaster recovery plan for an Information Technology department?
Which type of file search method requires a computer first read all locations preceding the desired one
Which of the following areas of responsibility are normally assigned to a systems programmer in a computer system environment?
It is unlikely that a magnetic tape containing several thousand blocked records can be used on two machines of different architecture directly because
Which of the following terms applies to network used to connect computers with other computers, peripherals and workstations that are in fairly close proximity
Intelligent terminals differ from dumb terminals in that they
A modem is a device that
A computer based system for sending, forwarding, receiving and storing messages is called an
Terminal hardware controls include
RS-232 is a
What is a compiler?
A computer is to be linked to 8 terminals using a single communication link. To permit simultaneous terminal operations, communication path will require which of the following
A LAN includes 20 PCs, each directly connected to the central shared pool of disk drives and printers. This type of network is called a
If a workstation contains a processor, monitor, screen manipulation device, printer, storage and communication capabilities, it is said to be
What are the stages in the compilation process? Which of the following is not a data transmission coding scheme
What is the definition of an interpreter?
Third generation languages such as COBOL, C, and FORTRAN are referred to as
Serial Communication is used over long distance because it
In what areas is the COBOL programming language used?
The primary function of a front-end processor is to
What is the first stage in program development?
Which of the following is not used for data transmission within a local area network
A device used in data communications to divide a transmission signal into several sub-bands is known as a
What is System Analysis?
A device to device hardware communication link is called
What will a good software provider consider?The topology of a network can be each of the following except
What is the 8-bit binary value of the decimal number 85?
Which is the most common data transmission error checking method
What is the decimal value of the binary number 1111?
Which of the following devices merges communication signals onto a single line
What is the decimal value of the octal number 215?
Which tool is used to help an organization build and use business intelligence?
Cache memory enhances
What is the decimal value of the hexadecimal number FF?
Numbers are stored and transmitted inside a computer in
What is the hexadecimal value of the decimal number 1476?A byte corresponds to
What does EBCDIC coding of numbers mean?
A Kb corresponds to
What is the binary sum of 01011 and 00101?
Information is stored and transmitted inside a computer in
Where would you find the letters QWERTY?
A parity bit is
How did the computer mouse get its name?
Clock speed is measured in
What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?CPU performance may be measured in
A digitising tablet can be used for?
In processing cheques which of the following I/O techniques have banks traditionally used
Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?
A UPS
What does a light pen contain? The capacity of a 3.5” floppy is around
Where would you find the letters QUERTY?
What are you most likely to use when playing a computer game?
A digitising tablet can be used for?
Which of the following is a pointing device used for computer input?
What input device could tell you the price of a product
Where would you find a magnetic strip?
What general term describes the physical equipment of a computer system, such as its video screen, keyboard, and storage devices?
Hard copy is a term used to describe...?
What are the individual dots which make up a picture on the monitor screen Called
A daisy wheel is a type of...?
What input device can be used for marking a multiple-choice test?
Laptop computers use
QWERTY is used with reference to
What input device could tell you the price of a bar of chocolate?
A GUI is
Where would you find a magnetic strip?
Multiprogramming refers to
Multitasking refers to
Multiprogramming is a prerequisite for
UNIVAC Computer belongs to the
Timesharing is the same as
Name the first Indian Super Computer?
Disk fragmentation
A compiler is
Which printer among the following is fastest
“Zipping” a file means
What does acronym VIRUS stands for
An impact printer creates characters by using...?
A client-server system is based onA nanosecond is
_______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
A _____ is a running instance of an application
Splitting of CPU's time for different tasks _______ prevents time slicing
The technology which is used to check answer sheets of multiple-choice questions in civil services or similar examinations is: -
A procedural control used to minimize the possibility of data or program file destruction through operator error is the use of
______ computers are used in large organizations for large scale jobs which have large storage capacities
______ printer use laser light
______ software enhances the user to enter ,store, manipulate and print any text
______ software enables users to send and receive data to/from remote computers
_______ is the temporary storage place for deleted files
_____ is a collection of related fields
_____ language consists of strings of binary numbers
______ symbol is used to represent processes like assigning a value to a variable or adding a number
_______ is an example for micro computer
_________capability supports concurrent users doing different tasks
A______is nothing but a PC with a network operating system_____system is responsible for handling the screen and user I/O processingThe______ handles data processing and disk access in a Client/Server architecture
Both the DBMS and the application resides on the same component in a ____system
DBMS models can be grouped under____ categories
______is the most advantageous database system
The process of data being automatically written to a duplicate database is called______
Modem stands for __________ .
_______ is responsible for all calculations and logical operations that have to be performed on the data
The ______ do not have processing power of their own and has only a screen, keyboard and the necessary hardware to communicate with the host. For this reason, the terminals are referred as_______________
When all the processing is done by the mainframe itself, the type of processing is sometimes called as
A new user initiates a new process of execution at the background,while the user can continue his query process as usual in the foreground. This situation is referred to as ______
Multiple changes to the same record or a field are prevented by the DBMS through______
_________allows an application to multitask within itself
LAN stands for __________ .
New process of execution is referred to as______
ISDN stands for _______.
_____________ is the Worlds largest computer network .
_______is/are a popular front end tool
When LAN connected together ,it is called __________ .
TCP/IP stands for _________ .
Data is broken into small unit called __________ .
SMTP stands for __________ .
The __________ protocol is a network protocol to be built for the World Wide Web .
ATM stands for __________ .
The computer which can receive data from other computers on the network and print it is _______
The hardware and the software requirements together form the_____
ATM, Asynchronous transfer mode is a __________ technology.__________ is designed telephone system
Expansion of ISDN is ________
Expansion of WBT is ______________
_________ connects LANs.Collection of instruction is called a _____
Combination of alphabetic and numeric data is called _____ data
Computers can be classified based on ______,______and _______
_________ are used in large organizations for large scale jobs_______ is responsible for feeding data into the computer
_______ is the capability of the o/s to run numerous applications simultaneously
_______ involves conversion of raw data into some meaningful information_______ is responsible for obtaining the processed data from the computer
_______ printers use light to produce the dots needed to form pages of characters
Hardware components in a computer are _____,____,_____,______
_______ software are programs that are complex and can be developed or purchased
_______ is a set of special instructions used to communicate effectively with the computer
_______ converts a high level language into machine language
_______ translates assembly language program into machine language instructions
op1 op2 op3 op4 ans
F1 ALT+F1 CTRL+F1 A
Tally IMP Tally INI ATRUE false A
F3 ALT+F3 CTRL+F3 B
Invoice Bill A or B CTwo Three Four Five B
Ctrl+C Alt+C Alt+Ctrl+C B
TRUE FALSE A
TRUE FALSE A* $ & ^ A
D
Single Multiple A or B A
DTwo Three Four One AAlt+D Alt+X Ctrl+T Ctrl+D B
D
F4 F5 F6 F7 C
Alt+P Ctrl+P Shift+P A
Statistics Day Book B
Bin Data Sub BTrue False A
CTRUE FALSE A2 3 4 5 C
Field BFALSE TRUE B
None of the above
Tally ODBC
None of the above
None of the aboveNone of the above
None of the above
Puchasing and Accounts payable
Puchasing and Receiving
Accounts payable and Receiving
Puchasing, Receiving and Accounts payableMone of the above
Cash Flow Statements
Fund Flow Statements
Ratio Analysis
All of the above
Create Information
Alter Information
Display Information
All of the above
None of the above
Tally Audit
Journal BookNone of the above
Enterprise Data Interchange
Enterprise Data - Information
Electronic Data Interchange.
All of the above
data element
data record
All of the above
B
Ledgers Groups Journals B
Personal Nominal Real B
Manual Automatic None D
A
Journal B
Filled Receipt Issue A11 16 18 21 BFALSE TRUE B
BF4 F5 F6 Alt+f5 B
Primary C
True False A
Ledgers Reports Vouchers C0 to 9 1 to 100 10 to 60 None A
Supplier Suspense Order A
Report Output CF2 F4 Ctrl+f2 Ctrl+f4 A
A and B CTrue False A
A
Sales A or B B
BTrue False A
Horizontal Vertical A or B C
Display stock valuation method
Open Calculator
Change Period
None of the aboveNone of the aboveNone of the aboveAll of the above
Balance Sheet
Profit & Loss
Journal Book
All of the above
Stock Journal
Physical Stock Transfer
Reversing JournalNone of the above
management by objective
management by exception
electronic data analysis
All of the above
Main Location
Primary Cost Category
All of the above
None of the above
All of the above
Information
None of the above
Net Transactions
Closing Balance
None of the above
F6 function key
Alt + f6 function key
F7 function key
None of the above
Purchases
None of the above
1-4-1995 to 31-3-1996
1-4-1996 to 31-3-1997
1-4-1997 to 31-3-1998
None of the above
None of the above
C
Primary A or b B
AF5 F7 F8 F9 D
a name an identity A and B C
a or b A
A
Daybook BF7 Alt + F7 F10 F11 B
C2 3 4 1 B
F9 F10 F11 F12 A
Budget None CTRUE FALSE A
F3 Ctrl+F3 Alt+F3 CTRUE FALSE A
Primary Symbol B
Tally.imp Tally.ini A or b None A
A
None BTRUE FALSE A128 228 28 16 C
Groups B or C A
Owner TallyVault A
Balance sheet & profit & loss profit & loss and trial balance
Profit & loss and trial balance
Cash and profit & loss
Cash and bank
Main location
None of the above
Security mechanism
Ledger a/c
Cost category
None of the above
None of the above
Sales return
Purchase return
None of the above
Company creation
Stock items units
Regional setting
None of the above
Trial Balance
Balance Sheet
None of the above
Changes in transactions or vouchers
Changes in Ledger Masters
Both A and B
None of the above
Balance sheet
Profit & loss a/c
None of the above
Main location
None of them
Stock summary
Stock journal
Stock analysis
None of the above
By pressing F11 function key
During the creation of a company
In 'comp info -> security control' option
Ledger Accounts
Sub-Groups
Administrator
Data Entry
C
A
C
C
C
NIC Card VSAT RAM AGP Card B
B
B
C
C
Pixels Pixies B
File Name D
One company to another company created withon Tally Package
Other programs - a spreadsheet or a database file.
Both A and B
None of the above
Inventory subsidiary.
Cash disbursements.
Cash receipts.
Payroll transactions.
Does not require as stringent a set of internal controls.
Will produce a more accurate set of financial statements.
Will be more efficient at producing financial statements.
Eliminates the need to reconcile control accounts and subsidiary ledgers.
data to be transferred to memory
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
Contingency Planning
System feasibility report
Capacity Planning
Exception reporting
Record Count
Identification Number
Control totals for one or more fields
End-of-file and end-of-reel code
Writing on a hard board
Printed output
Storing information on the hard disk
None of above
Voice activated broadcasting
Voice answer back
Visual audio board
None of above
Validity check
Boundary protection
File protection ring
Limited access files
Coloured spots
None of above
Identification number
Reel Number
Batch Total
Printer A
B
C
A
A pen Paper Eraser C
A drum A ribbon A
A
A drum A ribbon A
C
Volume Size C
Read Write B
PAN drive A
A
Oracle ACL JCL A
True False ATrue False B
A
1.44MB 20 GB 700MB B
C
Storage device
Pointing device
None of above
System Logs
Physical Security
Console Log
Data Dictionary
Electrically charged ink
An ink pen
An inked ribbon and print head
None of above
Restrict physical access
Use only unremovable media
Require user passwords
Make duplicate copies of filesNone of above
A cartridge
A cassette
Separation of duties
Centralised function for PC acquisition
Centralised function for PC Disposition
Distributed policies or procedures
A cartridge
None of above
A print head
A laser beam
An INK RIBBON
None of above
Storage capacity
None of above
Read and Write
None of above
Magnetic tape
Floppy disk
None of above
to an audit department's products & services
to add customers
all the above
none of thesenone the above
Serial access medium
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
None of aboveNone of above
A CD-ROM
A floppy disk
Magnetic tape storage
None of above
A
Read Write Not B
C
B
B
ALU Registers Logic bus A
CPUs Registers B
0 bits 1 bit 8 bits B
CACHE A
A
B
B
B
A
C
C
B
A
A CD-ROM
A floppy disk
Magnetic tape storage
None of above
Read and Write
By a sunny window
By magnet objects
In a drawer
None of above
ROM chips
RAM chips
CDROM chips
None of above
RAM chips
ROM chips
DRAM chips
None of aboveNone of above
Control unit
None of aboveNone of above
RAM chips
ROM chips
None of above
Serial access medium
Random access medium
A parallel access medium
A selective access medium
Network software and security software
Systems software and application software
Business software and games software
None of the above
Supercomputer
Personal computer
Mainframe computer
None of above
Notebook computers
Supercomputers
Jon Von Neumann computers
None of above
First generation
Second generation
Hoover generation
None of above
Second generation
First generation
Fourth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
Second generation
Third generation
Fifth generation
None of above
A
True False A
yes no B
true false A
true false Atrue false Atrue false Atrue false A
true false A
A
A
True False BTrue False A
D
B
D
true false Atrue false A
Specification, Design, and Testing
Programming, Design, and Testing
Analysis, System Design, and Implementation
None of above
to determine the audit objective
review and evaluate the types of data
to obtain a record layout
extract data from file
can bring the data directly
can bring the data indirectly
all the above
none of the above
change in the method of recording accounting transaction
use of accounting codes
absence of audit trails
all the above
documents driven approach
risk driven approach
unique approach
none of the above
hardware and software configuration
processing options, file data structure
checks and controls
all the above
A
true false A
D
true false A
Dtrue false A
true false Atrue false A
Dtrue false Btrue false B
A
true false A
true false Atrue false Atrue false A
true false B
Dtrue false B
true false B
table files D
the source of data available to the audit organization
source of data for material planing
all the above
none of these
the of by all concerned
providing access to computer to all organization personnel
use of any programs
none of the above
natural/man-made
open/closed
conceptual/physical
all of them
scheduled jobs
manage hardware & software resources
enable multiple user resource sharing
all the above
with audit departments
with production departments
all the above
none of these
databases
planning language
model base
all the above
reference files
report files
none of the above
filex file-o-man filepet C
Atrue false A
true false Bback-ups retrieval deletion addition Btrue false Atrue false A
B
true false Atrue false B
Btrue false A
Benfish Benford Benjamin B
true false B
D
true false A
A
Atrue false A
true false A
true false A
true false Btrue false B
B
file manager
to have a complete picture of a system
decentralized picture of a system
all the above
none of the above
seriously affected database
subject area database
software and database
safety and database
at the year end
immediately
on quarterly basis
none of the above
none of the above
consecutive nos. or alphabets to entities
blocks of nos. to the primary attribute of the the entity
random placement of component
none of the above
valid, numeric
invalid, alphabetic
none of the above
all the above
grouping, transaction
regrouping, events
none of the above
all the above
incremental design and enlarge activity
interactive data extraction and analysis
interactive data innumerable analysis
none of the above
true false Atrue false A
true false B
true false A
e-brain big-bang stub C
Dyes no B
D
A
true false A
Atrue false Byes no Atrue false Atrue false B
Atrue false Ayes no A
Dyes no A
bouncing ball
bottom up tests
top-down tests
hybrid tests
all the above
read data on client's file
provide information to the audit
re-perform procedures carried out by the clients programs
all the above
executables, master
deleted, hard
none of these
all the above
system analysis software
system advanced software
all the above
none of the above
manipulates, real
create, false
none of these
all the above
can be very powerful analytical tool
can enable the auditor to execute provisions on a number of different bases
can provide the auditors with useful information with trend s and patterns
all of the above
CIDEA ACL ALC ACLL B
true false A
Atrue false Atrue false A
true false A
A
D
true false A
true false A
D
Ayes no A
true false Atrue false B
provides detailed information of machine uses
identifies program code which may be there for fraudulent reason
examination of source code of a program with advice to following the logic of a program
none of the above
fictitious data applied against the client program
comparison of source version of a programmed
analyzing the picture of a file or data
all the above
specification, program
file, hardware
none of the above
all the above
identifying erroneous code
identifying ineffective code
identifying non-standard code
all the above
start and finish time
authentication of information support
resource requested
all the above
job control language
job connectivity language
all the above
none of the above
A
D
true false A
D
true false Btrue false B
D
D
ACL IDEA D
A
D
Macros D
integer number Dtrue false A
package computer p[program for performing a variety of data processing function
mathematical concept
master list of transactions
administered questionnaire
prepared by the auditor
prepared by the entity
prepared by an outside programmer engaged by the auditor
all the above
file access/organizations
statistical/arithmetic operation
stratification and frequency analysis
all the above
examining the quality of system process
carrying analytical review
examining the quality of data
all the above
Wide access to various data base
Can extract and analyse data
Can aid in simple selection
Can define the audit objectives
High End CAATs
All of the above
A sample of transactions
A utility software programme
A special purpose written program
None of the above
Tests of details of transactions
Analytical review procedures
Compliance tests of general EDP controls
All of the above
Action Procedures
Event Procedures
General Procedures
primary number
auto number
actions events Breport form chart macros D
macro comments action D
calculator C
action list macro list C
conditions action insert A
tabular columnar Ctabular columnar datasheet justified B
link report D
Atrue false B
add chart chart C
C
A
D
B
C
condition group C
reports forms macros Dadd append insert delete B
report module Ctrue false A
RAD RAP RAID A
SysCmd MsgBox message B
procedures
none of the above
expression elements
code builder
expression builder
expression elements
expression elements list box
none of the abovenone of the above
auto report
embedded
create report
embedded report
new report
columnar and tabular
stable and unstable
dynamic and static
none of the above
create fields
insert chart
primary key
alternate key
foreign key
none of the above
label wizard
chart wizard
mail wizard
none of the above
start header
group header
page header
report header
report footer
page footer
group footer
none of the above
for ordering records
for updating records
for specifying conditions with group by clause
none of the above
macro names
none of the above
VB Modules
macro sheet
none of the above
none of the abovenone of the above
OLE DDE CME A
A
C
linked edited Aexe DLL BMP html D
D
static file static html B
append add insert Ddollars rupees pesos yen A
list box B
display link A
new C
startup home end B
bullet command procedure CDBMS RDBMS front end language A
database C
A255 64000 235 63500 A
number Btrue false B
inner join outer join A
not null A
C
columnar tabular B
none of the above
object linking and embedding
on line execution
on line editing
none of the above
OLE object
OLE client
OLE server
OLE communicator
embedded
connected
form wizard
report wizard
query wizard
publish to web wizard
dynamic file
none of the abovedata definition
unbound object
bound object
command button
display as icon
create icon
create html
save as html
none of the abovenone of the abovenone of the above
data group
data collection
data storage
new dialog box
new blank database dialog box
new database dialog box
database dialog box
automatic number
AutoNumber
automatic field
explicit join
none of the above
primary key
candidate key
no duplicate key
cascade delete related records
cascade change related records
cascade update related fields
change all related records
both a and b
none of the above
C
true false B
properties B
A
A
inner join self join outer join Dtrue false A
Dsummary sum append simple D
properties B
sub form new form child form B
B
Bfiltering ordering sorting querying C
filter sorts pipes gateways A
A* $ @ ? Dtrue false B
B
B
database form collection A
bound unbound controlled C
TODAY() DATE() DAY() C
text box list box static text B
pivot table main form A
table or tables
query or queries
record or records
none of the above
property field
field property
Dynaset field properties
crosstab queries
row/column queries
select queries
update queries
action queries
row/column queries
change/delete queries
update queries
no match join
new form dialog box
form create dialog box
form wizard dialog
both 1 and 3
change properties
form properties
new properties
included formRecord Navigation
Record Operations
Form Operations
None of the above
columnar form
tabular form
hierarchical form
one to many form
filter by form
filter by selection
filter by menu
None of the above
bound control
unbound control
data less control
data control
button group
option group
controls group
record groupnone of the aboveall of the above
CURRDATE()
combo box
columnar form
tabular form
C
C
ram* ram?? Btrue false Breport form table ledger A
autoreport report module Achart label bitmap report Atrue false Atrue false A60,000 255 25,000 64,000 Dtrue false Btrue false Atrue false B
table query form Dtable form report hyperlink Dtrue false Atrue false A
Insert Records Tools Ctrue false Btrue false A
Ctrue false Atrue false Btrue false Atrue false Atrue false B
null not null zero Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false B
pie bar Ctrue false Atrue false Atrue false B
Btrue false Btrue false Ainner join outer join self join table join Ctrue false Btrue false Atrue false B
data sheet filter
filter by input
filter by form
none of the above
button wizard
control wizard
option control wizard
tool wizard
two of the above
none of the above
none of the above
all of the above
none of the above
alternate keys
composite keys
candidate keys
primary key
none of the above
both 1 and 2
none of the above
update query
select query
delete query
append query
sub chart Dtrue false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false A
Cforms reports attributes entities Dtrue false Adelete insert append add Atrue false Atrue false B
sub chart B
Dtrue false Btrue false Btrue false Btrue false Atrue false A
true false Atrue false A& # ? * Dtrue false Apage detail group topic Ctrue false Atrue false B
true false Atrue false Btrue false Arelational list range logical Ctrue false B
Creport form query table Btrue false Bgroup record session detail D
data property Btrue false Atrue false A
sub forms inner form Agraphs chart labels report B
number index identifier B
freestanding
embedded
stand alone
the first field of the table
the last field of the table
primary key field
none of the above
freestanding
embedded
stand alone
use hyperlink
use import
use datasheet in forms
use export
action language
structured query language
event - procedural based language
none of the above
both a and b
none of the above
child forms
none of the above
primary key
pivot create form Afilters queries sorts forms A
form bound unbound C
list box button Btrue false A
control C
chart form A
sub forms A
calculated bound unbound A
calculated unbound bound static C
sub form auto form B
connect C
D
Dform report macro table Bclipboard file field layout B
search sort D
C
B
C
none of the above
none of the above
combo box
option button
form name
record source
none of the above
tabular form
data sheet form
none of the above
tabular form
columnar form
none of the abovenone of the above
tabular form
columnar form
set relation
relationships
none of the above
option, toggle and command buttons
command button, check and list boxes
list, check and combo boxes
option button, toggle button and check boxes
filter by form
filter by report
filter by record
filter by input
field names
record grab
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high quality documents
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
A way of maintaining a log
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
A collection of files
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
C
D
C
B
A
C
C
C
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Key verification
Computer sequence checks
Computer matching
Database access controls
A way to analyse and manipulate numerical information
A tool to produce high qualitydocuments
An organised way of storing information about a set of similar things
None of the above
Information about certain programs
It contains all the data about one specific item
A document which contains text
None of the above
Reports allow users to extract information as hard copy (printed output)
Reports provide a very flexible way of creating and editing documents
A tool which allows text and graphics to be placed in documents
None of the above
Extracting and analysing data
Spreadsheets make data easy to analyse
Using queries
None of the above
Compilers, interpreters, editors
Network software, backup systems
Word processors, spreadsheets, databases, DTP
None of the above
DEFAULT and NOT NULL constraints
FOREIGN KEY constraints
PRIMARY KEY and UNIQUE constraints
IDENTITY columns
C
C
C
Number Source D
A
e-mail C
Graphics browser e-mail A
operators wildcards engines C
Auto ID Auto Key C
B
A
B
B
A
CHANGE TABLE
MODIFY TABLE
ALTER TABLE
UPDATE TABLE
remote DBMS
relative DBMS
Relational DBMS
Reliable DBMS
storing data offline at a separate site
backing up data regularly
is related to data mining
uses tape as opposed to disk
Description
Component
using a password
keeping a backup copy
keeping the original paper copy
saving the file with different filenames
the product code
the primary key
mail merge
A databasebookmarksAuto Primary
AutoNumber
records in a dynaset are consistent with the underlying tables.
related tables in a database are consistent with one another.
forms in a database are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
reports are consistent with the underlying tables or queries.
foreign key.
main form and a subform.
query and its associated dynaset.
report and its related query.
the primary key of both related tables.
the primary key of the related table.
a field from an unrelated table.
not a primary key of either related table.
One-to-one
One-to-many
Many-to-many
Many-to-one
EmployeeID
CompanyID
EmployeeLastName
CompanyAddress
B
B
C
D
D
D
The Tools menu, Relationship window
Referential integrity
The join line
The one-to-many relationship
Double click the Relationship line
Right-click the Relationship line, then select Delete from the shortcut menu
Select Undo in the Relationships pull-down menu
Click the Delete Relationships button on the toolbar
That there are several customers associated with that ID
That some of the data is not viewable
That there are records in a related table
That records can be added by clicking on the plus sign
They must both be numbers
They cannot be text fields
They cannot be AutoNumber data types
They must be the same data type
Nothing, Access ignores the attempted command.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table.
The customer’s ID is deleted from the Customers table, and all the related loans are deleted from the Loans table.
An error message is displayed.
The subform is not visible.
The subform is displayed in Datasheet view.
The subform is displayed in Form view.
The subform is an object on the form and can be moved or sized like any other object.
C
# M ¥ * C
C
B
Sub. B
C
C
A
data. metadata. D
facts. figures. a and b D
A one-to-many relationship between teams and players
A one-to-many relationship between teams and coaches
A one-to-many relationship between coaches and teams
A many-to-many relationship between players and teams
Either table at any time
The Customers table only when there are Loan records associated with that customer
The Loans table at any time
Neither table
prompt, title bar text, icon.
prompt, icon, title bar text.
title bar text, prompt, icon.
title bar text, icon, prompt.
Dim CreateList.
Sub CreateList.
CreateList.
A check box enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A text field enables the form user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to choose from one of several existing entries.
A drop-down list enables the user to enter text.
must be set for one word.
must be set for multiple words.
does not have to be set.
must be set for two words.
help people keep track of things.
store data in tables.
create tables of rows and columns.
maintain data on different things in different tables.
relationships.
all of the above
information.
a or b A
B
C
B
Jet Oracle a and b D
The user D
A
b and c D
the user B
C
D
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
single-user database application
multiuser database application
e-commerce database application
None of above
Sequential Query Language (SQL)
Structured Question Language (SQL)
Structured Query Language (SQL)
Relational Question Language (RQL)
Database Modeling System
Database Management System
Data Business Model System
Relational Model Manager
SQL Server
The database application
The database management system (DBMS)
All of the above.
the database application(s) interact(s) with the DBMS
the DBMS accesses the database data
None of above
All of above
creates queries
creates form
creates reports
the database application
the database management system (DBMS)
the database
all the users' data is in one place
it reduces data duplication
it contains a description of its own structure
All of the above.
holds user data
holds metadata
holds indexes
All of the above.
tables metadata D
a and b A
a and b B
a and b C
A
B
D
D
A
Ctable relation row field Drecord field key tuple C
record field C
record field D
B
D
stored procedures
All of the above.
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing non-database data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
from existing data
as a new systems development project
as a redesign of an existing database
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
data models
entity-relationship data modeling
data marts
normalization
entity-relationship data modeling
data migration
file managers
hierarchical models
network models
relational data model
entities in a column vary as to kind
the order of the columns is important
the order of the rows is unimportant
more than one column can use the same name
composite key
foreign key
foreign key
candidate key
composite key
primary key
foreign key
surrogate key
Insertion anomaly
Update anomaly
Deletion anomaly
All of above
A
B
A
dirty data B
dirty data D
b and c CForm Table Report Query A
Macros D
assess the existing tables' structure and content
design the database structure
create one or more new tables
move the data into the new database
are supplied by several well-established manufacturers
were essentially killed off by MS Access
have poor response time
are not true DBMS products
They use sophisticated mathematical techniques.
Their report delivery is more difficult than report delivery for reporting systems.
Nonintegrated data
None of the above
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
inconsistent data
nonintegrated data
a "wrong format" problem
data warehouse data are not stored in tables.
data warehouse databases do not have metadata.
data warehouse data are often denormalized.
Forms and reports
Queries and tables
Spreadsheets
B
C
Import Link Merge Join A
C
D
C
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects and tables are in one database.
It will be easier for the user to upgrade it if the objects are in one database and the tables in another.
It is advisable to put each object and table into a separate database.
Regardless of how the objects and tables are stored, the user will have to reenter the data in the tables when the application is upgraded.
The Link Tables command can be used to associate the tables in one database with the objects in another database.
An application may consist of multiple databases, each with multiple objects, linked to yet another database containing only tables.
All objects in an application, including the tables, must reside within the same database.
An application can be created in such a way that it objects such as forms and reports can be changed without disturbing the existing data.
It contains more than one table
It contains tables, reports, queries, and forms
It contains a user interface, or switchboard
It contains macros
Menu Wizard
Build Menu
Interface Design Wizard
Switchboard Manager
create backups for mission critical corporate data.
centralize the manageability of data collection.
put key business information into the hands or more decision makers.
store all corporate transaction data in one single location.
C
A
D
C
A
A
True False A
True False B
A
C
B
DTrue False A
True False A
A
Digital Sign
Digital Certificate
Digital Signature
None of the above
Hash Function
Digital Signature
Digital Certificate
Private Key
Hash Function
Hash Value
Hash Result
Either B or C
Digital Signature creation
Digital Signature Verification
Both A and B
Either A or B
Institutional Overhead and Subscriber Relying Party Cost
Subscriber Relying Party Cost
Institutional Overhead
None of the above
Certification Authority
Certified Authority
Certificate Authority
None of the above
Server Certificate
Developer Certificate
Personal Digital Certificate
None of the above
Server Certificate
Developer Certificate
Personal Digital certificate
None of the above
Private Certificate
Repositories
Public Key
none of the above
Evidence, Ceremony, Approval
Approval, Evidence
Efficiency and logistics, Evidence
Evidence, Ceremony, Approval, Efficiency and Logistics
Certificate Revocation List
Certificate Resource List
certificate Revocation Letter
None Of The Above
A
C
ANSI UNESCO D
batch files functions D
SET A
E-cash D
C
EDI E-mail EFT DTrue False B
D
B
D
Broadcast Junk mail Billboard A
E-mail Bulk-mail Junk mail D
Catalog Billboard Broadcast C
B
C
Private Key, Subscriber
Public key, Recipient
Private Key, Recipient
None Of The Above
Internal Format File
External Format File
Transmission File
None of the above
UN/EBCDIC
UN/EDIFACT
interchange sets
functional groups
Smart Card
Embedded cards
None of the above
Digital Cash
Smart Cards
Electronic cheques
Billboards and Junk Mail
Online Catalog and Billboards
Broadcast and Junk Mail
Online Catalog and Customer EndorsementsAll of the above
Login_Id and Password
Primary Key and Private Key
Public Key and Password
Public Key and Private Key
Global Network
Private Network
Satellite Area Network
None of the above
Active or push based advertising
Passive or pull-based advertising
Glow sign or hoarding strategies
All of the aboveEndorsements
Direct-mail
Endorsement
Error checking
Data Integration
Low cost of operation
Quality management
Competitive espionage
Corporate espionage
Industrial espionage
Economic espionage
B
C
D
C
tip wizard A
A
text files class files D
D
=today() =date() A
dollar sign ' = ' sign # sign A
AutoSum AutoFill C
variables Btext logical numeric Boolean D
A list of competitor’s clients
Contact numbers of the management group
Research data
A competitor’s new project
single-user database application
multi-user database application
e-commerce database application
None of above
Replying promptly
Keeping messages short
Including the Subject
Using all capital letters
Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the confidentiality of data is the primary risk.
Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in other information systems.
Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption performed by software.
Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at that level will be identified by the service provider.
text import wizard
convert text to columns wizard
function wizard
cell reference
row reference
column reference
none of the above
Lotus 1-2-3
quattropro or xbase files
serial values
domain values
range values
reference values
=currentdate()
none of the abovenone of the above
function wizard
none of the above
arguments
parameters
none of the above
pmt merge Acountif vlookup pmt count A
tip wizard B
sumif pmt countif B
average sum sumif countif C
print area print A
AutoFill A
bordering formatting shading B
print area print B
filtering searching sorting A
all option blanks all blanks none A
B
URL DNS FTP B
B
D
ftp service A
FTP TELNET ARCHIE C
A
scheme C
message scheme C
Delphi Microsoft sears Cnet web browser editor B
browser C
C
concatenate
none of the above
pivot table wizard
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizard
none of the above
page setup
none of the above
autoformat
none of the above
none of the above
page setup
print previewnone of the above
www.ency.in
www.eb.com
www.encybrit.com
none of the abovenone of the above
internal network
network of network
intermediate network
none of the above
application layer
transport layer
physical layer
session layer
finger service
ping service
none of the abovenone of the above
uniform research locator
uniform resource locator
unlimited restore locator
none of the above
host computer
name of the resource
none of the above
command line
none of the abovegeneral electric
read the Usenet news
search for database
none of the above
CompuServe internet dialer
spy mosaic
wincim or maccim
none of the above
gophering C
Alta vista open text excite B
ftp server A
list directories image list C
no one many B
middle lower top Dhotlist directory index glossary C
C
infoseek excite lycos D
netshark cello lynx C
lynx mosaic Lycos C
Microsoft internet IBM D
Usenet ftp telnet D
C
iccp ftp uucp C
yahoo ftp telnet C
B
one two three C
B
A
browser protocol site B
gopherspace
cyberspace
none of the abovenone of the above
finger server
web server
none of the abovenone of the above
maximum of five
middle and lower
directory search,index search
index search,menu search
menu search,item search
item search,index searchall the aboveall the abovenavigator gold 2.0CompuServe
finger service
Higher text transfer protocol
Hyper text transmission port
Hyper text transfer protocol
Hyper text transfer portnone of the abovenone of the above
transfer control protocol/internet
transmission control protocol/internet protocol
transfer communication protocol/internet protocol
none of the abovenone of the above
ftp servers
domain name servers
web servers
none of the above
the internet adapter
the internet administration
the internet access
none of the aboveorganization
B
B
B
SLIP,PPP TCP,IP IP,UDP A
response request close A
B
lynx,minx B
interface B
glossary index hotwords B
A
B
protocols dns A
A
wais,allsrc B
allsrc waisman winsock B
C
hotlink text transfer protocol
hyper text transfer protocol
higher type transfer protocol
none of the above
universal resource locator
uniform resource locator
uniform resource label
name of the above
frequent asked query
frequently asked question
frantically asked question
none of the abovenone of the above
connection
wide search for information and research
windows sockets internets relay chat
world search for information and research council
none of the above
netscape,ie
mosaic,gopher
none of the above
world wide web server
world wide web client
none of the abovenone of the above
very easy and rodent oriented net wide index to computerized archives
very organised network integration and communication application
verification on network integration and communication
none of the above
university of berkeley,berkeley freenet
university of cleveland,cleveland freenet
university of California net
none of the above
IP address
none of the above
search engines,directories
ftp and finger
telnet and ftp
none of the above
allsrc,winsocks
wais,winsocks
none of the abovenone of the above
higher text medium language
hyper transfer markup language
hyper text markup language
none of the above
hot links hyper text B
images applets animation B
A
first page B
B
B
B
telnet ftp archive D
Dapple link bitnet Delphi fidonet A
D
galenet A
database channel B
B
A
mails net browsers C
C
mails B
books marks
none of the abovenone of the above
graphics,videos,audio
programms,images,text
animation,scripts,executables
none of the above
home page
welcome page
none of the above
global network news
global networks navigator
grand network news
none of the above
yahoo service
electronic mail
search engines
none of the above
email and net conference
Netscape page starter site,netscape page wizard
yahoo and altavista
none of the above
newsgroupLycos catalog
point review
all the above
none of the above
computer related abbreviations and acronym
biographical information
bookstores
none the above
encyclopedia Britannica
on-line reference works
more information
search engines
web directories
Graphical interpreter formatting
Graphical interchange Format
Graphical interface format
Graphical Interface format
Joint Pictures Expert Group
Jumbled pictures expert graph
Joint pictures expert graph
Joint pictures experimental group
documents
yahoo,infoseek,altavista
netscape,ie,lynx
eudora,netscape and pine
none of the above
information
web pages
network connections
COLOR FCOLOR B
D
Network Interface B
Browser Client B
Server Web Channel A
B
text only CSQL PLSQL SGML CGI C
C
B
C
web sites images applets A
C
C
text symbols video Chyperlink hypertext hotword hotlink B
B
first start home C
C
BACKGROUND
FONTCOLOR
Communication gateway interface
Common graphical Interface
Communication graphical interface
Common Gateway Interface
Communication
Connection
Current web page
None of the above
Browser/user
Unknown resonance language
Uniform resource locator
United relay limited
None of the above
image only
text or image
neither text nor image
alphalanguage
betalanguage
metalanguage
none of the above
palm is not eatable
palm is not elm
pancake is not edible
none of the above
SGML Processor
SGML Preprocessor
SGML Parser
SGML Composerdocuments
Internet equipment training faculty
International Engineering trainers and faculty
Internet Engineering Task Force
None of the above
MS Internet Explorer and Mosaic
Netscape Navigator and Mosaic
MS Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator
None of the above
data from a database
in random order
in sequential order
in user-defined order
none of the abovenone of the above
.bmp and .gif
.bmp and .jpeg
.gif and .jpeg
.wmf and .bmp
B
C
<center> D
BServer Client Browser User A
arpanet the net intranet B
LAN wan B
data parcel packets A
C
B
dnet arpanet B
C
start begin first B
A
A
Service, hostname and directory path
service,hostname,port,directory-path
service,port and directory path
service,hostname and port
mail servers,mail clients and alternate services
mail vendors,mail identification and password
mailing lists,mail server robots and gateways to other services
none of the above
<font size=n>
<hr size=n>
<l1 type=shape>
communication generated information
common gateway interface
classified general instructions
none of the above
none of the above
peer-to-peer connectivity
none of the abovenone of the above
scripting,parsing and compiling
news,cooking and fine arts
email,file retrived,internet tools
none of the above
nt,windows95,ie,winzip
mosaic,gopher,eudora,trumpnet
communicator,ie,lynx,winsock
all of the above
ARPANET
none of the above
defensive administrative rank administration network
dedicated and registered projects administration
defensive advanced research projects administration net
none of the abovenone of the above
milnet,smaller arpanet
mailnet,inet
intranet,extranet
none of the above
education,research
music and dance
cooking and dining
none of the above
D
B
server client network C
client servers C
B
B
B
B
B
C
VAN MAN TAN B
LAN MAN WAN C
analog digital B
C
B
Mapping B
B
Higher text manipulation language
Hotlink text markup language
Hyper transfer meta language
Hyper text markup Language
united states and UK
england,norway
united states & Russia
none of the abovenone of the above
stand-alone
none of the above
network card
network topology
network redirectors
none of the above
detailed transaction explanation
data terminal equipment
data target equipment
none of the above
application layer
physical layer
network layer
none of the above
point to point network and broadcast channel network
packet switching,store and forward network
smart network and dumb network
none of the above
file access
anonymous ftp
file transfer
none of the above
PAN,NAN,AAN
KAN,RAN,VAN
LAN,WAN,MAN
none of the abovenone of t he abovenone of the above
non-digital
none of the above
Data type definition
Define type of data
Document type definition
Document type data
Moralize/demoralize
Modulation/demodulation
Manipulate/demanipulate
none of the above
Modulation
Manipulation
none of the above
Satellite link and digital signals
Dedicated access and dial up access
Cable and wires
none of the above
C
B
B
Speed Size Channel A
Find Save Browse Retrieve C
B
C
E-mail D
Not False Not True A
D
Efficiency A
CNot True Not False B
A
Efficiency A
A
C
A
B
Standard long internet protocol
Stream line internet protocol
Serial line protocol
none of the above
Prime prolonged protocol
Point to point protocol
Pillar to pillar protocol
none of the above
storing data on a disk drive
sending information to a host computer
storing data on the hard drive
receiving information from a host computer
Bandwidth
Recipient Party
Relying Party
Either A or B
Neither A nor B
Public Key
Private Key
Both A and B
Both B and A
Electronic Commerce
Electronic Fund Transfers
All The Above
Closed System,Formal Legal requirements
Formal Legal Requirements
Open System
Formal Legal Requirements, Open System
Affirmative Act
Signer authentication
None of the above
Signer Authentication
Document Authentication
Both A and B
Neither A nor B
Nonrepudiation Service
Digital signature
Digital certificate
Private Key
Affirmative Act
Either A or B
Neither A nor B.
Cryptography
Public Key
Private Key
None of the above
Private Key
Public Key
Both A and B
Either A or B
Private Key
Public Key
Both A and B
Either A or B
Private Key
Public Key
Both A and B
Either A or B
Cipher C
D
A
A
Collision. D
A
Billboard Broadcast B
Billboard Catalog Broadcast A
portals .COM Domains A
Service C
A
B
Billboard B
Decryption
Encryption
Cryptography
Using data encryption.
Performing validity checks.
Conducting fraud-awareness training.
Reviewing the systems-access log.
Unaltered in transmission.
Not intercepted en route.
Received by the intended recipient.
Sent to the correct address.
Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will work.
The private key cannot be broken into fragments and distributed to the receiver.
The private key is used by the sender for encryption but not by the receiver for decryption.
The private key is used by the receiver for decryption but not by the sender for encryption.
Data entry errors.
Failure of server duplicating function.
Firewall vulnerability.
Business-to- Business
Business-to-Backend
Backend-to-Business
Business- to-Billboard
On-line Catalog
Endorsements
Customer EndorsementsIntermediariesOrder Placement
Search and discovery
None of the above
Post purchase interaction
Purchase consummation
Pre-purchase preparation
Search and discovery
Billboard model of marketing
Online catalog
Endorsement model of marketing
None of the above
Online Catalog
Shopping cart
Pulling cart
C
EDI TCP/IP EFT Gateway D
Compiler EDI D
B
B
C
Microcash E-token A
SSL C1 2 3 4 B
data table pivot table D
tip wizard D
category legend A
category legend B
category legend C
category legend D
bar chart pie chart C
bar chart pie chart B
bar chart pie chart D
bar chart pie chart A
spaces symbols A
excel97 Netscape A
EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transaction
EDI For Administration, Consumer and Transport
EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transport
None of the above
Interpreter
Assembler
Business-to-Business
Business-to-Consumer
Consumer-to-Business
Customer-to-Company
Emergency Cash
Electronic Cash
Euro Cash
Endorsed Cash
Communication Perspective
Business Process Perspective
Service Perspective
None of the above
Micro Transactions
TT(Tiny token)
Decryption
Encryption
Subscription
filtered table
index table
pivot table wizard
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizard
series or rank
data marker
series or rank
data marker
series or rank
data marker
series or rank
data marker
column chart
surface chart
column chart
surface chart
column chart
surface chart
column chart
surface chart
wild card characters
none of the above
internet explorer
word 2000
tip wizard A
line chart bar chart pie chart C
true false A
and or B
Atrue false A
B
B
Solver C
Goal seek A
Goal seek Solver D
Workbook A
D
Row field. Ctwo three N Btrue false B
A
Data table B
pivot table wizard
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizardstock chart
3-dimensions
4-dimensions
Multi-dimensions
Data table
Pivot table
It is also called as high-low-close chart
It shows trends over time
It is often used to display share market prices over a period of time
It is also used for indicating fluctuations in temperature changes
Pivot table
Scenario manager
Data table.
Scenario manager
Pivot table
Data table.
Pivot table
Data table.
Worksheet
Spreadsheet
none of the above
Performing calculations.
Performing database operations
Performing text formatting.
All of the above
Column field
Source table name.
Pivot table item.
3-dimensions
4-dimensions
Multi-dimensions
Pivot table
B
Solver Data table C
Goal seek Data table A
Count. SumIf A
records tables D
A
solver D
tip wizard B
worksheet workbook tables database A
C
No border A
8,16,32 2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10 D
It displays the data series one on top of the other.
It is useful when several components are changing and the user is interested in the sum of the components.
It can be represented in 3-dimensions
Pivot table.
Scenario manager
Scenario manager
Pivot table
Standard deviation
databases
worksheets
It is a tool for summarizing and analyzing the data records in an interactive manner.
It is a tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet
It summarizes the data by using analytical functions.
Goal seek.
Scenario manager
Pivot table
text import wizard
convert text to columns wizard
function wizard
application window
document window
modal window
A dark wide border
A dotted border
A blinking border
C
D
graphical database DRange Address Gap Rows A
A
C
ENTER TAB INSERT Aarray. function. constant. formula. B
100 #VALUE! C
Functions D^ / * \ D
B5*B6 C3/D4 D4^2 C
E12 6 B
A
your formula has a syntax error
the row is too short to show the number at the current font size
the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the number
either b or c
ability to generate tables
speed of calculation
flexibility of moving entries
cost of initial set-up
word processing
spreadsheet
Producing graphs
Writing letters
Drawing pictures
Document filing
double-click any cell in the column
drag from the top cell in the column to the last cell in the column
click the column heading
click the column label
CTRL + ENTER
(201)555-1212.
Tom McKenzie.
Cell references
Numeric constants
Text constants
It is impossible to determine.
SUM(H9:H11)
G7*SUM(H9:H11)
It is surrounded by a heavy border.
It is blinking.
It is displayed in reverse video.
The phrase “active cell” appears in the Status bar.
C
B
CFile Edit View Window A
Preview Details List Properties B
Insert Delete Clear C
Clear Delete Remove B
Fonts Margins C
Options View Edit B
range. group. B6 D12, G25 D12:G25 D C
clipboard. D
clipboard. B
Dabsolute relative mixed constant AB4 $B4 B$4 $B$4 D
By clicking in a different cell
By using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By either clicking in a different cell or using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula bar
The Standard toolbar
The Formatting toolbar
The Cell Format command on the Edit menu
The Font Size command on the Tools menu.
the New command on the File menu.
the Save command on the File menu.
the Save As command on the File menu.
the File Type command on the File menu.
Both Insert and DeleteBoth Clear and Delete
Orientation (portrait or landscape)
Headers and footersPage Setup
worksheet.
cell group.
copy range.
destination range.
source range.
paste range.
destination range.
source range.
The Duplicate command
The Copy command
The Paste command
Both the Copy and Paste commands
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! B
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! C
D
edit cells. C
B
B
D
C
Jul-30 Aug-31 B
The Move command
The Cut command
The Paste command
Both the Cut and Paste commands
copy and paste cells.
cycle through absolute, relative, and mixed cell references.
cycle through open applications.
the Fill Handle
the Format Painter
the Formatting toolbar
Conditional formatting
Select the Insert Hyperlink command from the File menu.
Click the Insert Hyperlink button on the Standard toolbar.
Right-click a cell and click the Edit Hyperlink command.
Double-click a cell and click the Insert Hyperlink command.
whether the cell has a formula or a value in it.
the cell address.
whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference.
the value in the cell
text with a two-digit year.
text with a four-digit year.
an integer.
text with either a two-digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.
29/03/2008
It is impossible to determine from the information given.
A
B
03-Apr 0.75 C
D
B1-G10 B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10 D
COUNT MAX SUM C
Line Pie Scatter C
D
A
D
Paste Fill Down Fill Right B
B
C
subtracting the earlier date from the later one.
adding the earlier date to the later one.
subtracting the later date from the earlier one.
adding the later date to the earlier one.
the F4 key.
the F2 key.
the Esc key.
the F1 key.
March 4 of the current year
Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formatting
a cell on a worksheet.
a variable.
a constant.
either a cell on a worksheet or a variable.
AVERAGE Combination
Once a bar chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a column chart.
Once a column chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a bar chart.
Once a pie chart has been chosen it cannot be changed to line chart.
Once a line chart has been chosen it can be changed to a pie chart.
hold down the CTRL key
hold down the SHIFT key
hold down the ALT key
hold down CTRL + SHIFT
Use tables
Create four separate files
Transfer information to a database
Use multiple sheetsPaste Special
Tools | Sort
Data | Sort
Edit | Data | Sort
none of the choices
Analyse data
Calculate data
Create forms
None of the above
D
A
#VALUE! C
0 REF! B
portrait landscape vertical A
AD213 ZA1 A0 CCERN ECRN CARN NET A
B
B
A
small large very small B
BMosaic Yahoo PINE Lynx A
buffer cache built-in B
C
Key Lock Formula A
User-id Password Name Address B
Retrieval A
Acts Address Protocols D
click the Print button
press the PRINT SCREEN key
select Print selection on Page Setup | Sheet and then print
select Print selection in the Print dialog and then print
producing graphs
writing letters
drawing pictures
None of the above
(D4+C2)*B2
D4+C2*B2
=(B2*(D4+C2)
=A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM
None of the above
whatever was last used
None of the above
yahoo and infoseek
mailto and files
newsgroups and search engines
none of the above
news groups,yahoo and infoseek
bulletin boards,mails call and wireless system
application servers,proxy servers and web servers
none of the above
bulletin board system
business broadcasting system
bulletin broadcasting system
none of the abovenone of the above
windows socks
windows sockets
windows stocks
none of the above
none of the above
Photography
Digital Signature
Cryptography
Message Digest
Hash Function
Penetration
Cryptography
Password Cracker
Regulations
Spoofing Imposting Approving ALoss Threat Exposure Hacking B
B
Utility Virus Cracker C
Hoffman A
Dell .com Msn .com B
C
Acts Address Protocols CRouter Gateway Port Pin B
LAN WAN CAN PAN A
C
B
D
B
B
bits frames Packets C
firewall gateway router A
One Two Four C
Unauthorising
Sales - tax authorities
Income - tax authorities
Judge of a civil court
Police officer of IPS rank.
Pirated software
Tim Berner Lee
Charles Bubbage
Howard Aiken
Etrade.com
Amazon .com
Automated Tailor Machine
Any Time Money
Asynchronous Transmission mode
None of above
Regulations
hyper terminal tracing program
hypertext tracing program
hypertext transfer protocol
hypertext tracing protocol
National Informatics Center
Network Interface card
New Information Card
None of the above
Only Computers
Can not computers
Only printers
None of the above
Concentrates connectivity
Combines connectivity of a hub with the traffic regulation of a bridge
Switches data from incoming ports to outgoing ports.
All of Above
Bridges and Repeaters.
Two or more networks
Bridges and Hubs
Hubs and nodesNone of the abovevirus checkerNone of the above
D
RG7U Fiber B
B
A cable Hub Router B
B
A
D
Binary ASCII Octal A48 Bits 48 Bytes 48 KB 48 MB A
B
Novell PC Client Server C
B
Topology B
Bus Star Ring D
Linear Parallel None A
Parallel Circular Linear B
Ring Bus Star Mesh C
Physical Layer
Data-Link Layer
Network Layer
All of the above
Coaxial cable
Twisted pair
Physical address
Logical address
A memory address
None of the aboveNone of the above
Data return to the sender
It gets destroyed bit by bit.
It continue on to target device with corrupt data
None of the above
Wireless technology
Wired Technology
Ultra violet technology
None of the above
Physical Layer
Data Link Layer
Network Layer
All of the aboveNone of the above
software that facilitates connection to the internet
a list of rules for transferring data over a network
software that allows file copying
a gateway calling program for internet bridgingNetwork PC
There isn't one
If one node goes down, it brings down the entire ring
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on that section
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on all of the rings
Physiology
Both A and B
None of the aboveAll of above
Both A and B
Both A and B
Ring Bus Star Mesh BStar Bus Linear Ring C
Ring Bus Star Mesh A
D
Bbps kbps mbps mips Bbps Kbps Mbps Mips C
C
a modem Netscape B
A
C
D
a modem Netscape B
Linux C
A
A
Printer modem bridge D
A
Network Layer
Transport Layer
Physical Layer
Data Link Layer
Ethernet, token ring, DecNET
Ethernet, token ring, FDDI
Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI
Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet
usually higher than LAN speeds
measured in bytes per second
depend on the transmission medium
limited by modem speeds
CD-ROM drive
Windows 95
must use the World Wide Web
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
All of the above
key gateway interface
uniform resource locator
common gateway interface
application protocol interface
a Novell Interface Controller
used to control a printer
interfaces a modem to a computer
connects a computer to a network
CD-ROM drive
Windows package
Novell Netware
Windows NT
None of the above
have to do with compression of graphics and video
have to do with Web pages
the Internet
none of the previous
must use the World Wide Web
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
use appropriate communications software none of the previous
provides access to the Internet
is a CPU register
is a CPU functional unit
make of processor
D
D
D
none D
hardware browser C
scanner CD-ROM clip-art file D
A
D
D
used to send email
used to browse the Web
is part of Netscape
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
used to send email
uses wireless communication medium
is part of Netscape
None of the above
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
a form of virus
a screen saver program
none of the previous
a backup server
an email server
a poor file server
IR system for the Internet
none of the previoussearch engine
provides access to the Internet
is a CPU register
is a CPU functional unit
make of processor
used to send email
used to browse the Web
is part of Netscape
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
used to send email
uses telephone lines
is part of Netscape
is a protocol that allows for remote login
C
A
C
D
IP flood UDP flood Ahack packet flood traffic C
firewall router switch hub B
D
C
B
D
The layers cannot communicate with one another.
Any layer can communicate directly with any other layer.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer directly above or below it.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer above it.
It is one large network.
It is made up of many networks connected into transmission lines called backbones.
It works the same way as a local network.
Individual computers can connect to it using an ISP.
Password cracking
System intrusion
Denial of Service
Port sniffing
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
a form of virus
a screen saver program
none of the previous
Flood a Web server with requests
Virus that initiates a ping flood
a backup server
an email server
a poor file server
none of the above
Apply security patches
Update virus definitions
Backup data on a daily basis
Limit logging on access
All sites are safe and reliable.
There are safe and unsafe sites.
Only large name-recognizable sites are safe.
ActiveX-enabled sites are safe.
Use of identifiers
Use of passwords
Use of logical access methods
Use of encryption methods
B
Phone E-mail D
Adware A worm Spyware D
Modems Protocols LAN B
C
D
D
D
D
D
B
by attaching to an e-mail.
through an FTP port.
by attaching itself to a document.
by scanning the computer for a connection.
Web traffic
Application updates
A Trojan horse
Multiplexors
cookies and Trojan horses.
Trojan horses and key loggers.
cookies and key loggers.
key loggers and worms.
An attack on a system for personal gain
An attack with the purpose of gaining publicity
Giving out disinformation
Changing the content of a Web page
Economic damage
Disruption in communication
Disruption in supply lines
All of the above are correct.
Crashing the stock market, as in the 1930s
Shutdown of military security systems
Contaminating water systems
Shutdown of nuclear plant safety systems
To carry more network capacity
To improve network services
To improve system response time
To obtain an accurate inventory of network related equipment and parts and network nodes
set its prices very high
limit access to computer owners only
stop its competitors seeing their prices
update its prices as soon as they are changed
People Search
Yahoo People Search
USA People Search
Lycos Search
AVirus Fraud Adware Spyware B
D
Phishing Siphoning Hoaxing B
Bpop-ups. cookies. spam. viruses. B
B
B
I only II only Both I & II Circ ftp www telnet C
B
HTML B
B
A
HTML. CXML. HTML. DHTML. MHTML D
Name of your bank
Date of birth
Personal assets
Criminal records
buy stocks.
invest without risk.
purchase off-shore property.
make large amounts of money by parking funds in their bank account.
Shill biddingInternet stalking.
cyber stalking.
virtual stalking.
Web stalking.
Use a fake e-mail address.
Never use your real identity.
Use a proxy server.
Use anti-spyware software.
Encryption
Physical Security controls
Message sequence number checking
Logical access controlsNeither I or II
Adds more bytes to programs
Verifies integrity of files
Increases boot up time
Misleads a program recompilation
Internet Explorer
Microsoft Excel
both HTML and Internet Explorer
Web query.
HTML document.
round trip HTML document.
Web browser.
.com is used for company
.co in used for company
.con is used for companies
None of the above
round trip HTML.
the World Wide Web Consortium
one way HTML.
B
C
A
Hyperlink Sound Video C BMP GIF JPEG TIFF C
C
extranet. intranet. A
a footer. BVoIP IPT IPP PoIP A
A
Modem CD-ROM B
B
using Internet Explorer to view a Web page that is stored on the hard drive on your computer
updating the values that are obtained through a Web query
clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your computer
viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.
Click on the Back arrow until the desired site is found
Click on ‘Go to’ or ‘Search’ in the browser
Go to the History page and look for the site
Go to the Bookmarks or Favorites page
the Refresh command
the Insert Hyperlink command
the Update command
the External Data command
Screensaver
Save it to a floppy disk.
Write it down on a piece of paper.
Add it to ‘Favourites’ or ‘Bookmarks’.
Cut and paste it to a word processor document.
privileged network.
network topology
an attachment.
a signature.
an encryption.
Desktop client, application, and database.
Desktop client, software, and hardware.
Desktop server, application, and database.
Desktop server, software, and hardware.
Telephone line
None of the above
File Transfer Program
File Transmission Protocol
File Transfer Protocol
None of the above
A
193.1.2.3 45.1.1.1 D
B
No-one C
A
A
C
C
B
circles points squares icons C
square image grid guide C
tool bars B
A
wave file media clip .video file B
So computers can be referenced by a name
So IP addresses can be shorter
So email is delivered faster
None of the above
143.215.12.19
None of the above
paul .trigg @ domain. org. uk
paul.trigg@domain.org.uk
paul.domain.uk
None of the above
The US government
Scientists in Switzerland
None of the above
Internet Relay Chat
International Relay of Characters
Internet Remote Conversations
None of the above
It will be deleted
It will be waiting for you to collect it
A letter will be sent to you in the post
None of the above
Hyper Textual Mark-up Lingo
Hyperlink Text Marking Language
Hyper Text Mark-up Language
None of the above
Receiving messages automatically from anyone in the group
People discussing a topic of interest globally
High volumes of email
None of the above
clipart & auto shapes
autolayouts and presentation templates
slide view & outline view
none of the above
short cut menus
auto shapes
all the above
clip gallery & word art
slide show & view show
fonts & images
none the aboveall the above
eof,false eof,true D
toolbox D
bof,false bof,true Dvalue() int() number() val() D
circle rectangle square oval Dtrue false Atrue false A
fontcolor color forecolor C
Btextsize size foresize fontsize D
C
count itemcount listcount D
toolbox B
title prompt C
msgbox() textbox label inputbox() D
D
load activate unload initialze C
standard opaque graphical Dblue red green black Bred green blue white D
toolbox D
toolbox Achange lostfocus text gotfocus D
child parent container Ctrue false Aload unload initialize activate D
text name caption C
dbengine B
movelast,true
movelast,false
properties window
form layout window
project explorer
movefirst,true
movefirst,false
none of the above
underline,true
fontunderline,true
textunderline,true
none of the above
one- millionth of a second
one-hundredth of a second
one-thousandth of a second
one-ten thousandth of a second
recordcount
form layout window
prperties window
project explorervbmsgboxstyle
none of the above
opendynaset
opensnapshot
dbopensnapshot
dbopendynaset
transparent
properties window
form layout window
project explorer window
properties window
form layout window
project explorer window
none of the above
none of the above
opendatabase
openrecordset
none of the above
enabled visible value style C
dime dim var B.ctx .ctl .ctr .ocx BValidate Check Audit A
D
Refresh Resize A
A
1 2 3 D
D
A
B
Refresh A
D
D
FreeFile GetFile GetBytes A
none of the above
Validation On Error GoTo linelabel
On Error GoTo Inline
On Error Stop
On Error Resume Next
UpdateControls
PaintPicture
Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value None of the above
Consists of several Programs
Consists of several Applications
Consists of Various Forms And Code Modules
Consists of several Projects
Form window, standard or code module
Project window, view code window
Class module, code module
None of the above
Place code in the Terminate event
Place code in the Unload event
Place code in the Deactivate event
None of the above
AutoRedraw = True
AutoRedraw = False
PaintPicture
Msgbox err.no & err.text
Msgbox err.number & err.text
Msgbox error.number & error.text
Msgbox error.number & error.description
To display images to the user
To help in creating a ToolBar
To allow the editing of icons
To provide a repository for images used by other controls
GetFileNum
Retrieve Get Value B
Input box DCaption Visible Multi-Line Font C
D
B
x and y A
C
C
Min Max Value B
Shell Substr SetAttr CStr A
B
C
D
B
variable. C
GetProperty
Common messages passed to Windows
Open dialog box
Windows explorer
Click and KeyPress
Click, KeyUp and KeyDown
KeyUp and KeyDown
KeyPress, KeyUp and KeyDown
Ascii Format
Binary Format
Input Mode
Output mode
CurrentX and CurrentY
ScaleLeft and ScaleTop
ScaleHeight and ScaleTop
Property Get
Property Assign
Property Let
Property Set
Background color property
Caption property
ZOrder property
AutoRedraw property CurrentVal
Are one and the same
Can be different at times
Are actually not properties
None of the above
You do not need to use the Set command here
You do not have the permission to access the class
MyVar has not been declared
None of the above
The Open method
The Exec method
The ExecProcedure method
None of the above
A warning query icon
A critical message icon
An exclamation icon
None of the above
statement.
intrinsic constant.
built-in procedure.
B
C
Unload C
A
color box C
ascent A10 28 18 36 Ccolumn bar pie linear A
images slides C
circular radar doughnut Aentity data point data stream B
clip art A
C
box tools C
C
MsgBox statement returns a value, while the InputBox function does not.
InputBox function returns a value, while the MsgBox statement does not.
InputBox function can be created with the macro recorder, while the MsgBox statement cannot.
MsgBox statement can be created with the macro recorder, while the InputBox function cannot.
Data cannot be entered into the form.
The form can be modified.
Data can be entered.
A new check box can be added.
QueryUnload
Deactivate Terminate
clipping tool
cropping tool
cutting tool
scribble drawing tool
color palette
color scheme
color guide
tricolor scheme
color palette
primary color scheme
images and text
slide sorter viewsall the above
Microsoft organization chart
auto shapes
track changes
the organization chart is expanded
the chart is made available for editing
the chart window opens displaying a chart template
none of the above
general purpose tools
custom drawing tools
standard drawing tools
used to mange organizational chart
accessed only by manager
used to create a manager box for an existing box
used to store the other tools of the organizational chart
turned on turned off B
once twice thrice Ctwo four five eight B
native tool draw tool B
slide view B
zoom preview B
importing exporting copying moving B
clip art A
Bnine only one six twelve C
B
A
transition D
build transition view show A
A
slide view view show C
B
portrait landscape a or b A
animation view show transition b or c A
gif jpeg png D
hyperlink hypertext D
visual c++ B
not available in the tool bar
available in the tool barany of the above
standard tool
all the above
autolayouts
handlayouts
none of these
reduce/enlarge
none of the above
Microsoft excel
auto shapes
drawing tools
.ppt(PowerPoint)
.rtf(rich text format)
.doc(document)
.html(hypertext format)
.rtf(rich text format)
.wmf(windows metafile)
.txt(plain text)
.doc(document)
not displayed during the slide show
displayed only during the slide show
displayed only in outline view
none of the above
DTS(digital track sound)
3D(3 dimension)
both a and bslide show
notes master
slide master
master slide
master notes
outline view
slide sorter view
15 inches,10 inches
10 inches,7.5 inches
7.5 inches,5 inches
none the abovenone of the above
none of the above
action button
all the above
visual basic for application
Microsoft visual interdev
all the above
macro batch file templates add-ins A
C
A
B
slide pane D
D
D
B
C
while creating a .exe file
during slide transition
when the slide show is run
none of the above
virus checkers
spell checkers
header files
all the above
slide show
custom show
both a and b
none of the above
notes pane
properties pane
outline pane
internet explorer
paint shop pro
paint shop pro
power point 2000
PowerPoint creates a sample presentation to which user can add words and pictures
it is the quickest way to create a presentation
contains sample presentations for a variety of topics
provides suggested content and design
user can insert objects like clip-arts, pictures stored in a separate files to the slides
user can insert only pre-drawn, pre-colored graphic images reflected in a clip arts to the slides
user can insert picture to the master slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that master slide
user can insert picture to the title slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that title slide
in outline view, drag the slide icon to a new location
in slide sorter view, drag the slide to a new location
in notes pages view, drag the slide icon to a new location
I slide view, drag the slide icon to a new location
D
B
D
customize new slide B
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the titles, main text and any background items that user wants to appear on the slides is called a master templates
transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides
design templates is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and sub-title for the presentation is called a title template
with notes pages view user can prepare speaker notes and handouts
in outline view, user can see the miniatures of all slides in a presentation, complete with text and graphics
user should select the slide view to add the text to the slide
the slides can be reordered in the outline view
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the titles, main text and any background items that user wants to appear on the slides is called a master template
transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides
design template is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and subtitle for the presentation is called a title template
slide layout
set up show
B
B
B10 12 102 22 Bonce twice three four times B
D
D
Fill color Line color D
C
data to be graphed resides in a datasheet window
by default, doughnut chart is displayed based on the data in the datasheet
data is plotted in a chart window
user can add data labels and gridlines to the chart
the master slide
the slide master
the header slide
the format slide
office assistant
spell checker
grammar checker
none of the above
text, graphics and email address.
text, hypertext and Power Point.
CD-ROM, digital camera and sound.
text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.
the Line style
the Line color
the Font and the text alignment
Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment
Line thickness
Fill color, Line color, and Line thickness
Excel is started so that you can create a chart.
A popup box prompts you for an existing Excel chart to insert.
Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.
The graph placeholder is deleted.
C
Pie chart Line chart B
D
B
C
always taken from the first row of data in the datasheet.
always taken from the first column of data in the datasheet.
taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether the data series are in rows or columns.
entered by the user.
Side-by-side column
Stacked column
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart.
Click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar, or pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
It automatically displays in Slide view.
Click the chart object, then click the View Datasheet button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Edit menu, then select Object.
You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.
Single click the chart.
Double click the chart.
Click outside the chart.
Change to Slide Sorter view.
D
A
D
D
Subtle Moderate Exciting D
CEnter Shift Alt Ctrl B
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be linked to the PowerPoint presentation.
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be embedded in the PowerPoint presentation.
The datasheet is saved as a separate file.
The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
The application that created the chart is started.
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
Microsoft Graph will restart.
a slide one bullet item at a time.
bullet items one letter at a time.
bullet items one word at a time.
a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word at a time.
Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting
Enter and exit
Fly in from top or bottom
Both enter and exit, and fly in from top or bottom
Neither enter nor exit; neither fly in from top nor bottom
D
C
Clips Text D
A
Fly in From top D
the way objects appear on a slide.
what objects do after they appear on a slide.
the way objects exit a slide.
Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do after they appear on a slide, and to the way objects exit a slide.
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide.
The advanced timeline shows the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide, nor the duration of the effect applied to each object.
Organization charts
Clips, organization charts, and text
Paint program
Draw program
Filtering program
Animation program
Dissolve in
Fly in, From top, and Dissolve in
BOLTP. OLAP. OLST. OLIP. B
B[Enter+A] [Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z] D.vbg .vbp .frm .frx B
add additem loaditem B
load B
B
msgbox() C
C
count C
update append addnew additem C
append update additem addnew B
movenext movelast movefirst C
A
Office 97 A
A
Once data is entered it cannot be changed.
Once data is entered it can be changed.
Data cannot be entered into Datasheet.
There is no such thing as a Datasheet.
You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a diagram.
You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a diagram.
You cannot change the style of the connecting lines in an Organization chart.
You cannot change the color of the boxes in an Organization chart.
none of the above
loadpicture
addpicture
none of the above
Drive1.Drive=Dir1.Path
Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive
File1.Path = Dir1.Path
none of the above
messagebox()
message()
none of the above
Dir1.Path=File1.Path
Dir1.Path = Drive1.Drive
File1.Path = Dir1.Path
File1.pattern=Dir1.path
openrecordset
opendatabase
recordcount
moveprevious
Cancel parameter to a non-zero value
Cancel parameter to 0
UnloadMode parameter to a non-zero value
UnloadMode parameter to a zero value
Word 2000
Office 2000
Back Office
click-n-type
double click
drag & drop
none of the above
cut select A
B
A
wizard templates A
A
Tool Tip Icon Tip A
tab stop ruler B
Dleft center decimal rotation D
template model B
C
pictures A
database forms A1 2 0 11 A
A
border shading style box Actrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m Actrl+a Del ctrl+f ctrl+m D
CTRL+O A
ctrl+shift+f ctrl+o C
Excel Access Both BTrue False AFalse True B
D
office clipboard
none of the above
shift+end and shift+home
shift+left and shift+right
ctr+end and ctr+home
none of the above
web layout, printlayout
normal layout, web layout
web layout, page layout
none of the above
click from start program, MSWord from the task menu
none of the above
office assistant
inbox assistant
document assistant
none of the above
Screen Tip
Document Tip
marginal stop
none of the above
up arrow keys only
page up keys only
home and end keys only
up and down arrow
dialogs/alerts
none of the above
increase indent
decrease indent
both A and B
none of the above
special effect
control tool box
design wizard
drawing toolbar
control box
page setup from the file
printer setup from the file menu
print preview from the file
none of the abovenone of the above
CTRL+SHIFT+F
CTRL+SHIFT+S
CTRL+SHIFT+P
ctrl+shift+s
ctrl+shift+pNone of the above
Valid Signs
Transaction type
Limit Check
Reasonableness
A or B B
DDE OLE ODBC C
C
B
D
A
B
A
C
HLOOKUP
VLOOKUP
None of the aboveAll of the above
Analysis translates program code of a high level language to machine code
Analysis is the loading of programs that perform routines to control peripheral devices
This involves looking at a system and finding out how information is being handled
None of above
Only hardware and software
Inputs, outputs, file design hardware, and software
Maintenance, reliability, and upgradeability
None of above
To collect data
To execute any programs
To maintain security
None of the above
Deleted from the disk
Copied from the disk
Saved to the disk
Transferred from the disk
Users operate the manual system and computer system at the same time
Users operate the computer system from a given date
Users operate the manual system
None of above
The new system is introduced alongside the existing system
The new system is introduced and users start operating it
Users continue operating the old system
None of above
Instructions and technical documentation
Log files and temporary files
User Guide and technical documentation
None of above
C
A
CD-ROM Hard disk B
B
Data bus Auto bus AFDDI BAD TED MAD B
Data bus Auto bus D
D
A
8 bits A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits A
A
D
For technical support
To enable any printer to be connected to the network
User guides cover how to run the system, enter data, save, print, etc.
None of above
Operating systems and system services
Network systems and communication services
Database systems and backup services
None of the above
Magnetic tape storage
floppy disk
To maintain a backup copy of all the information
To do a particular task.
To help someone who is applying for employment
None of the above
Address bus
Control Bus
Address bus
Control Bus
Peripherals that are connected to a computer.
Operating system routines that execute in supervisor mode.
Data structures that are part of the kernel of an operating system.
Shells, compilers and other useful system programs.
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric form
were 7 bits
represented 256 characters
represented 127 characters
More than 1000 mega bytes
1000 kilobytes 230 bytes
1024 bytes
32 registers
32 I/O devices
32 Mb of RAM
a 32-bit bus or 32-bit registers
BROM RAM DRAM CROM A
baud bytes Hertz D
B
D
ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus A
D
B
D
B
C
C
B
used to indicate uppercase letters
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
bits per second
memory capacity
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access time
have fewer instructions than RISC machines
use more RAM than RISC machines
have medium clock speeds
use variable size instructions
Power is switched off
Computer is improperly shut down
Data is not saved before computer is shut down
All of the above
a parallel interface
a serial interface
printer interface
a modem interface
line printer
dot matrix printer
ink-jet printer
laser printer.
is faster to access than RAM
is non-volatile
stores more information than RAM
is used for cache memory
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cut
none of the previous
is a form of ATM card
has more storage capacity than an ATM card
is an access card for a security system
contains a microprocessor
CRT displays
LCD displays
SSGA displays
none of the previous
A
D
ALU Registers Variables Logic Bus B
brochures CD-ROM e-mail D
C
multiuser C
NORMAL A
ctrl+m ctrl+2 ctrl+end ctrl+home B
A
ctrl+2 ctrl+5 ctrl+1 B
Text Box Frame Border A
A
Chart WordArt File A
Borders Shading WordArt Bullets D
clear remove all remove clear all D
A
charts WordArt files C
having several programs in RAM at the same time
multitasking
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
having several softwares running at the same time
the ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
magazines
multitasking
an operating system
to run more than one program at the same time
none of the above
multitasking
multiprogramming
none of the previous
ONLINE LAYOUT
PAGELAYOUT
ONLINE DOCUMENT
ctrl+v or ins
ctrl+c or ins
ctrl+x or ins
ctrl+v or Delnone of the above
AutoShape
Header and Footer
Screen Tips
Page Layout
none of the above
Auto Shapes
picture bullets dialog box
arrow bullet dialog box
circle bullet dialog box
none dialog box
AutoShapes
doc1 B
thesaurus A
shift+f7 shift+f8 A
first second first row A
tab end enter A
A
row records B
A
Macro B
basic vj++ Bshift+f8 shift+f7 alt+f8 alt+f5 A
browser A
hotmail Ahtml xml sgml vb script Ainternet intranet arpanet LAN A
B
document1
new document
default document
hyphenation
mail merge
none of t he above
thesaurus menu
tools+spelling menu
last cell of the t ablenone of the above
convert text to table
convert data to table
table auto format option
none of the above
rows & columns
none of the above
AutoCorrect
AutoFormat
style gallery
none of the above
Mail Merging
Data Source
none of the above
visual basic
visual FoxPro
web layout view
online layout view
none of the above
email client
outlook express
micro soft outlook
field name must be listed in the same order as the corresponding information in the data source
the field separators in a header source and the data source can not be set as paragraph
field names in the header source must match any merge fields you've inserted in the main document
the number of fields names in the header source must be the same as the number of data fields in the data source
Cleft decimal justified top A
Dtrue false A
true false Atrue false A
Btrue false A
B
it is not possible to change the height of only selected rows of a table
auto format option applies to the entire table and not only to the selected rows or columns of a table
by default cell height and weight option applies to all the rows and columns of a table
delete cells option allows to delete the entire row or a column or shift cells up or shifts cells left
A new section is created in order to change properties like number of columns
In order to type a header from the third page of the document a section break is inserted after t he third page
If a header is inserted in the second section then the same header is applicable to the first section
A section is a portion of a document in which certain page formatting option can be set
drag & drop
click -n-type
Double Click
none of the above
automatically corrects common typing, spelling errors
prohibits the user from renaming an auto correct entry
automatically corrects the grammatically errors
with t he caps lock key accidentally turned on reverses the case of the letters that were capitalized incorrectly and then turns off the caps lock
Bleft justified hanging top A
Btrue false Atrue false A
true false Btrue false A
A
B
Remove A
D
D
tab shift B
thesaurus outliner C
D
Print all B
password can not include spaces
password protected document can be opened without password as read only
password are not case sensitive
password can be upto 15 characters long
a .ppt file can not not be inserted at specified position in the current document
a document file can be inserted in the current document at specified position
a multiple documents files can be inserted in the single document
an .xls data can not be inserted at specified position in the current document
Master Document
Child Document
Hyperlink Document
none of the above
Print Layout View
Page Layout
Outline Layout
none of the above
Insert Mode
Type Over mode
none of the above
press the return key
press the tab key
press the escape key
just keep typing
layers and planes
lines and spaces
height and width
rows and columns
enter/return
backspace/ delete
grammar checker
spell checker
send a public message to friends interested in one topic
send pictures to a friend
send private messages to a friend
send a package to a friend
From ___ To ____
Page setup
Print preview
Enter Copy Retrieve Save Cclosing tabbing spacing sorting B
database graphing C
B
subscript clip art clipboard C
B
C
C
B
Browser clip-art file D
C
6 point 10 point 15 point 25 point B
3 inches. B
word processing
spreadsheet
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
None of the above
annotation
To analyse figures
Creating and editing documents
Storing information
Making Calculations
Clear, replace and select
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
Font, Paragraph, Bullet and Numbering
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
Designated area on the document
Mouse, printer and processing system keyboard?
Keyboard, Mouse, monitor and printer
Monitor, keyboard and mouse
None of the above
microphone
digital scanner
Clear, replace and Toolbars
Spelling, grammar and autocorrect
Cut, copy, paste and clear
None of the above
2½ inches.
2¾ inches.
impossible to determine.
A
D
B
B
Paste Replace Select all B
A
C
You are not in Print Layout view.
You have not inserted a column section break..
You have not specified continuous section breaks.
Word cannot display columns during editing; you will see them only when you print the document.
to store a file on the hard drive
to store a file on a diskette
to move a section of text from the original location to another location
to leave an original section of text in place while pasting a copy elsewhere
Data about a set of similar things
Mainly text
A set of different graphics
None of the above
Thesaurus
Spell Checker
Grammar Checker
Find and Replace
AutoCorrect
Copy, then paste
Cut, then paste
Delete, then paste
Insert, then paste
To give the original author a chance to accept suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To give the original author a chance to reject suggested changes from the person who entered the revisions
To complicate the revision process and to force the author to spend more time making corrections
To allow multiple people to work on one document in collaboration with one another
D
D
A
B
Dictionary A
A line appears through text that is to be deleted.
A red underline appears beneath text that is to be added.
A vertical line outside the left margin signifies a change has been made at that point in the document.
Comments are enclosed in a text box at the right of the document.
Through the Edit menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through the Tools menu by choosing Track Changes command
Through tools on the Reviewing toolbar
Both through the Tools menu and the Reviewing toolbar
The Versions command will allow you to save multiple versions of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document, including any changes that may have been made to that document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only one version of a document without any changes that were just made to the document.
The Versions command will allow you to save only two versions of a document: one version of the original and one version of any changes made to the document.
All versions are opened automatically.
The latest version is opened automatically.
The first and second versions are opened automatically.
The previous version is opened automatically.
Grammar check
Spell check
Thesaurus
A
Fields Tools Forms Insert C
Text fields B
C
C
Press tab. Dtext. graphics. forms. numbers. C
macro. A
C
DInsert Tools Format Edit C
A
Word displays a list of the dates and times each file was saved.
The most recent version will appear at the bottom of the list.
Word will show the name of the person who saved each version.
Word is not able to tell the most recent version of a document.
Check boxes
Toggle button
A drop-down list
Comments cannot be edited.
Comments cannot be deleted.
Comments can be edited or deleted by right clicking the highlighted text.
Comments can be edited or deleted by left clicking the highlighted text.
Text at the bottom of every page
Numbers which appear on every page
Text which appear at the top of every page
None of the above
Press Return.
Copy and paste.
Insert page break.
header/footer.
bibliography.
find/search.
Copy button
Paste button
Format Painter button
This action is not possible.
Fault Finding
Bug Squashing
Error Injecting
Debugging
a section of white text on a black background.
a section of text where the first letter of each sentence is lowercase and the rest are uppercase.
the guidelines used to establish where different elements of the newsletter will go.
an enlarged capital letter at the beginning of a paragraph.
A
D
D6 10 12 72 D
One Two Three Four B
C
D
2 inches 3½ inches 4 inches D
Field Record Both A
Horizontal Vertical A or B A
setting it in larger type or font size.
typing it all in capital letters.
underlining the text of the pull quote.
changing the color.
The reverse technique means to add dark text on a light background.
A pull quote is a quotation taken from (pulled) from another document.
A dropped cap is a word that starts with a lowercase letter when it should have a capital letter.
A grid is a set of horizontal and vertical lines that determine the placement of elements in a newsletter or other document.
The width of each column
The height of each column
The number of columns
The tab spacing within each column
Press Ctrl+Enter to create a page break.
Press Ctrl+Shift+Enter to create a column break.
Press Enter to create a section break.
Press Shift+Enter to force a line break.
A serif font at 10 points
A sans serif font at 10 points
A serif font at 20 points
A sans serif font at 45 points
It depends on the left and right margins, and how many columns are specified.None of the aboveNone of the Above
Gaps C
Filter Merge A
RAND() B
TRUE FALSE ATRUE FALSE A
Unusual Strange A or B C
D
True False A
True False A
Limit Sequence Range B
D
multiuser D
B
B
D106 sec 103 sec 1012 sec 109 sec D
a keypad a mouse a frog B
Duplicate Value
Combined Value
All of the above
Cross Tabulate
None of the above
VLOOKUP()
HLOOKUP()
None of the above
None of the above
exception testing
comparison of data
duplicates testing
All of the above
Both B & C
related to virtual reality
a form of ROM
a form of VRAM
none of the previous
same as multitasking
same as multiprogramming
involves using more than one processor at the same time
save the file
set up a password
make a backup copy
use a virus protection program
to calculate numbers
to read from or write information to a floppy disk
to print sheets of paper
to display information or pictures on a screen
Uses Cobol
uses Java uses C++
none of the previous.
a message pad
C
A
D
a cursor A
Formula Algorithm Program Data B
Compiler B
Validation B
ANetwork Program System Modem B
D
D
ROM RAM B
Firmware C
Firmware A
data to be transferred to memory
data that has been transferred from memory
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory.
data to be transferred to or from memory
data to be transferred to the stack
the address of a memory location
an instruction that has been transferred from memory
an instruction that has been decoded
an instruction that has been fetched from memory
an instruction that has been executed
the address of the next instruction to be executed
a scroll bar
a light pen
a magic marker
Assembler
Artificial Intelligence
Parity Checker
Memory protection
Parity Checking
Range checking
use the directory search tools
search each file in turn
use the backup facility
use find and replace
save copies of the file with the same name on the system
use different filenames on the system
keep a record of computer failures
backup to a secure medium
Multiprocessing
Time sharing
Multiprogramming
Multiplexing
Floppy Disk
Magnetic Disk
Word Processor
Telephone modem
Shareware
Word Processor
Telephone modem
Shareware
Hashed Indexed Random C
ALU CPU B
A
C
C
CD-ROM A
Text Pictures Sound Video D
Laser Dot matrix Ink-jet Drum B
A
C
Database D
C512 1024 4096 8192 C
DTCP/IP HTML IPX/SPX NetBEUI A
B
SequentialOperating System
Primary Storage
Tracks and Sectors
Blocks and Sectors
Files and Tracks
Schema and subschema
Character, field, database
Database, character, record
File, record, field
Element, field, file
Valid character check
Maintenance diagnostic program
Systems logs
Parity check
Sound card.
MIDI interface
Serial interface
viewing an encyclopaedia CD-ROM.
creating the plans for a building design.
presenting an order for stock to a warehouse.
recording current stock in a supermarket and answering customer queries.
replaced regularly
never updated
updated regularly
updated once a year
Document processor
Graphics package
Spreadsheet
get into the system quickly
make efficient use of time
retain confidentiality of files
simplify file structures
loss of confidentiality
duplication of data
virus infection
loss of data
access to the internet is quicker
files can be shared
printer can do 1000s of pages a day
the operating system is easy to use
D
C
A
data. text. A
A
A
C
B
input. output. D
A
local B
a file name
a subdirectory
the root directory
the hard drive
universal port serial
up-line provider service
uninterruptable power supply
uniform page source
orphan files can be left on the system
the program executable may not allow it to be uninstalled
the system requires a network administrator to uninstall it
the system always requires a re-boot and defrag afterwards
documents.
information.
Graphical representation of logic
Rules writte in procedural language
Logical Steps in any language
None of the above
Purchase, sales, receipt, payments etc.
To fill the log register
It is mandatory in tally
None of the bove
assist in maintenance
speed up access
prevent unauthorised access
allow encryption
senior executive support for IT.
IT management lacks leadership.
IT understands the business
None of the above
processing.
All of the above
The use of computers to design state-of-the-art, high-quality products.
Using computers to do architecture.
Software that generates innovated designs and artistic patterns.
None of the above
specialist or functional
Application Service Provider enterprise
D
D
A
C
C
Interface Settings Control B
(a) to (d) C
C
C
(a) to (d) C
C
(a) to (d) C
call lights C
A
(a) to (d) D
B
D
name the file
ensure the filename is not lost
identify the file
identify the file type
preventive controls.
detective controls.
corrective controls.
All of the above are parts of IS controls.
external hashing
static hashing
dynamic hashing
extensible hashing
A: (a) , (b), (d)
B: (a) to (d)
C: (a), (b), (c)
D: (b), (c), (d)
corrective controls
preventive controls
detective controls
general controls
Component(a), (c), (d)
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
Press the reset button.
Turn the computer off at the power point.
Select the ‘Shut Down’ option from a menu.
Pull the power cord from the back of the computer.
Create the files again.
Ask the person next to you.
Use the Find or Search feature.
Put your hand up and ask the teacher
(a), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(b), (c), (d)
detective controls
organisational controls
preventive controls
corrective controls
(a), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(b), (c), (d)
problem logging
program change requests
resolution procedures
unit testing
data testing
thread testing
loop testing
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
benchmark testing
specifications matching
parallel operations
system walkthroughs
Multiplexer.
Peripheral processors.
Concentrator.
Job control language.
(a) to (d) A
B
A
Client Hub CStar Bus Mesh Ring A
Star Bus Ring D
B
Direct Binary Indexed B
C
C
C
A
Protocol B
(b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c)
(a), (c), (d)
Replacement personal computers for user departments.
Identification of critical applications.
Physical security of warehouse facilities.
Cross-training of operating personnel.
architectural design
interface design
procedural design
data design
Client-server
Computer network
All of the above
To maintain a backup copy of are written all the information
To do a particular job such as editing, storing information
To help someone who is applying for employment
To Store data in an organised manner
Sequential
Systems analysis and applications programming.
Data communications hardware and software.
Operating systems and compilers.
Computer operations.
A sequential file on a disk
A sequential file on a tape
A direct access file on a disk
A direct access file on a tape
Tapes can only be read by the machine on which they are written
Parity errors will result
Information formats commonly vary between architectures
Data record can never be blocked together
Data path part
Control Unit
Address calculation part
Input output channel
Distributed systems
Local Area network
Wide area network
D
Mixer Modem C
A
D
C
B
C
D
B
Can send data to a computer and receive data from a computer
Use the computer to which they are connected to perform all processing operations
Generally require a keyboard for data entry and a CRT for display
Are required with a microprocessor which permits some data processing such as input validation
Multiplexor
Time sharing computer
Allows computer signals to be send over a telephone line
Aids in back-up procedures
Packs data in a disk file
Speeds up online printing
Planetary network
Ring Network
Loop Network
Star Network
Office Automation
Executor systems
Electronic mailing
Instant post-office
A dumb workstation
An intelligent workstation
A personal computer
A mainframe PC
Time of day control locks
Encryption algorithms
Parity checks
All of them
Type of cable
Terminal Standard
Communication protocol
Device interconnect standard
A compiler does a conversion line by line as the program is run
A compiler converts the whole of a higher level program code into machine code in one step
A compiler is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
None of the above
DCRC Baudot ASCII EBCDIC A
A
Modem C
C
D
C
C
Testing B
C
Feasibility study, system design, and testing
Implementation and documentation
Lexical analysis, CONVERSION, and code generation
None of the above
An interpreter does the conversion line by line as the program is run
An interpreter is a representation of the system being designed
An interpreter is a general purpose language providing very efficient execution
None of the above
Demodulator
Frequency division multiplexor
Time Division Multiplexor
High-level languages
Middle-level languages
Low-level languages
None of the above
It is faster than parallel communication
It is less error prone
It is less prone to attenuation
Uses only one path
Financial sector and engineering
Graphic design and education
Accounting systems, commercial sector
None of the above
Communicate with the console operator
Manage the paging function in a virtual environment
Relieve the main CPU of repetitive communication tasks
Reduce competition between the input/output devices
Specification and design
System Analysis
None of the above
Fiber Optics
Coaxial Cable
Common carrier
Telephone Lines
C
A cache A buffer B
BStar Packet Ring Bus B
10101010 1100101 1010101 C
Parity A
15 4 64 A
Port Modem C
327 141 97 B
B
B
30 255 256 B
A
4C5 1B7 5C4 A4 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits B
D
1024 bits 210 bits 210 bytes A
10000 1112 1110 A
The design of the screen the user will see and use to enter or display data
System Analysis defines the format and type of data the program will use
System Analysis involves creating a formal model of the problem to be solved
None of the above
An interface
An online protocol
The different types of network to be used
Testing to check for errors before the system is introduced
Hardware, Software and size of program.
None of the above
None of the above
Retransmission
Cyclic Redundancy
Hash CountNone of the above
Multiplexor
Acoustic couplerNone of the above
Data warehouse
Data Mining tools
Data management systems
All of them
memory capacity
memory access time
secondary storage capacity
secondary storage access timeNone of the above
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric formNone of the above
Basic Coding Description
Binary Coded Decimal
Bit Code Design
None of the above
1000 bytes
None of the above
A
Mouse Keyboard A
B
D
baud bytes Hertz D
Light pen Joystick CBPS MIPS MHz VLSI B
B
OCR MICR B
Hard disk A
C
C100K 1.44 Mb 5 Mb 1 Gb B
hardware software output input A
Mouse Keyboard Printer B
Light pen Joystick Scanner C
B
Hard disk Keyboard A
Mouse Keyboard B
Mouse Speakers Printer A
binary form
ASCII code form
decimal form
alphanumeric form
Numeric Keypad
None of the above
used to indicate uppercase letters
used to detect errors
is the first bit in a byte
is the last bit in a byte
Because it squeaks when moved
Its moves like a mouse
It has ears
None of the above
bits per secondTouch screen
None of the above
Printing letters
Tracing diagrams
Reading bar codes
None of the above
barcode scanning
voice recognition
Touch screen
CD-ROM drive
None of the above
increased the storage capacity of a computer system
increases the process speed
provides backup power in the event of a power cut
none of the previous
Refillable ink
Pencil lead
Light sensitive elements
None of the above
Numeric Keypad
Touch screen
Printing letters
Tracing Diagrams
Reading Bar Codes
Digital Signatures
Touch screen
CD ROM Drive
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
Credit card
B
Pixels Pixies Pickers B
Printer CD-ROM A
Mouse
B
C
Mouse B
hardware C
Speakers A
A
B
C
A
Writing on a hard board
Printed output
Storing information on the hard disk
Back-up on a Cartridge
Coloured spots
Storage device
Pointing device
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
None of the above
CRT displays
LCD displays
SSGA displays
none of the previous
screen layout
mouse button layout
keyboard layout
word processing software
Bar code reader
Optical mark reader
None of the above
language interpreter
software interface
an operating system
Credit card
Smart card
None of the above
having several programs in RAM at the same time
multitasking
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
having several programs in RAM at the same time
The ability to run 2 or more programs concurrently
writing programs in multiple languages
none of the previous
multitasking
an operating system
To run more than one program at the same time
none of the above
First - generation computers.
Second - generation computers.
Third - generation computers.
Fifth - generation computers.
Multi-user A
Param Arjun C
C
B
C
A
C
B
D
B10-6 sec 10-3 sec 10-12 sec 10-9 sec D
C
system D
project model process D
D
A
multitasking
multiprogramming
none of the previous
Vishwajeet
Deep Blue
is caused by wear
caused by overuse
is due to bad disk blocks
none of the previous
Bar code Reader Technology
Optical Mark Reader Technology
Magnetic Ink Character Recognition Technology
Image Scanning Technology
a fast interpreter
slower than an interpreter
converts a program to machine code
none of the previous
Drum Printer
Dot - Matrix Printer
Desk - jet Printer
Thermal Printer
encrypting it
decrypting it
compressing it
transmitting it
Very important reader user sequence
Vital information resource under siege
Virtual information reader & user system
None of above
Electrically charged ink
Thermal Paper
An ink pen
An inked ribbon and print head
mainframe technology
LAN technology
WAN technology
Unix operating system
Limit checks
Control figures
External file labels
Cross footing tests
application
operating system
communication
pilot project
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
multitasking
mainframes
super computers
micro computers
none of the above
B
C
B
B
B
field file record C
B
B
PC-at IBM-PC B
D
A
wan LAN Dhost server back end front end Dhost server back end front end C
PC LAN A
Bfour one two many A
D
B
repairing D
B
control unit
arithmetic and logic unit
central processing unit
none of the above
band printer
drum printer
non impact printer
none of the above
data management
word processing
electronic spreadsheet
none of the above
integrated software
communication software
idea processor
none of the above
my computer
recycle bin
Microsoft exchange
none of the abovenone of the above
assembly language
machine language
high level language
none of the above
terminator symbol
processed symbol
connector symbol
input/output symbol
hp vectra system
fazitsu vp200 series
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
"dumb terminals"
dumb servers
dummy terminals
dummy servers
distributed computing system
windows NT
distributed computing
centralized
server processing
host processing
dumb processing
data processing
file management system
hierarchical database system
network database system
relational database system
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
redo logging
disk defragmentation
disk mirroring
Code/De-code
Modulation/Demodulation
Module/De-module
None of the above
fixes locks traps B
B
B
task process thread C
C
Ethernet Internet B
D
MAN WAN GAN B
C
Cells Bits Packets C
C
Hyper text C
B
Receiver B
platform package system A
BISDN ATM Internet Intranet A
constraints
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
none of the above
Linear area networks
Local area networks
Local array of networks.
None of the aboveclient-server
Integrated system dynamic networks.
Integrated Symbolic Digital networks.
Integrated Services Digital network.
None of the above.
ARPANET
None of the above.
visual basic
power builder
SQL * plus
all of the aboveNone of the above.
Transfer control protocol/Internet protocol
Transfer communication protocol/Internet protocol
Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
None of the above.None of the above.
System modulation transfer protocol
Software Mail transmission protocol
Simple Mail transfer protocol
None of the above.
Transfer Protocol
Transmission protocol
None of the above.
Aggregate transfer mode
Asynchronous transfer mode
Area transfer mode
None of the above.
File server
Printer server
None of the above.
configuration
MAN and WAN
LAN and WAN
LAN and MAN
LAN WAN and MAN
C
A
Bridges Routers Protocol Bprocedure batch command program D
A
C
PCs Dinput output feed write A
D
interpreter compiler converter process Dinput processor ram output D
C
D
interpreter B
batch protocols software's C
processor compiler assembler coder B
compiler interpreter assembler processor C
Internal Services Digital Network
Internal Services Design Network
Integrated Services Digital Network
None of the above.
Web based Training
Web based Technology
Web based Transport
Web based TransactionRepeaters
alpha numeric
alpha beta
numerous alpha
number and alpha
space occupied, price, no. of users allowed
cost, performance their ratio
size, performance, cost
input, output, performance ratios
mini computers
microprocessors
mainframes
multiprocessing
multithreading
multiplexing
multitasking
impact printers
drum printers
non-impact desktop printers
thermal printers
operating system, bootstrap, kernel, shell
control program, interpreter, assembler, compiler
monitor, program, keyboard, bus
CPU, memory, input, output
operating system
application software
windows 95
procedures
q_id q_desc
PP1 In Powerpoint2000 ,the built-in professional design elements are
PP2
PP3
PP4
PP5
PP6 _______ is a motion picture or any animation file
PP7 The user can use ______ to remove the undesirable part of the image
PP8 The power presentation has a _____ for a set of compatible colors
PP9 The set three colors used for graphs and for secondary slide items is called asPP10 There are ______ types of charts available in PowerPointPP11 _______ charts are useful while showing variations over a period of time
PP12 _______ are the individual pages of a presentation
PP13
PP14 Each individual piece of data in a series is called a/an
PP15 PowerPoint launches an OLE-compatible application called
PP16 When the user double-clicks on an organization chart object in PowerPoint
PP17 The _____ are used for selecting, editing and viewing objects in the chart
Selection handles are the 8 small ___________ that appear around the object, when an object is selectedThe _______ is an invisible matrix of vertical and horizontal lines that covers the entire slide workspace_______ are drop-down menus that appear when the right mouse button is clicked on the screen element
________ and ______ have the ability to add a lot of visual impact into the PowerPoint presentation
A PIE Chart is a ____ diagram that depicts the relationship between a whole and its parts
PP18 Manager box tool in organizational chart window is
PP19 The custom drawing tools are _______ by default
PP20 Click on the box tool ______ to draw three boxesPP21 There are ____ default fields available in all boxes of the organizational chart
PP22 The _____ tool is used in the same way as we use a pen to draw a table
PP23 A/An _______ consists of smaller printed version of the slides
PP24 The size of the object can be changed using the ______ tool
PP25
PP26 ________ can be used to create charts as well as worksheets
PP27 PowerPoint can import text files that have been saved in ______ formatPP28 PowerPoint outlines can have _____ outline levels
PP29
PP30 The hidden slide is
PP31 ____ effect is used to introduce a slide during a slide show
PP32 A _____ is a special effect that determines how the objects appear on the slide
PP33 The notes page is formatted based on the
PP34 Pick the odd man out of the following
PP35
PP36 The default orientation for notes ,handouts and outlines is ____ orientation
PP37 Build effect is also called as ______
_______ is the process through which the slides in the current presentation are included in another presentation or application
When a file is saved with _____ extension, the graphics and text are also saved along with the slide
When a new presentation is opened ,powerpoint creates slides that have a width of _____ and a height of ______ with the landscape orientation
PP38 Graphics for web pages are automatically stored in ____ format
PP39 A _______ is used to jump to any slide in the presentation
PP40 The ______ language has been incorporated into PowerPointPP41 In PowerPoint _____ is a series of commands that are executed in sequence
PP42 The macro will be activated
PP43
PP44
PP45 _______ is used to organize and develop the contents of a presentation
PP46 If we save the presentation file as a metafile, it can be opened using
PP47
PP48 Which of the following statement is not TRUE
Developers can easily add ____ to PowerPoint 2000 by using the programming interface______ determines the order in which order in which the slides will be displayed during the show
With reference to autocontent wizard for creating a new presentation, which of the following statements are not true
PP49
PP50 Which of the following definitions are not true
PP51 Which of the following statements are not true
With reference to changing the order of slides, which of the following statement is not true
PP52 Which of the following definitions are not true
PP53 The options available in the common task toolbar does not include
PP54 With reference to chart, which of the following statements are not true
PP55
PP56PP57 PowerPoint's drawing toolbar contains _______ drawing tools
PP58 Click _______ on the rectangle drawing tools enables us to draw multiple rectangles
PP59 An example of the components of a multimedia presentation could include
PP60
The format of the text entered in a title, subtitle, or bulleted-list object is determined by the format settings in a special slide called --------PowerPoint provides a _________ that searches the entire presentation i.e., all the text objects in all the slides, outlines, notes and handouts for spelling errors
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the AutoFormat tool?
PP61
PP62
PP63 The legend in a Microsoft Graph chart is:
PP64
Which of the following formatting elements can be applied to a PowerPoint diagram using the Format AutoShape command?
What happens when you double click a blank graph placeholder in a PowerPoint presentation?
Suppose you are creating a Microsoft Graph of quarterly sales by region. Which would be the best chart type if you want to emphasize the total sales of each region?
PP65
PP66
PP67
Which of the following actions will enable you to insert a graph into a PowerPoint presentation?
If you are editing a slide containing a Microsoft Graph, how do you display the underlying datasheet?
How do you deselect a chart that has been placed onto a PowerPoint slide after you have finished creating the chart?
PP68 What happens when you click the Datasheet button on the Microsoft Graph toolbar?
PP69 What happens if you single click a chart that is not currently active?
PP70 What happens if you double click a chart that is not currently active?
PP71 Using custom animation effects, you can build:
PP72 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
PP73 Which of the following animations effects can be added to a slide?PP74 Which keyboard key is used to select more than one picture on a slide?
PP75 Custom animation can be used to affect ONLY:
PP76Which of the following best describes the information that appears on the advanced timeline?
PP77 Which of the following objects can contain custom animation effects?
PP78
PP79 Which of the following animation effects can be added to a slide?
PP80 Which of the following is TRUE regarding the Datasheet?PP81 Graphical software tools that provide complex analysis of stored data are:
PP82 Which of the following statements is TRUE regarding PowerPoint diagrams?PP83 Which keyboard key combination is used to undo the previous command(s)?
What type of program allows an object within an image to be edited without affecting other objects?
op1 op2 op3 op4 ans
B
circles points squares icons C
square image grid guide C
tool bars B
A
wave file .video file B
A
color box C
ascent A10 28 18 36 Ccolumn bar pie linear A
images slides C
circular radar doughnut A
entity data stream B
clip art A
C
box tools C
clipart & auto shapes
autolayouts and presentation templates
slide view & outline view
none of the above
short cut menus
auto shapes
all the above
clip gallery & word art
slide show & view show
fonts & images
none the above
media clip
all the above
clipping tool
cropping tool
cutting tool
scribble drawing tool
color palette
color scheme
color guide
tricolor scheme
color palette
primary color scheme
images and text
slide sorter viewsall the above
data point
Microsoft organization chart
auto shapes
track changes
the organization chart is expanded
the chart is made available for editing
the chart window opens displaying a chart template
none of the above
general purpose tools
custom drawing tools
standard drawing tools
C
turned on B
once twice thrice Ctwo four five eight B
native tool draw tool B
slide view B
zoom preview B
importing exporting copying moving B
clip art A
Bnine only one six twelve C
B
A
transition D
build transition view show A
A
slide view C
B
portrait landscape a or b A
view show transition b or c A
used to mange organizational chart
accessed only by manager
used to create a manager box for an existing box
used to store the other tools of the organizational chart
turned off
not available in the tool bar
available in the tool barany of the above
standard tool
all the above
autolayouts
handlayouts
none of these
reduce/enlarge
none of the above
Microsoft excel
auto shapes
drawing tools
.ppt(PowerPoint)
.rtf(rich text format)
.doc(document)
.html(hypertext format)
.rtf(rich text format)
.wmf(windows metafile)
.txt(plain text)
.doc(document)
not displayed during the slide show
displayed only during the slide show
displayed only in outline view
none of the above
DTS(digital track sound)
3D(3 dimension)
both a and bslide show
notes master
slide master
master slide
master notes
outline view
view show
slide sorter view
15 inches,10 inches
10 inches,7.5 inches
7.5 inches,5 inches
none the abovenone of the above
animation
gif jpeg png D
hyperlink hypertext D
visual c++ Bmacro batch file templates add-ins A
C
A
B
slide pane D
D
D
B
none of the above
action button
all the above
visual basic for application
Microsoft visual interdev
all the above
while creating a .exe file
during slide transition
when the slide show is run
none of the above
virus checkers
spell checkers
header files
all the above
slide show
custom show
both a and b
none of the above
notes pane
properties pane
outline pane
internet explorer
paint shop pro
paint shop pro
power point 2000
PowerPoint creates a sample presentation to which user can add words and pictures
it is the quickest way to create a presentation
contains sample presentations for a variety of topics
provides suggested content and design
user can insert objects like clip-arts, pictures stored in a separate files to the slides
user can insert only pre-drawn, pre-colored graphic images reflected in a clip arts to the slides
user can insert picture to the master slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that master slide
user can insert picture to the title slide which gets reflected in all the slides using that title slide
C
D
B
in outline view, drag the slide icon to a new location
in slide sorter view, drag the slide to a new location
in notes pages view, drag the slide icon to a new location
I slide view, drag the slide icon to a new location
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the titles, main text and any background items that user wants to appear on the slides is called a master templates
transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides
design templates is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and sub-title for the presentation is called a title template
with notes pages view user can prepare speaker notes and handouts
in outline view, user can see the miniatures of all slides in a presentation, complete with text and graphics
user should select the slide view to add the text to the slide
the slides can be reordered in the outline view
D
new slide B
B
B
B10 12 102 22 B
once twice three four times B
D
D
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the titles, main text and any background items that user wants to appear on the slides is called a master template
transition means applying special effects to the crossover between the slides
design template is the template whose format and color scheme user applies to a presentation
the slide that holds the formatted placeholders for the title and subtitle for the presentation is called a title template
slide layout
customize
set up show
data to be graphed resides in a datasheet window
by default, doughnut chart is displayed based on the data in the datasheet
data is plotted in a chart window
user can add data labels and gridlines to the chart
the master slide
the slide master
the header slide
the format slide
office assistant
spell checker
grammar checker
none of the above
text, graphics and email address.
text, hypertext and Power Point.
CD-ROM, digital camera and sound.
text, hypertext, Power Point, video and sound.
the Line style
the Line color
the Font and the text alignment
Line style, Line color, text font, and text alignment
Fill color Line color D
C
C
Pie chart Line chart B
Line thickness
Fill color, Line color, and Line thickness
Excel is started so that you can create a chart.
A popup box prompts you for an existing Excel chart to insert.
Microsoft Graph is started so that you can create a graph.
The graph placeholder is deleted.
always taken from the first row of data in the datasheet.
always taken from the first column of data in the datasheet.
taken from the first column or row of data in the datasheet, depending on whether the data series are in rows or columns.
entered by the user.
Side-by-side column
Stacked column
D
B
C
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart.
Click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
Pull down the Insert menu and select Chart, click the Insert Chart button on the Standard toolbar, or pull down the Insert menu and select the appropriate Object.
It automatically displays in Slide view.
Click the chart object, then click the View Datasheet button on the Standard toolbar.
Pull down the Edit menu, then select Object.
You cannot display the underlying datasheet once the slide is finished.
Single click the chart.
Double click the chart.
Click outside the chart.
Change to Slide Sorter view.
D
A
D
D
Subtle Moderate Exciting D
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be linked to the PowerPoint presentation.
A dialog box is displayed allowing you to enter the name of the Excel worksheet that should be embedded in the PowerPoint presentation.
The datasheet is saved as a separate file.
The datasheet window is toggled from closed to open (or from open to closed).
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
The application that created the chart is started.
The chart is selected.
The chart is deleted.
The chart is doubled in size.
Microsoft Graph will restart.
a slide one bullet item at a time.
bullet items one letter at a time.
bullet items one word at a time.
a slide one bullet item at a time, build bullet items a letter at a time, and build bullet items a word at a time.Subtle, Moderate, or Exciting
CEnter Shift Alt Ctrl B
D
C
Enter and exit
Fly in from top or bottom
Both enter and exit, and fly in from top or bottom
Neither enter nor exit; neither fly in from top nor bottom
the way objects appear on a slide.
what objects do after they appear on a slide.
the way objects exit a slide.
Custom animation can be used to affect the way objects appear on a slide, to what objects do after they appear on a slide, and to the way objects exit a slide.
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide.
The advanced timeline shows the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide and the duration of the effect applied to each object.
The advanced timeline shows neither the sequence in which objects will appear on the slide, nor the duration of the effect applied to each object.
Clips Text D
A
Fly in From top D
BOLTP. OLAP. OLST. OLIP. B
B[Enter+A] [Shift+Z] [Alt+Z] [Ctrl+Z] D
Organization charts
Clips, organization charts, and text
Paint program
Draw program
Filtering program
Animation program
Dissolve in
Fly in, From top, and Dissolve in
Once data is entered it cannot be changed.
Once data is entered it can be changed.
Data cannot be entered into Datasheet.
There is no such thing as a Datasheet.
You can change the appearance of a whole diagram, but not individual shapes of a diagram.
You can change both the appearance of a whole diagram and the individual shapes of a diagram.
You cannot change the style of the connecting lines in an Organization chart.
You cannot change the color of the boxes in an Organization chart.
q_id q_desc op1
IN90 The two major browsers used to surf the Internet are ________,_______
IN91 Special characters allow browsers to display _________________ text
IN92 hyperlink
IN93 in random orderIN94 The initial web pages present in a web site is the ________ page. firstIN95 The image format supported by most browsers is________________. .bmp and .gif
IN96 The components of a URL are ___________
IN97
IN98 <center>
IN99 CGI stands for ____________IN100 Host name indicates the domain name of the web ________ ServerIN101 The internet is also called as _______________ arpanet
IN102 The internet is similar to _________________ LANIN103 The net drivers______ from one place to another dataIN1 The World Wide Web was devised by _________ CERN
IN2 The useful URL schemes are_____ and______
IN3 The other ways of getting connected to the net are_____
IN4 BBS stands for______IN5 USENET is a BBS on ____ scale smallIN6 WINSOCKS is expanded as______ windows socksIN7 IETF Level 2 HTML DTD supports graphical browsers like _______ Mosaic
IN8 The space used by Netscape to store the retrieved page is called______ bufferIN9 The URL for encyclopedia Britannica is_________ www.ency.inIN10 _______ maps IP addresses with the domain names of the sites URL
IN11 Internet can be defined as _______ internal networkIN12 The most important service of the ______ is to manage traffic control application layer
MS Internet Explorer and Mosaic
The keyword for providing links within or across documents is____________Stringing pages together using hypertext technology helps view pages _______________
Service, hostname and directory path
The mail we send has a mailing address and most of them correspond to_____,_____ and
mail servers,mail clients and alternate services
Which of the following is not supported by internet explorer _______________
communication generated information
yahoo and infoseek
news groups,yahoo and infoseek
bulletin board system
IN13 finger service
IN14 FTP
IN15 URL stands for ____________
IN16 IN an URL the word before the color refers to _______ host computerIN17 A ______ always begins with a slash messageIN18 Prodigy is run by IBM and ______ DelphiIN19 The World Wide Web is referred to shortly as the _______ net
IN20 Gopher and WAIS enables the user to ______ browser
IN21 ______ is the program used to run CompuServe's regular services
IN22 Navigating through the menu of gopher is called moving around _______ gophering
IN23 The directories that come with built-in engines are yahoo,lycos and ______ Alta vista
IN24 finger serverIN25 The web maps are called _______ list
IN26 Directories consists of _______ levels noIN27 The _____ level gives the broadcast overview of the net middleIN28 The huge list of keywords from important items is called ______ hotlist
IN29 The two types of search in veronica are _____ and ______IN30 _______ searches by keywords infoseek
IN31 Mosaic displays links in color whereas _____ does not display links in color netsharkIN32 ______ supports one button publish lynxIN33 SPY MOSAIC is distributed by_______ MicrosoftIN34 ______ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks Usenet
IN35 HTTP is the acronym for __________IN36 ______is used to transfer and copy files over the internet iccpIN37 _____ is a program that helps us to log on to other networks yahoo
IN38 TCP/IP stands for ________________IN39 Archie servers can be accessed in_______ different ways in internet one
IN40 ftp servers
IN41 TIA stands for_____ in internet
IN42 browser
_________is a program that displays information about a host connected to the net_______ is a program or a tool that helps in locating a file anywhere on the net
uniform research locator
CompuServe internet dialer
To use the finger command,SLIP users must run a programme called______
directory search,index search
Higher text transfer protocol
transfer control protocol/internet
_______is the computer on the internet that translates between the internet domain names and the internet numeric address
the internet adapter
Service indicates the name of the ________ used to access data, present on the other end of the link.
IN43 HTTP stands for______
IN44 ________ is used to link pages in the world wide web
IN45 FAQ stands for ______
IN46 SLIP,PPP
IN47 connection
IN48 WSIRC stands for______IN49 Two of the important browsers are_____ and_____ lynx,minx
IN50 Lynx is a _______ programme that works with terminalsIN51 The huge list of keywords from important items is called an_____ glossary
IN52 VERONICA is an acronym for _______________
IN53 The first freenet is created at the_____ and is called______IN54 ________ are defined as ways of communication amongst networks protocols
IN55 ______and_____ are web searching featuresIN56 WINWAIS has two source lists namely____ and______ allsrc,winsocksIN57 ________ is also called as WAIS manager allsrc
IN58 HTML stands for_____IN59 The system of interlinked documents is known as_______ hot links
IN60 images
IN61
IN62 The web pages that represent online home of their author are called______ first page
IN63 GNN stands for______IN64 _____ is the most popular internet service yahoo service
IN65 The online service offered by navigator gold 2.0 are _______ and_____
IN66 _______ is a program or a tool that helps us find a file anywhere on the net newsgroup
hotlink text transfer protocoluniversal resource locatorfrequent asked query
The internet adapter is a programme that makes our connection act like a _____or a ____ accountThe step involved in Communicating between the web clients and servers is ______________
wide search for information and research
world wide web server
very easy and rodent oriented net wide index to computerized archivesuniversity of berkeley,berkeley freenet
search engines,directories
higher text medium language
The small programmes that create animation,multimedia,real-time games and multi user games are called______The information displayed on the web page includes______,_____ and_____
graphics,videos,audio
global network news
email and net conference
IN67 The databases to enable keyword search using Lycos are a2z,_______ Lycos catalogIN68 ______ is a large worldwide bulletin board service network apple link
IN69 BABEL consists a glossary of _____
IN70IN71 Yahoo,lycos,excite and webcrawlers are _____ search engines
IN72 GIF is the acronym for ____________
IN73 JPEG is the acronym for ___________IN74 The Web aids users to explore the ________ mails
IN75 The three most popular mailer are_____,_____ and______
IN76 The World Wide Web consists of _________ information
IN77 BACKGROUND
IN78IN79 CGI is the _________ between web browsers and servers Network
IN80 Current web page
IN81 A CGI program is usually called after a request made by the _________ Browser/user
IN82 URL stands for ________
IN83 A hyperlink can be on ___________ text onlyIN84 HTML was derived from _________ SQLIN85 SGML is a _________ alphalanguage
IN86 PINE stands for _____________ palm is not eatable
IN87 SGML ProcessorIN88 Web is a collection of ___________ web sites
IN89 IETF stands for ________
IN104 The net provides interesting services like______,______ and______
IN105
computer related abbreviations and acronym
Dictionaries,encyclopaedias,government and other references are found in ______
encyclopedia Britannica
Graphical interpreter formatting
Joint Pictures Expert Group
yahoo,infoseek,altavista
In Microsoft Internet Explorer, the color of the text can be specified using _________ attribute of the font tag.
The interface that provides effective communication between the web browsers and servers is _________
Communication gateway interface
CGI programs are invoked based on the information provided by the _________
Unknown resonance language
The application that confirms whether a document is compliant to its DTD is _________
Internet equipment training faculty
scripting,parsing and compiling
The windows internet software available are______,_______,________ and______
nt,windows95,ie,winzip
IN106 ________ is the ancestors of the internet dnet
IN107IN108 The uuencode files start with a _______ start
IN109 DARPA is broken into ________ and _______
IN110 NSFNET is the united states provides service to _____ and_____
IN111 HTML stands for ______________________________________
IN112
IN113 server
IN114 client
IN115 network card
IN116 DTE stands for ____________________IN117 The basic function of the ______ is transmitting the bits over a channel application layer
IN118 The point to point channel network is also called as _____ and_____IN119 Accessing files using FTP servers is called_____ file access
IN120 The three most commonly used networks are______,______ and______ PAN,NAN,AANIN121 ________ is in between LAN and WAN VANIN122 _____ can be owed by multiple organisation LANIN123 Data is transmitted in the form of_____ signals analog
IN124 DTD stands for __________ Data type definition
IN125 Modem stands for __________________
IN126 Mapping
IN127
IN128 SLIP stands for ________________
IN129 PPP stands for _____
DARPA stands for _______________________________________________
defensive administrative rank administration network
milnet,smaller arpaneteducation,researchHigher text manipulation language
The first international IP network connections were established in 1973 with _____ and_____
united states and UK
A_____ is a set of computers interconnected by transmission paths to exchange information in internetA computer that provides a service usable by other computers is called______A_______ is the representation of physical connectivity of the computers in internet
detailed transaction explanation
point to point network and broadcast channel network
Moralize/demoralize
______ is the process of the digital signals being converted into a form suitable for analog transmission
________ and______ are two basic ways of getting connected to the internet
Satellite link and digital signalsStandard long internet protocolPrime prolonged protocol
IN130 Which of the following best describes uploading information?
IN131 Bandwidth
IN132 Find
IN133 Photography
IN134 Key
IN135 User-idIN136 The successful act of bypassing security mechanisms of the system. Penetration
IN137 Acts
IN138 An attempt to get access to a system by posing to be an authorised person. SpoofingIN139 An action or event that might prejudice security. Loss
IN140IN141 Malicious software. UtilityIN142 None the person who is known as father of Internet Tim Berner LeeIN143 This website is the biggest bookstore on the earth. Etrade.com
IN144 When we talk of Data Transmission modes, then ATM stands for
IN145 ActsIN146 The means of communicating between networks Router
IN147 LAN
IN148 The term HTTP stands for
IN149 A NIC is considered as
IN150 A hub is a device that can connect Only Computers
IN151 Which of the following is true concerning the function of a switch?
IN152 What do routers connect?IN153 What does a router route? bitsIN154 Software which prevents external access to a system is termed firewall
storing data on a disk drive
A characteristic of a communication channel that is the amount of information that can be passed through it in a given amount of time, expressed in bits per second.The act of searching through storage to locate information without necessarily knowing of the existence of the information being sought.The principles, means and methods for rendering information unintelligible and for restoring encrypted information to intelligible form.A long string of seemingly random bits used with cryptographic algorithms to create or verify digital signatures and encrypt an decrypt messages and conversations.Protected/private character string used to authenticate an identity or to authorize access to data.
A set of rules and formats, semantic and syntactic, that permits entities to exchange information.
According to information Technology Act, 2000, To investigate contraventions the controller of certifying authority shall exercise the like powers to that of
Sales - tax authorities
Automated Tailor Machine
A sequence of bits or characters that identifies the destination and the source of a transmission.
A group of computers and other devices dispersed over a relatively limited area and connected by communication links that enable a device to interact with any other on the network.
hyper terminal tracing programNational Informatics Center
Concentrates connectivityBridges and Repeaters.
IN155 OneIN156 Which of the following in an OSI layer Physical Layer
IN157 RG7U
IN158 An IP address is a Physical address
IN159 A cable
IN160 What happens to data that is ruined before reaching to receiver
IN161 Bluetooth isIN162 Which is not one of the recognized IEEE sub layers? Physical LayerIN163 The most preferred number system to represent a IP address is BinaryIN164 A MAC address is of 48 Bits
IN165 Protocol is
IN166 Novell PC
IN167 What is the biggest disadvantage of the Ring topology? There isn't one
IN168 Physiology IN169 The principal topologies used with LANs are: BusIN170 What are the various types of bus architecture? LinearIN171 What are the various types of ring architecture? Parallel
IN172 Ring
IN173 RingIN174 Which one of the following is NOT a network topology? Star
IN175 RingIN176 The Media Access Control (MAC) is a sub layer of the: Network Layer
IN177 What are the most common LAN technologies used in networking today?IN178 Modem speeds are measured in bps IN179 LAN speeds are measured in bps
IN180 WAN speeds are IN181 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of CD-ROM drive
If four computers are connected to a hub and then to the internet, how many IP addresses are required for these 5 devices?
When creating a network from just two PCs, what kind of cable would be used to connect them?
To construct a simple LAN of 4 computers, you would connect them with ______connect them
Data return to the senderWireless technology
software that facilitates connection to the internet
A ............... is a LAN-based computer with software that acts as a controlling device for controlling access to at least part, if not all, of a local area network and its available resources.
The .............. of the network concerns how network devices are physically (or optically) interconnected.
In a ................., each workstation attaches to a common backplane via its own physical cable that terminates at the hub In a ............... , each work station is directly connected to a common communications channel
In a .............. , the cable system forms a loop with workstations attached at various intervals around the loop
Ethernet, token ring, DecNET
usually higher than LAN speeds
IN182 To use the Internet, you
IN183
IN184 An NIC IN185 Accessing the Internet from a typical home PC requires the use of CD-ROM driveIN186 The most widely used network operating system on PC LANs is Linux
IN187 JPEG and MPEG
IN188 To use the Internet you
IN189 A multiplexer is a form of Printer
IN190 An ISP
IN191 FTP is
IN192 Telnet
IN193 A firewall is IN194 A proxy server is a backup server
IN195 A search engine is hardware
IN196 scanner
IN197 An ISP
IN198 FTP is used to send email
IN199 Telnet used to send email
must use the World Wide Web
The worldwide web server uses the following standard interface to act as the middleware:
key gateway interface
a Novell Interface Controller
have to do with compression of graphics and video
must use the World Wide Web
provides access to the Internet
used to send email
used to send email
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
To look for information about interest areas on the internet, the user should use a
provides access to the Internet
IN200 Which of the following is a true statement about the OSI model layers?
IN201 Which of the following is NOT true about the Internet?
IN202 Password cracking
IN203 A firewall is
IN204 IP flood
IN205 hack
IN206 firewall
IN207 A proxy server is a backup server
IN208
IN209 What can be said about the safety of the Internet?
IN210 Use of identifiers
IN211 One way that a virus CANNOT spread throughout a network is:
IN212 Phone
IN213 A Trojan horse
IN214 Modems
IN215 The two most common tools used to help with extracting information are:
IN216
IN217 Which of the following would be a form of cyber terrorism? Economic damage
The layers cannot communicate with one another.
It is one large network.
The traditional intent and impact of this common type of attack is to prevent or impair the legitimate use of network resources.
used to protect a computer room from fires and floods
Which of the following is NOT an example of a DoS attack that is popular among hackers?A ____________ attack is when a hacker sends a continuous flow of packets to a system.One defense option on a large network is to configure a ____________ to disallow any external traffic.
Which of the following would be performed on a network server and not normally on individual workstations?
Apply security patches
All sites are safe and reliable.
To secure communication network against wire-tapping the most effective control is
by attaching to an e-mail.
Which of the following is NOT a means of monitoring employee use of company technology?____________ would be used by parents to monitor their children on their home system.The formal rules and parameters which are established to permit a microcomputer to communicate with the mainframe computer as though it was a terminal of the mainframe are called
cookies and Trojan horses.
Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of cyber terrorism?
An attack on a system for personal gain
IN218
IN219
IN220
IN221 People Search
IN222 Which of the following pieces of information would NOT be found online?IN223 Which of the following is the most common danger on the Internet? Virus
IN224 The famous Nigerian Fraud scam offered victims the opportunity to: buy stocks.
IN225 Shill bidding
IN226 Internet stalking.
IN227 pop-ups.
IN228 What is the best means of protection from cyber stalking?
IN229 EncryptionIN230 Encryption techniques can be implemented in Hardware-Software I only
IN231 irc
IN232 The major advantage of the checksum program is when it
IN233 Which of the following is a Web browser? HTML
IN234 A Web page is another name for ----------- Web query.
IN235
IN236 A standard language for creating and formatting Web documents is: round trip HTML.
IN237 XML.
Which of the following is a likely target of a cyber terrorist that would cause considerable loss of life?
Crashing the stock market, as in the 1930s
An organisation is upgrading its telecommunication lines. Which is the least important objective while upgradation
To carry more network capacity
A company posts a price list of its products on its website. The advantage to the customer is that the company can
set its prices very high
Which of the following is an easy-to-use service to get information on someone?
Name of your bank
The fraud type that sends e-mails that claim to be from legitimate sites in order to obtain sensitive information is called _________________.Using the Internet to pursue, harass, or contact another in an unsolicited fashion is called:Setting your privacy settings in Internet Explorer to medium is one way to block:
Use a fake e-mail address.
Which of the following is not an appropriate control over telecommunications software
Which protocol would be used to download a free anti-virus program from the Internet?
Adds more bytes to programs
Domain names must contain a description of the type of organisation that the domain represents. A very common abbreviation used include:
.com is used for company
The Web page format in which all elements of a Web page are saved as one file is called:
IN238 Which of the following requires an Internet connection?
IN239
IN240 Which of the following is used to update a Web query?
IN241 Hyperlink
IN242 BMP
IN243
IN244 extranet.
IN245 A block of text automatically added to the end of an outgoing email is called an attachment.
IN246 VoIP
IN247IN248 Which do you NOT need to connect to the Internet? Modem
IN249 What does FTP stand for?
IN250 What is the purpose of DNS?
IN251 Which of the following is NOT a properly formatted IP address? 193.1.2.3
IN252 Which of the following is a properly formatted email address?
IN253 The Internet is controlled by whom?
IN254 What does IRC stand for?
IN255 If you do not pick up your email for a week...? It will be deleted
using Internet Explorer to view a Web page that is stored on the hard drive on your computer
Mr Rao wants to find a website that he briefly browsed over yesterday. After turning on his computer how would he do this?
Click on the Back arrow until the desired site is found
the Refresh command
You download from the internet, a screensaver, a ten-second sound file and a ten-second music video clip. You also add a hyperlink. Which of the media elements has the greatest effect on the file size?When saving a photograph for use on a website, which format should you choose?
While researching the Direct taxes assignment, you find a useful website. What is the most efficient way to access the site at a later time?
Save it to a floppy disk.
A system that uses the Internet for business-to-business interaction is called a(n):
_________ refers to the use of Internet technologies for placing telephone calls.
Most client/server applications operate on a three-tiered architecture consisting of which of the following layers?
Desktop client, application, and database.
File Transfer Program
So computers can be referenced by a name
paul .trigg @ domain. org. ukThe US government
Internet Relay Chat
IN256 What does HTML stand for?
IN257 What is a disadvantage of joining a mailing list?
Hyper Textual Mark-up Lingo
Receiving messages automatically from anyone in the group
op2 op3 op4 ans
None of the above C
symbols video C
hypertext hotword hotlink B
none of the above Bstart home none of the above C.bmp and .jpeg .gif and .jpeg .wmf and .bmp C
B
none of the above C
<font size=n> <hr size=n> <l1 type=shape> D
none of the above BClient Browser User Athe net intranet none of the above B
wan none of the above Bparcel packets none of the above AECRN CARN NET A
mailto and files none of the above B
none of the above B
none of the above Alarge very small none of the above Bwindows sockets windows stocks none of the above BYahoo PINE Lynx A
cache built-in none of the above Bwww.eb.com www.encybrit.com none of the above BDNS FTP none of the above B
none of the above Btransport layer physical layer session layer D
Netscape Navigator and Mosaic
MS Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator
data from a database
in sequential order
in user-defined order
service,hostname,port,directory-path
service,port and directory path
service,hostname and port
mail vendors,mail identification and password
mailing lists,mail server robots and gateways to other services
common gateway interface
classified general instructions
peer-to-peer connectivity
newsgroups and search engines
bulletin boards,mails call and wireless system
application servers,proxy servers and web servers
business broadcasting system
bulletin broadcasting system
network of network
intermediate network
ping service ftp service none of the above A
TELNET ARCHIE none of the above C
none of the above B
scheme none of the above Cscheme command line none of the above CMicrosoft sears general electric Cweb browser editor B
none of the above C
spy mosaic none of the above C
gopherspace cyberspace none of the above C
open text excite none of the above B
ftp server web server none of the above Adirectories image list none of the above C
maximum of five one many Blower top middle and lower Ddirectory index glossary C
Cexcite lycos all the above D
cello lynx all the above Cmosaic Lycos navigator gold 2.0 Cinternet IBM CompuServe Dfinger service ftp telnet D
Cftp uucp none of the above Cftp telnet none of the above C
none of the above Btwo three none of the above C
web servers none of the above B
the internet access none of the above A
protocol site organization B
uniform resource locator
unlimited restore locator
name of the resource
read the Usenet news
search for databasewincim or maccim
index search,menu search
menu search,item search
item search,index search
Hyper text transmission port
Hyper text transfer protocol
Hyper text transfer port
transmission control protocol/internet protocol
transfer communication protocol/internet protocol
domain name serversthe internet administration
none of the above B
name of the above B
none of the above B
TCP,IP IP,UDP none of the above A
response request close A
none of the above Bnetscape,ie mosaic,gopher none of the above B
interface none of the above Bindex hotwords none of the above B
none of the above A
none of the above BIP address dns none of the above A
ftp and finger telnet and ftp none of the above Awais,allsrc wais,winsocks none of the above Bwaisman winsock none of the above B
none of the above Chyper text books marks none of the above B
applets animation none of the above B
none of the above A
home page welcome page none of the above B
none of the above Belectronic mail search engines none of the above B
none of the above B
telnet ftp archive D
hyper text transfer protocol
higher type transfer protocol
uniform resource locator
uniform resource label
frequently asked question
frantically asked question
windows sockets internets relay chat
world search for information and research council
world wide web client
very organised network integration and communication application
verification on network integration and communication
university of cleveland,cleveland freenet
university of California net
hyper transfer markup language
hyper text markup language
programms,images,text
animation,scripts,executables
global networks navigator
grand network news
Netscape page starter site,netscape page wizard
yahoo and altavista
point review all the above none of the above Dbitnet Delphi fidonet A
bookstores none the above D
more information galenet Aweb directories database channel B
B
Adocuments net browsers C
netscape,ie,lynx none of the above C
web pages mails B
COLOR FCOLOR FONTCOLOR B
DInterface Communication Connection B
Browser Client None of the above B
Server Web Channel A
United relay limited None of the above B
image only text or image CPLSQL SGML CGI Cbetalanguage metalanguage none of the above C
palm is not elm none of the above B
SGML Parser SGML Composer Cimages applets documents A
None of the above C
none of the above C
all of the above B
biographical informationon-line reference works
Graphical interchange Format
Graphical interface format
Graphical Interface format
Jumbled pictures expert graph
Joint pictures expert graph
Joint pictures experimental group
eudora,netscape and pinenetwork connections
Common graphical Interface
Communication graphical interface
Common Gateway Interface
Uniform resource locator
neither text nor image
pancake is not edible
SGML Preprocessor
International Engineering trainers and faculty
Internet Engineering Task Force
news,cooking and fine arts
email,file retrived,internet tools
mosaic,gopher,eudora,trumpnet
communicator,ie,lynx,winsock
arpanet ARPANET none of the above B
none of the above Cbegin first none of the above B
mailnet,inet intranet,extranet none of the above A
music and dance cooking and dining none of the above A
D
england,norway none of the above B
client network none of the above C
stand-alone servers none of the above C
network topology network redirectors none of the above B
none of the above Bphysical layer network layer none of the above B
none of the above Banonymous ftp file transfer none of the above B
KAN,RAN,VAN LAN,WAN,MAN none of the above CMAN TAN none of t he above BMAN WAN none of the above Cdigital non-digital none of the above B
Define type of data C
none of the above B
Modulation Manipulation none of the above B
Cable and wires none of the above B
none of the above C
none of the above B
dedicated and registered projects administration
defensive advanced research projects administration net
Hotlink text markup language
Hyper transfer meta language
Hyper text markup Language
united states & Russia
data terminal equipment
data target equipment
packet switching,store and forward network
smart network and dumb network
Document type definition
Document type data
Modulation/demodulation
Manipulate/demanipulate
Dedicated access and dial up accessStream line internet protocol
Serial line protocol
Point to point protocol
Pillar to pillar protocol
B
Speed Size Channel A
Save Browse Retrieve C
Digital Signature Cryptography Message Digest C
Lock Hash Function Formula A
Password Name Address BRetrieval Cryptography Password Cracker A
Regulations Address Protocols D
Imposting Unauthorising Approving AThreat Exposure Hacking B
BPirated software Virus Cracker CHoffman Charles Bubbage Howard Aiken AAmazon .com Dell .com Msn .com B
Any Time Money None of above C
Regulations Address Protocols CGateway Port Pin B
WAN CAN PAN A
C
None of the above B
Can not computers Only printers D
All of Above B
Bridges and Hubs Hubs and nodes Bframes Packets None of the above Cgateway router virus checker A
sending information to a host computer
storing data on the hard drive
receiving information from a host computer
Income - tax authorities
Judge of a civil court
Police officer of IPS rank.
Asynchronous Transmission mode
hypertext tracing program
hypertext transfer protocol
hypertext tracing protocol
Network Interface card
New Information Card
None of the above
Combines connectivity of a hub with the traffic regulation of a bridge
Switches data from incoming ports to outgoing ports.
Two or more networks
Two Four None of the above CData-Link Layer Network Layer All of the above D
Coaxial cable Fiber Twisted pair B
Logical address A memory address None of the above B
Hub Router None of the above B
None of the above B
Wired Technology None of the above AData Link Layer Network Layer All of the above DASCII Octal None of the above A48 Bytes 48 KB 48 MB A
B
Client Server Network PC C
B
Topology Both A and B None of the above BStar Ring All of above DParallel Both A and B None ACircular Linear Both A and B B
Bus Star Mesh C
Bus Star Mesh BBus Linear Ring C
Bus Star Mesh ATransport Layer Physical Layer Data Link Layer D
Bkbps mbps mips BKbps Mbps Mips C
Ca modem Windows 95 Netscape B
It gets destroyed bit by bit.
It continue on to target device with corrupt dataUltra violet technology
a list of rules for transferring data over a network
software that allows file copying
a gateway calling program for internet bridging
If one node goes down, it brings down the entire ring
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on that section
If the hub goes down, it brings down all of the nodes on all of the rings
Ethernet, token ring, FDDI
Ethernet, DecNET, FDDI
Ethernet, token ring, ARCnet
measured in bytes per second
depend on the transmission medium
limited by modem speeds
All of the above A
C
Da modem Windows package Netscape BNovell Netware Windows NT None of the above C
the Internet A
A
modem bridge D
is a CPU register make of processor A
D
D
a form of virus D an email server a poor file server none D
browser C
CD-ROM clip-art file search engine D
is a CPU register make of processor A
is part of Netscape D
D
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
uniform resource locator
common gateway interface
application protocol interface
used to control a printer
interfaces a modem to a computer
connects a computer to a network
have to do with Web pages
none of the previous
must use electronic mail
must have a LAN account
use appropriate communications software none of the previous
is a CPU functional unit
used to browse the Web
is part of Netscape
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
uses wireless communication medium
is part of Netscape
None of the above
a screen saver program
none of the previous
IR system for the Internet
none of the previous
is a CPU functional unit
used to browse the Web
is a protocol for the transfer of files between computers
uses telephone lines is part of Netscape
is a protocol that allows for remote login
C
A
System intrusion Denial of Service Port sniffing C
a form of virus D
UDP flood A
packet flood traffic C
router switch hub B
an email server a poor file server none of the above D
C
B
Use of passwords D
B
E-mail Web traffic D
Adware A worm Spyware D
Protocols Multiplexors LAN B
C
D
D
Any layer can communicate directly with any other layer.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer directly above or below it.
Any layer can communicate only with the layer above it.
It is made up of many networks connected into transmission lines called backbones.
It works the same way as a local network.
Individual computers can connect to it using an ISP.
a screen saver program
none of the previous
Flood a Web server with requests
Virus that initiates a ping flood
Update virus definitions
Backup data on a daily basis
Limit logging on access
There are safe and unsafe sites.
Only large name-recognizable sites are safe.
ActiveX-enabled sites are safe.
Use of logical access methods
Use of encryption methods
through an FTP port.
by attaching itself to a document.
by scanning the computer for a connection.Application updates
Trojan horses and key loggers.
cookies and key loggers.
key loggers and worms.
An attack with the purpose of gaining publicity
Giving out disinformation
Changing the content of a Web page
Disruption in communication
Disruption in supply lines
All of the above are correct.
D
D
D
Lycos Search B
Date of birth Personal assets Criminal records AFraud Adware Spyware B
invest without risk. D
Phishing Siphoning Hoaxing B
cyber stalking. virtual stalking. Web stalking. B
cookies. spam. viruses. B
B
BII only Both I & II Neither I or II C
ftp www telnet C
B
Internet Explorer Microsoft Excel B
HTML document. Web browser. B
None of the above A
HTML. one way HTML. C
HTML. DHTML. MHTML D
Shutdown of military security systems
Contaminating water systems
Shutdown of nuclear plant safety systems
To improve network services
To improve system response time
To obtain an accurate inventory of network related equipment and parts and network nodes
limit access to computer owners only
stop its competitors seeing their prices
update its prices as soon as they are changed
Yahoo People Search
USA People Search
purchase off-shore property.
make large amounts of money by parking funds in their bank account.
Never use your real identity.
Use a proxy server.
Use anti-spyware software.
Physical Security controls
Message sequence number checking
Logical access controls
Verifies integrity of files
Increases boot up time
Misleads a program recompilationboth HTML and Internet Explorer
round trip HTML document.
.co in used for company
.con is used for companies
the World Wide Web Consortium
B
C
A
Screensaver Sound Video C
GIF JPEG TIFF C
C
intranet. privileged network. network topology A
a signature. a footer. an encryption. B
IPT IPP PoIP A
ACD-ROM Telephone line None of the above B
None of the above B
None of the above A
45.1.1.1 143.215.12.19 D
paul.domain.uk None of the above B
No-one None of the above C
None of the above A
None of the above A
updating the values that are obtained through a Web query
clicking a hyperlink that references a document that is stored in the floppy drive on your computer
viewing an Excel worksheet that you have saved as a Web page.
Click on ‘Go to’ or ‘Search’ in the browser
Go to the History page and look for the site
Go to the Bookmarks or Favorites page
the Insert Hyperlink command
the Update command
the External Data command
Write it down on a piece of paper.
Add it to ‘Favourites’ or ‘Bookmarks’.
Cut and paste it to a word processor document.
Desktop client, software, and hardware.
Desktop server, application, and database.
Desktop server, software, and hardware.
File Transmission Protocol
File Transfer Protocol
So IP addresses can be shorter
So email is delivered faster
None of the above
paul.trigg@domain.org.ukScientists in Switzerland
International Relay of Characters
Internet Remote Conversations
It will be waiting for you to collect it
A letter will be sent to you in the post
None of the above C
None of the above C
Hyperlink Text Marking Language
Hyper Text Mark-up Language
People discussing a topic of interest globally
High volumes of email
q_id q_desc op1
EX1 The wizard that is used to import text files is_________________
EX2
EX3 Which of the following files could not be opened in excel _______________ text files
EX4
EX5 The command to display the current date in a cell is _________________ =today()
EX6
EX7 AutoSum
EX8 variables
EX9 text
EX10 The function that in used to join cell values together in a single cell ________
EX11 countif
EX12 The wizard that is used to create and edit charts _______________
EX13 sumif
EX14 average
EX15
EX16 The command that is used to apply a format automatically __________
EX17 bordering
EX18 A particular part of a work sheet can be printed by setting the _________
EX19 The process of finding or selecting information is known as ____________ filtering
EX20 all optionEX21 There are _________ types of data tables 1
EX22 data table
text import wizard
The alphabet indicating the column followed by the row number is known an__________
cell reference
In excel, the dates that are stored as sequential numbers known as ________________-
serial values
In excel, absolute references are represented by a ________ before the column and row addresses
dollar sign
The ________ can be used to select the function and assemble the arguments correctlySpecific parts of information required by functions to perform certain tasks are called as___________Which of the following do not belong to the formula category in excel environment__________
concatenate
The function that is used to count all the values that meet specific criteria _________
pivot table wizard
The function that is used to calculate the payment for specific loan terms ____________The function that is used to add together all values that meet specific criteria is known as ____________The __________ option present in the file menu options is used to specify major facts of the page to be printed
page setupautoformat
The ____________ makes the information in a worksheet meaningful and easy to understand
page setup
The option that is used to cancel the filter process for a specific column and display all the records is ________
The tables that allows the user to change or rearrange the data, summarize the data and evaluate the data using changing points of view is known as
EX23 The wizard that is used to suggest hints for doing a task
EX24 In a chart Y-axis is known as_________
EX25 In a chart X-axis is known as_______________
EX26 _________ is a set of tables that describe each of the data series
EX27 ________ is used to differentiate one data series from another
EX28 The chart that contains only one data series is _________
EX29 The chart that holds the column chart is _________
EX30 The chart that display two or more data series on a surface is _________
EX31 The chart that is used to display discrete data
EX32 _________ are not allowed in a macro name spaces
EX33 Which of the following tool cannot be used to view the excel web page_______ excel97
EX34 The wizard that used to build an interactive table from data existing on sheets
EX35 The chart that is used for displaying stock market information line chart
EX36 true
EX37 and
EX38 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in __________EX39 A pie chart can represent only one data series at a time true
EX40
EX41 Which one of the following statements related to stock chart is NOT TRUE ?
EX42
pivot table wizardseries or rankseries or rankseries or rankseries or rankcolumn chartcolumn chartcolumn chartcolumn chart
pivot table wizard
In excel, the subtotal command also generates grand total after the last group subtotal_________In advanced filter , the criteria occupying multiple columns but more than one row, is considered as an ________ criteria.
3-dimensions
The ______ generates a summarized report in tabular form in an interactive manner
Data table
It is also called as high-low-close chart
The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?
Pivot table
EX43
EX44 Goal seek
EX45 A ___________ is an excel file where the user stores his data
EX46 Spreadsheets are useful for _______________
EX47 Which one of the following is NOT the component of the pivot table ?EX48 Excel allows upto ______ levels of sorting twoEX49 Filtering rearranges a list to display the required records true
EX50 The stacked bar graphs can be represented in _____________
EX51 Data table
EX52
EX53
EX54
EX55 Which following function is used in subtotal option ?______________ Count.
EX56 A workbook consists of many ________
Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?
Goal seek
Which one of the following will be the tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet ?
Workbook
Performing calculations.
Column field
3-dimensions
The ______ generates a summarised report in tabular form in an interactive manner
Which one of the following statements related to stacked bar chart is NOT TRUE ?
It displays the data series one on top of the other.
The state government needs to finalize a five years plan to implement 100% literacy in the state. Which one of the following will be the best tool that should be used to work out the plan ?
Pivot table.
Forecast'99 is a group working on exit poll. It wants to know how many seat ABC party needs to won in totality to obtain majority to form the government. Which one of the following will be the tool that will help the team ?
Goal seek
databases
EX57 Which two of the following statements related to pivot table are TRUE ?
EX58 Which one of the following is NOT a What-if analysis tool ?
EX59 The _________ wizard separates contents in a cell into different cells
EX60 A spreadsheet is a grid of rows and columns and is called as a ________
EX61 Pick out the window that is not a form of excel ___________
EX62 On an Excel sheet the active cell is indicated by…
EX63 8,16,32
EX64
EX65 Which is not an advantage of using computerized spreadsheets?
EX66EX67 The difference between the highest and the lowest values. Range
EX68 Spreadsheets can be used for...
It is a tool for summarizing and analyzing the data records in an interactive manner.Goal seek.
text import wizardworksheetapplication windowA dark wide border
Cell A4 =2 and A5 = 4. You select both cells and drag the fill handle down to A8. The contents of cells A6, A7, and A8 are _____.
If a cell shows ####### , it means that _____.
your formula has a syntax errorability to generate tables
The gym teacher has a new program to calculate physical fitness in terms of weight and exercise. The use inputs different weights or amounts of exercise to determine the related physical fitness. This "What if" program is most likely which of the followin
word processing
Producing graphs
EX69 To select a column the easiest method is to …
EX70 If you press _____, the cell accepts your typing as its contents. ENTER
EX71 array.
EX72 All of the following are considered constants EXCEPT: 100
EX73 Which of the following may NOT be included in a formula?EX74 Which of the following is NOT a valid mathematical operator in Excel? ^
EX75 Given the formula =B5*B6+C3/D4^2, which expression would be evaluated first? B5*B6
EX76 Which part of the formula +E12/6+(G7*SUM(H9:H11) is considered a constant? E12
EX77 How can you tell which cell in a worksheet is the active cell?
EX78 How can you change the active cell?
EX79 Which of the following would you use to change the font size of a cell in Excel?
double-click any cell in the column
The contents of cell C15 is =AVERAGE(C3:C14). AVERAGE(C3:C14) is known as
Cell references
It is surrounded by a heavy border.
By clicking in a different cell
The Standard toolbar
EX80 The command that will save the current workbook with a different file type is:
EX81 File
EX82 Preview
EX83 Insert
EX84 Clear
EX85
EX86 Which command enables you to change the margins for a printed worksheet? Options
EX87 All commands are carried out on a rectangular groups of cells known as a:EX88 Which of the following is a valid cell range? 6
EX89 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying from is called the:
EX90 In a copy operation, the cell(s) you are copying to is called the:
EX91EX92 A cell reference that does not change during a copy operation is known as absolute EX93 Which of the following is considered an absolute cell reference? B4
EX94 #DIV/0!
EX95 #DIV/0!
EX96
the New command on the File menu.
The command that will print an Excel workbook is found on the ____________ menu.In the Save As and Open dialog boxes, the ___________ view shows the file size as well as the date and time a file was last modified.
Which of the following commands will automatically adjust cell references in formulas?
Which of the following commands will remove cells, rows, or columns from a worksheet?
Which of the following options is NOT controlled through the Page Setup command?
Orientation (portrait or landscape)
worksheet.
copy range.
paste range.
Which of the following commands is needed to duplicate the contents of a cell in another?
The Duplicate command
Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE(A3:D3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?Cell E3 contains the function =AVERAGE($A$3:$D$3). If the contents of cell E3 are copied to cell E4, what will be the contents of cell E4?
Which of the following commands is needed to transfer the contents of one cell range to another?
The Move command
EX97 The F4 key is used to:
EX98
EX99 Which of the following will insert a hyperlink into an Excel worksheet?
EX100 Conditional formatting applies formatting to a cell based on:
EX101 If you enter a date into a cell, Excel stores the date as:
EX102 Jul-30
EX103 The number of days between two cells containing dates can be calculated by:
EX104 The function key that is used to quickly edit the contents of a cell is:
copy and paste cells.
Which of the following quickly copies the formatting of a selected cell to other cells?
the Fill Handle
Select the Insert Hyperlink command from the File menu.
whether the cell has a formula or a value in it.
text with a two-digit year.
You created a worksheet on July 30 and entered the =Today() function in cell E17. You opened that worksheet again on August 31. What will be displayed in cell E17 on August 31?
subtracting the earlier date from the later one.the F4 key.
EX105 What will be stored in a cell if 3/4 is entered in it? 03-Apr
EX106 A user’s response to the InputBox function can be stored in:
EX107 B1-G10
EX108
EX109 Which chart type best shows proportions of a whole?
EX110 Which of the following is TRUE regarding chart types?
EX111
EX112
EX113 Paste
EX114
EX115 What can you NOT do with a spreadsheet?
EX116 To print just part of a sheet, you would select what you want to print and _____ .
a cell on a worksheet.
The cell reference for a range of cells that starts in cell B1 and goes over to column G and down to row 10 is _____.The teacher has a spreadsheet showing all Year 10 students and their marks in one Mathematics test. To find the student with the highest mark, which of the following functions should be used?
AVERAGE Combination
Once a bar chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a column chart.
To select several cells or ranges that are not touching each other, you would _____ while selecting.
hold down the CTRL key
Your Institute teachers have set an assignment on ‘Studies’. You are required to use a spreadsheet to record all that you study on each day for four weeks. You decide to show each week’s data with an accompanying graph. What is the best way of doing this
Use tables
What would be the best method to quickly copy the formula from the active cell to each cell below it?
To arrange rows in alphabetical order based on column A, you need to use the command _____.
Tools | SortAnalyse data
click the Print button
EX117 Spreadsheets can be used for...
EX118
EX119 Which of the functions is not valid for performing addition 0
EX120 The default orientation for the printed page is _____. portrait
EX121 Which is not a valid cell address? AD213
producing graphs
The formula that will add the value of cell D4 to the value of C2 and then multiply by the value in B2 is _____.
(D4+C2)*B2
op2 op3 op4 ans
tip wizard A
A
D
D
=date() A
' = ' sign # sign A
AutoFill C
B
logical numeric Boolean D
pmt merge A
vlookup pmt count A
tip wizard B
pmt countif B
sum sumif countif C
print area print A
AutoFill A
shading B
print area print B
searching sorting A
blanks all blanks none A2 3 4 B
D
convert text to columns wizard
function wizard
row reference
column reference
none of the above
Lotus 1-2-3
quattropro or xbase files
class files
domain values
range values
reference values
=currentdate()
none of the abovenone of the above
function wizard
none of the above
arguments
parameters
none of the above
none of the above
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizard
none of the above
none of the above
none of the above
formatting
none of the aboveprint previewnone of the above
filtered table
index table
pivot table
tip wizard D
category legend A
category legend B
category legend C
category legend D
bar chart pie chart C
bar chart pie chart B
bar chart pie chart D
bar chart pie chart A
symbols A
Netscape A
tip wizard A
bar chart pie chart C
false A
or B
Afalse A
B
B
Solver C
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizard
data markerdata markerdata markerdata markersurface chartsurface chartsurface chartsurface chart
wild card characters
none of the above
internet explorer
word 2000
chart wizard
convert text to columns wizardstock chart
4-dimensions
Multi-dimensions
Pivot table
It shows trends over time
It is often used to display share market prices over a period of time
It is also used for indicating fluctuations in temperature changes
Scenario manager
Data table.
A
Solver D
A
D
Row field. Cthree N Bfalse B
A
B
B
Solver Data table C
Data table A
SumIf A
records tables D
Scenario manager
Pivot table
Data table.
Pivot table
Data table.
Worksheet
Spreadsheet
none of the above
Performing database operations
Performing text formatting.
All of the above
Source table name.
Pivot table item.
4-dimensions
Multi-dimensions
Pivot table
It is useful when several components are changing and the user is interested in the sum of the components.
It can be represented in 3-dimensions
Scenario manager
Scenario manager
Pivot table
Standard deviation
worksheets
A
solver D
tip wizard B
workbook tables database A
C
No border A
2,4,2 2,2,2 6,8,10 D
C
D
graphical database DAddress Gap Rows A
A
It is a tool that provides a way to view and compare the results of all the different variations together on the worksheet
It summarizes the data by using analytical functions.
Scenario manager
Pivot table
convert text to columns wizard
function wizard
document window
modal window
A dotted border
A blinking border
the row is too short to show the number at the current font size
the column is too narrow to show all the digits of the number
either b or c
speed of calculation
flexibility of moving entries
cost of initial set-up
spreadsheet
Writing letters
Drawing pictures
Document filing
C
TAB INSERT A
function. constant. formula. B
#VALUE! C
Functions D/ * \ D
C3/D4 D4^2 C
6 B
A
C
B
drag from the top cell in the column to the last cell in the column
click the column heading
click the column label
CTRL + ENTER
(201)555-1212.
Tom McKenzie.
Numeric constants
Text constants
It is impossible to determine.
SUM(H9:H11)
G7*SUM(H9:H11)
It is blinking.
It is displayed in reverse video.
The phrase “active cell” appears in the Status bar.
By using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By either clicking in a different cell or using the arrow keys to move to a different cell
By typing the reference of the cell you want to move to in the formula bar
The Formatting toolbar
The Cell Format command on the Edit menu
The Font Size command on the Tools menu.
C
Edit View Window A
Details List Properties B
Delete Clear C
Delete Remove B
Fonts Margins C
View Edit B
range. group. BD12, G25 D12:G25 D C
clipboard. D
clipboard. B
Drelative mixed constant A$B4 B$4 $B$4 D
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! B
#DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! C
D
the Save command on the File menu.
the Save As command on the File menu.
the File Type command on the File menu.
Both Insert and DeleteBoth Clear and Delete
Headers and footersPage Setup
cell group.
destination range.
source range.
destination range.
source range.
The Copy command
The Paste command
Both the Copy and Paste commands
The Cut command
The Paste command
Both the Cut and Paste commands
edit cells. C
B
B
D
C
Aug-31 B
A
B
cycle through absolute, relative, and mixed cell references.
cycle through open applications.
the Format Painter
the Formatting toolbar
Conditional formatting
Click the Insert Hyperlink button on the Standard toolbar.
Right-click a cell and click the Edit Hyperlink command.
Double-click a cell and click the Insert Hyperlink command.
the cell address.
whether the cell has an absolute or a relative cell reference.
the value in the cell
text with a four-digit year.
an integer.
text with either a two-digit or four-digit year, depending on the format.
29/03/2008
It is impossible to determine from the information given.
adding the earlier date to the later one.
subtracting the later date from the earlier one.
adding the later date to the earlier one.
the F2 key.
the Esc key.
the F1 key.
0.75 C
D
B1.G10 B1;G10 B1:G10 D
COUNT MAX SUM C
Line Pie Scatter C
D
A
D
Fill Down Fill Right B
B
C
D
March 4 of the current year
Either 3/4 or .75, depending on the cell formatting
a variable.
a constant.
either a cell on a worksheet or a variable.
Once a column chart is chosen it cannot be changed to a bar chart.
Once a pie chart has been chosen it cannot be changed to line chart.
Once a line chart has been chosen it can be changed to a pie chart.
hold down the SHIFT key
hold down the ALT key
hold down CTRL + SHIFT
Create four separate files
Transfer information to a database
Use multiple sheetsPaste Special
Data | Sort
Edit | Data | Sort
none of the choices
Calculate data
Create forms
None of the above
press the PRINT SCREEN key
select Print selection on Page Setup | Sheet and then print
select Print selection in the Print dialog and then print
A
#VALUE! C
REF! B
landscape vertical A
ZA1 A0 C
writing letters
drawing pictures
None of the above
D4+C2*B2
=(B2*(D4+C2)
=A3SUM:B3SUM:C3SUM
None of the above
whatever was last used
None of the above
q_id q_desc op1
EC1 The acronym for B2B is ___________
EC2 Billboard
EC3
EC4 Intermediaries
EC5 Order Placement
EC6
EC7
EC8 Online Catalog
EC9 EDIFACT is an abbreviation of ________
EC10 EDI
EC11 Compiler
EC12 Business-to-BusinessEC13 E-cash means______________________ Emergency Cash
EC14EC15 The small denomination digital tokens are called _________ Microcash
EC16 Decryption
EC17 Internal Format File
EC18 ANSI
EC19 batch files
EC20 Smart Card
EC21 E-cash
EC22EC23 The network based technology is/are ____________ EDI
Business-to- Business
The _____________ model is the least intrusive model but requires active search on the part of the customer__________ is / are a form of advertisement where people relate their experience with products and services
Customer Endorsements
The _________ are software agents who communicate with the business merchants on behalf of the customersThe Pre-purchase preparation phase includes _______________ for a set of productsThe _________ phase includes customer service and support to address customer complaints , product returns and products defects
Post purchase interaction
The ________ allow companies to bypass the need for costly printed catalogs
Billboard model of marketing
A ________________ is a basket on the Net that is used to place the items that are being purchased
EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transaction
The __________ allows for protocol conversion and communicates with the bank using the banks private network or the InternetIn Ecommerce, data extraction, transforming the data into transmittable form, transmitting the data and downloading the data are the operations employed in _________
The _________ commerce assists in integrating the customers and suppliers of the company directly into the organisation
E-commerce is a tool that addresses the desire of firms to cut services cost and improving the quality of goods. It is a definition of e-commerce from _________
Communication Perspective
The ____________ is the process of encoding information to prevent it from being read by unauthorized partiesIn EDI interface, the translation service receives _________ as incoming files from the communication serviceThe EDI standardisation for International Trade and Commerce is introduced by __________In EDI, the transmission files are composed of different sets of external format files which are grouped into multiple sets under the name of ________The ________________ are pre-paid credit cards that include an embedded cards________________ are another form of credit payment that lets customers use digital online cheques to pay Web merchants directly
In Active advertisement, there are two types of models. They are _____ and ________
Billboards and Junk Mail
EC24 True
EC25
EC26 Value Added Network is an example of _________ Global Network
EC27
EC28 Broadcast
EC29 E-mail
EC30 Catalog
EC31 The most beneficial advantage of ERP system is Error checking
EC32
EC33 What would you NOT be looking for when spying on a competitor?
EC34
EC35 Replying promptly
EC36
Decryption is a process employed for scrambling of plain text for web based transactionsAsymmetric cryptosystem is based on __________ and ____________
Login_Id and Password
The advertising strategies emerging in the on-line world are ____________
Active or push based advertising
The _________ model use direct mail, spot television or cable television, in active based advertisement.The ________ is a form of mail that is not targeted to a specific audienceThe __________ model refers to information that is placed at a point where it will be noticed by customers in the course of other activities and does not require active search
What is the term that describes spying on one’s business rivals to gain a competitive advantage?
Competitive espionage
A list of competitor’s clients
An online drugstore such as Drugstore.com is an example of_______
single-user database application
Which of the following is an example of unacceptable online ‘netiquette’?
Which of the following statements is correct concerning the security of messages in an electronic data interchange (EDI) system?
Removable drives that can be locked up at night provide adequate security when the confidentiality of data is the primary risk.
op2 op3 op4 ans
Business-to-Backend Backend-to-Business Business- to-Billboard A
On-line Catalog Endorsements Broadcast B
Billboard Catalog Broadcast A
portals .COM Domains A
Service None of the above
Search and discovery A
Online catalog None of the above B
Shopping cart Billboard Pulling cart B
None of the above
TCP/IP EFT Gateway
Interpreter Assembler EDI
BElectronic Cash Euro Cash Endorsed Cash B
Service Perspective None of the aboveMicro Transactions TT(Tiny token) E-token A
SSL Encryption Subscription
External Format File Transmission File None of the above
UN/EBCDIC UNESCO UN/EDIFACT
interchange sets functions functional groups
Embedded cards SET None of the above A
Digital Cash Smart Cards Electronic cheques
E-mail EFT All of the above
Search and discovery C
Purchase consummation
Pre-purchase preparationEndorsement model of marketing
EDI For Administration, Consumer and Transport
EDI For Administration, Commerce and Transport C
D
D
Business-to-Consumer
Consumer-to-Business
Customer-to-Company
Business Process Perspective C
C
C
D
D
D
Online Catalog and Billboards
Broadcast and Junk Mail
Online Catalog and Customer Endorsements C
D
False B
Private Network None of the above B
All of the above
Junk mail Billboard Endorsements A
Bulk-mail Direct-mail Junk mail
Endorsement Billboard Broadcast
Data Integration Low cost of operation Quality management B
Corporate espionage Industrial espionage Economic espionage
Research data B
None of above
Including the Subject
Primary Key and Private Key
Public Key and Password
Public Key and Private Key D
Satellite Area Network
Passive or pull-based advertising
Glow sign or hoarding strategies D
D
C
C
Contact numbers of the management group
A competitor’s new project
multi-user database application
e-commerce database application C
Keeping messages short
Using all capital letters D
Message authentication in EDI systems performs the same function as segregation of duties in other information systems.
Encryption performed by a physically secure hardware device is more secure than encryption performed by software.
Security at the transaction phase in EDI systems is not necessary because problems at that level will be identified by the service provider. C
q_id q_desc op1
DS1 Digital Sign
DS2 Hash Function
DS3 Hash Function
DS4
DS5 The Costs of Digital Signature consists mainly of the following
DS6 CA stands for ________________
DS7 True
DS8 True
DS9 ______________ enable web servers to operate in a secure mode.
DS10
DS11
DS12
DS13 True
DS14 True
DS15 CRL stands for
DS16
DS17 Recipient Party
DS18 Public Key
DS19 E-mail
DS20 Not False
___________ means the result of applying to specific information certain specific technical processes.__________ is an algorithm which creates a digital representation or "fingerprint" in the form of a "hash result".__________ is of standard length which is usually much smaller than the message but nevertheless substantially unique to it.
Digital Signature involves two processes. They are ___________ and __________.
Digital Signature creation
Institutional Overhead and Subscriber Relying Party CostCertification Authority
A Digital Certificate is issued by a Certification Authority and is signed with the CA's Private KeyA Digital Certificate does contain Owner's Public Key, Owner's name, Expiration date of the Private Key, Serial number of the digital certificate
Server Certificate
______________ are used by individuals when they exchange messages with other users or online services.
Server Certificate
______________ are on-line databases of certificates and other information available for retrieval and use in verifying digital signatures.
Private Certificate
Signing Writings serve the following general purposes______,_______,_______ and _______
Evidence, Ceremony, Approval
The most widely accepted format for Digital Certificate is defined by the CCITT X.509A certificate may prove to be unreliable, such as in situations where the subscriber misrepresents his identity to the certification authority
Certificate Revocation List
The prospective signer identified in the digital certificate holds the_________ and is called the ___________
Private Key, Subscriber
A "recipient" of the certificate desiring to rely upon a Digital Signature created by the subscriber named in the certificate is called the ____________
The Relying Party can use the ___________ listed in the certificate to verify that the digital signature was created with the corresponding _________Digital Signatures are used for a variety of Electronic Transactions like ________________________To associate with a key pair with a prospective signer, a Certification Authority issues Digital Certificate
DS21
DS22 Affirmative Act
DS23DS24 "Hash Function" is used in both creating and verifying Digital Signature Not True
DS25
DS26 Affirmative Act
DS27 Cryptography
DS28 Private Key
DS29 _______ is known only to the signer and is used to create the digital signature. Private Key
DS30 Private Key
DS31 Decryption
DS32
DS33 A digital signature is used primarily to determine that a message is:
DS34 What is a major disadvantage to using a private key to encrypt data?
DS35 Collision.
Digital Signatures, if properly implemented and utilized offer promising solutions to the problems of Imposters, Message Integrity, __________ and _____________
Closed System,Formal Legal requirements
In, Digital Signature, _____________ perform the "ceremonial" function of alerting the signer to the fact that the signer is consummating a transaction with legal consequencesA Digital Signature must have the following attributes ________________ and _____________
Signer Authentication
___________ provides assurance of the origin or delivery of data in order to protect the sender against false denial by the recipient that the data has been received, or to protect the recipient against false denial by the sender that the data was sent.
Nonrepudiation Service
___________ serves the ceremonial and approval functions of a signature and establishes the sense of having legally consummated a transaction.
________ is a branch of applied mathematics concerns itself with transforming messages into seemingly unintelligible forms and back again.The complementary keys of an asymmetric cryptosystem for Digital Signatures are arbitarily termed as _________, and ____________
_______ is ordinarily more widely known and is used by a relying party to verify the digital signature.____________ is the art of protecting information by transforming it into an unreadable format.
Which of the following activities would most likely detect computer-related fraud?
Using data encryption.
Unaltered in transmission.
Both sender and receiver must have the private key before this encryption method will work.
Which of the following risks can be minimized by requiring all employees accessing the information system to use passwords?
op2 op3 op4 ans
Digital Certificate C
Digital Signature Digital Certificate Private Key A
Hash Value Hash Result Both B and A D
Both A and B Either A or B C
A
A
False A
False B
A
C
Repositories Public Key B
D
False A
False A
A
A
Relying Party Either A or B Neither A nor B B
Private Key Both A and B Both B and A C
All The Above D
Not True A
Digital Signature
None of the above
Digital Signature Verification
Subscriber Relying Party Cost
Institutional Overhead
None of the above
Certified Authority
Certificate Authority
None of the above
Developer Certificate
Personal Digital Certificate
None of the above
Developer Certificate
Personal Digital certificate
None of the abovenone of the above
Approval, Evidence
Efficiency and logistics, Evidence
Evidence, Ceremony, Approval, Efficiency and Logistics
Certificate Resource List
certificate Revocation Letter
None Of The Above
Public key, Recipient
Private Key, Recipient
None Of The Above
Electronic Commerce
Electronic Fund Transfers
Open System D
Efficiency A
Both A and B Neither A nor B CNot False B
Digital signature Digital certificate Private Key A
Efficiency Either A or B Neither A nor B. A
Public Key Private Key A
Public Key Both A and B Either A or B C
Public Key Both A and B Either A or B A
Public Key Both A and B Either A or B B
Cipher Encryption Cryptography C
D
A
A
D
Formal Legal Requirements
Formal Legal Requirements, Open System
Signer authentication
None of the above
Document Authentication
None of the above
Performing validity checks.
Conducting fraud-awareness training.
Reviewing the systems-access log.
Not intercepted en route.
Received by the intended recipient.
Sent to the correct address.
The private key cannot be broken into fragments and distributed to the receiver.
The private key is used by the sender for encryption but not by the receiver for decryption.
The private key is used by the receiver for decryption but not by the sender for encryption.
Data entry errors.
Failure of server duplicating function.
Firewall vulnerability.